GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS

First/Second SemesterDiploma APPLIED SCIENCE (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

CURRICULAUM contact Hours -5Hrs/week Unit No Name of the chapter No of Hr

01 Units, Dimensions & Measurements 06 Hrs 02 Basics of Dynamics 06 Hrs 03 Basics of Statics 06 Hrs 04 Properties of solids & liquids 10 Hrs 05 Heat & Properties of gases 05Hrs 06 Wave Motion 12 Hrs 07 Physical Optics 12 Hrs 08 Modern Physics 09 Hrs 09 Engg. Chemistry 08 Hrs

Test & Assignments 06 Hrs TOTAL 80 Hrs

Note: For setting of question paper, Unit No. 01, 02 and 03 ------------- Section A Unit No.04, 05 and 06 --------------- Section B Unit No.07, 08 and 09 ---------------- Section C Also refer table of specification

APPLIED SCIENCE (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

CONTENTS Unit No 01 Units, Dimensions & Measurements : ( 6 Hrs) Physical quantity, Fundamental & derived Physical quantities, Unit of physical quantity, systems of units, fundamental & derived units, S.I units, Basic quantities , their S.I units, & symbols, supplementary quantities, their S.I units & symbols, Prefixes for multiples & sub multiples with their symbols, Advantages of S.I units. Dimensions of a physical quantity examples:- Steps to write dimensions, Dimensional formula Dimensional equation, Applications of dimensional equation, Limitations ( Disadvantages) of dimensional equations ( analysis). Measurement:- Principle of vernier, Neat diagram of slide calipers & its parts, Zero error & its correction, Least count, Reading MSR & VSR (CVD), use of vernier calipers for measurements, problems on vernier calipers. Principle of screw & nut ( Micrometer principle ), Neat diagram of screw gauge & its parts, Zero error, zero correction, Pitch, least count, reading PSR & HSR, use of screw gauge for measurements, problems on screw gauge. Unit No 02 Basics of Dynamics ( 6 Hrs) Recapitulation of equations of motion, Newton’s Ist law of motion, Force, basic forces in motion, gravitational force, electrostatic force, electromagnetic force, nuclear force, Difference between strong interaction & weak interaction, Inertia, types of inertia ( inertia of rest, inertia of motion, inertial of direction ), Momentum, Newton’s IInd law of motion, measurement of force using second law, simple problems on F = ma and equations of motion, Impulse of force, Impulse as the product of force and time, also impulse as the difference of momentum, examples of impulse, simple problems on impulse, Newtons IIIrd law of motion and its examples. Law of conservation of momentum, Statement, proof of this law using Newton’s laws, simple problems Friction:- Cause of friction, types of friction, static friction, limiting friction, kinetic friction, rolling friction, sliding friction,, laws of limiting friction ,coefficient of friction advantages and disadvantages of friction, preventive methods of friction,

Unit No 03 Basics of Statics ( 6 Hrs):- Scalar & Vector quantities with examples, geometrical representation of a vector, concurrent & parallel vectors, Resultant, equilibrium & equilibrant of vectors, Law of parallelogram of vectors:- Statement, explanation, expressions for magnitude & direction of the resultant of two concurrent vectors, simple problems, resolution of vectors, explanation, simple problems, Law of triangle of vectors, explanation, converse of law of triangle of vectors, law of polygon of vectors, explanation. Lami,s theorem -Explanation, Experiments to verify law of parallelogram of forces, converse of law of triangle of forces, & Lami’s theorem. Problems on above laws. Moment of a force, positive & negative moments, parallel forces, Like & unlike parallel forces, couple, moment of a couple, practical examples of couple, work done by a couple ( equation only), Resultant of two like & unlike parallel forces, condition of equilibrium of coplanar parallel forces, Experiment to verify the conditions of equilibrium of co-planar parallel forces. Problems Unit No 04 Properties of Solids and Liquids ( 10 Hrs):- Plasticity and Elasticity, examples, Deformation in bodies by the action of external forces, Stress, Types of stress, Tensile stress, example, Compressive stress, example, Shear stress, example, Strain, Types of strain, Tensile strain-examples, Volume strain-examples, Shear strain-examples, Hooke’s Law, Stress-strain graph with explanation.., Elastic co-efficient Modulus of elasticity, Young’s modulus of elasticity-formula, Bulk modulus of elasticity-Formula, Rigidity modulus of elasticity-formula, Explanation of factor of safety Compressibility, Poisson’s ratio ,Experiment to determine Young’s modulus of elasticity by Searle’s method, problems. Properties of Liquids: Liquid thrust, Pressure, Expression for pressure at a point inside a liquid, simple problems, Cohesion, Adhesion, nature of meniscus and angle of contact – examples,. Surface Tension-Explanation, formula unit and dimension, practical examples of surface tension, applications of surface tension, Factors affecting surface tension, capillarity and its applications, expression for surface tension in case of capillary rise, Determination of surface tension by capillary rise method, simple problems. Viscosity- Explanation with example, viscous force, factors affecting viscosity of gasses and liquids, co-efficient of viscosity , SI unit and dimensions, Experiment to determine co-efficient of viscosity by Poisulle’s method, Applications of viscosity, simple problems.

Unit No 05 Heat and properties of gases (5 Hrs):- Heat, temperature, S.I units, difference between heat and temperature, calorie. Modes of transform of heat:- Conduction, Convection, Radiation examples, good conductors of heat & insulators, examples, Applications of conduction, convection & radiation. Specific heat of a substance S.I unit, Heat capacity ( thermal capacity or specific heat capacity of body) Boyle’s law, statement & mathematical form, Gay-Lussac’s law Statement and expression, Charles law, Statement and expression, Absolute (Kelvin) scale of temperature, conversion formula to Celsius scale from absolute scale, Perfect gas equation (combined gas equation), Specific heat of gas at constant volume (Cv ) Specific heat of gas at constant pressure (Cp ), relation between Cp & Cv [ (i) ratio of specific heat (ii) Meyer’s relation ( no derivation) ] Thermodynamics Isothermal process, Adiabatic process. Laws of thermodynamics. Problems on gas laws. Unit No 06 Wave motion (12 Hrs) Vibratory motion, periodic motion, definitions of period, frequency, and amplitude for a vibrating particle, Simple Harmonic Motion, Explanation of SHM(motion of the foot of the perpendicular),Obtaining expression for displacement, velocity and acceleration of a body executing SHM, Wave Motion- Explanation of a wave and wave motion with examples, definitions of wave velocity, wave period, wave frequency, and wave length, derivation of V = nλ problems. Types of waves transverse and longitudinal waves with examples, mechanical and non mechanical waves with examples. Mode of transfer of longitudinal waves ( sound wave) in air. Velocity sound in a gas, Newton’s assumptions and formula Laplace’s assumptions and corrected formula. Effect of temperature, pressure and humidity on the velocity of sound, problems. Stationary waves with examples, characteristics of stationary waves. Resonance. Explanation of free, forced vibrations with examples. Explanation of resonance, practical examples of resonance. Experiment to determine velocity of sound in air by resonance air column method. Problems. Beats, Beat frequency, applications of beats, problems. Laws of transverse vibrations of stretched strings statements of the laws with relevant formula. Experiments to determine frequency of the tuning fork using sonometer by

(i)Absolute method and (ii) Comparison method. Problems Musical note and Noise:- examples , characteristics of musical note. Acoustics of buildings Echo, Reverberation, Interference, resonance. Reverberation time. Sabine’s formula and explanation, absorption coefficient of materials. Remedies for defects.

Unit No 07 Physical Optics (12 Hrs) Introduction to theories of light, Newton’s corpuscular theory, Huygens wave theory, Maxwell’s electromagnetic theory, Planck’s quantum theory, Dual nature of radiation. Interference, theory of interference, Amplitude of resultant wave, condition for constructive interference, condition for destructive interference, condition for sustained interference, Young’s double slit experiment, expressions for path difference and fringe width, intensity distribution in interference fringe, simple problem on fringe width & path difference. Diffraction, classification diffraction, Fresenel’s diffraction, Fraunhoffer diffraction, difference between them, Huygen’s principal, wave front, diffraction with white light, difference between Interference and Diffraction, Concept of resolving power of an optical instrument, Rayleigh criteria, Resolving power of a microscope, and its expressions in terms of wave length, resolving power of telescope, expression for resolving power of in terms of wave length, simple problems. Polarisation:-Introduction, experiment to demonstrate the transverse nature of light. Representation of polarized and un-polarized light. Plane of vibration and plane of polarization. Methods of producing plane polarized light. Polarization by reflection, Brewster’s law, Brewster’s angle, formula for refractive index in terms of Brewster’s angle. Polarization by refraction. Polaroids, uses of polaroids . Unit No 08 Modern physics (9Hrs) Methods of electronic emission Thermo ionic emission, photoelectric emission, field emission, and secondary emission. Experiment to study photoelectric effect, Experimental results ( four results). Four laws of photoelectric emission, Einstein’s photoelectric equation. Photoelectric cells, Photo emissive cells, Photo voltaic cells, Photo conductive cells. Applications of photo electric cells. Electron microscope Principal of electron microscope, focusing by magnetic lens, construction and working, uses of electron microscope, Atomic forced microscope simple working of atomic forced microscope, advantages of atomic forced microscope over electron microscope Scattering of light:- Coherent scattering and incoherent scattering. Explanation of scattering. Blue color of the sky. Blue color of water. Red color of sun during sun rise and sun set. White color of clouds. Raman effect. Applications of Raman effect . Lasers:- Induced absorption, spontaneous emission, stimulated emission. Principal of laser, population inversion, optical pumping. Properties of lasers. Applications of lasers. Radio activity:- Introduction, experiment to demonstrate three types of radiations. Properties of three types of radiations. Applications of radio activity in the field of agriculture, medicine, biology and geology.

Unit No 09 Engineering chemistry (8 Hrs) Pollution:- Air pollution, air pollutants ( SO2 , H2S,HF,NO2, CO, dust), harmful effects. Acid rain and its effects ( basic ideas). Other effects of air pollution, Green house effect, global warming, effects of global warming, basic ideas, ozone layer, importance , causes of depletion of ozone layers (no equation). Effects of ozone layer depletion control of air pollution Water pollution, causes ( sewage, effluents, algae, micro organisms), their harmful effects. Their control. Sewage problem and disposals Corrosion, electrochemical theory of corrosion, formation of galvanic cells, concentration cells. Methods of prevention of corrosion-Alloying, surfaced coating, galvanizing , electroplating, anodizing, cathodic protection. PH of a solution, water as weak electrolyte, Hydrogen ions, hydroxyl ions. Acidic solution, basic solution and neutral solution, concentration of H+ ions. Ionic product of pure of water, ionic product of acidic, basic and neutral solution. PH scale. PH for neutral acidic and basic solution, PH values of some important solutions. Applications of PH

First/Second Semister Subject:APPLIED SCIENCE code no: Contact Hours:05Hrs/week Contact Hrs/Semister:80 Unit No.01 UNITS,DIMENSIONS AND MEASUREMENTS (6 Hrs) GENERAL OBJECTIVES 1.1 To understand the concept of Physical Quantities and their units. 1.2 To understand the characteristics of different physical quantities. 1.3 To use appropriate measuring instruments

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVESS

1.1.1 Define a physical quantity 1.1.2 Distinguish between fundamental and derived physical quantity. 1.1.3 Define unit of a physical quantity. 1.1.4 List different system of units. 1.1.5 List the fundamental units . 1.1.6 List the derived units. 1.1.7 Define S.I units. 1.1.8 List the basic quantities. 1.1.9 Write the basic units and symbols for them. 1.1.10 List the supplementary units and symbols for them. 1.1.11 Write the supplementary units and symbols for them. 1.1.12 Write the prefix for multiples and submultiples in S.I system. 1.1.13 State the advantages of S.I units. 1.2.1 Define dimensions of physical quantity. 1.2.2 Write the examples of dimensions of physical quantities. 1.2.3 State the steps used for writing the dimension of a physical quantity. 1.2.4 Define dimensional equation (dimensional formula) for a physical quantity. 1.2.5 State the advantages of dimensional equation. 1.2.6 State the disadvantages (limitations) of dimensional equation. 1.3.1 Define measurement 1.3.2 List the instruments used to measure accurately. 1.3.3 Define the Least Count of measuring instruments. 1.3.4 Define principle of vernier. 1.3.5 Identify the parts of a slide calipers. 1.3.6 Explain about zero error and its correction in the case of slide calipers. 1.3.7 Define least count of vernier calipers. 1.3.8 Describe the measurement of MSR and VSR (CVD). 1.3.9 State the uses of vernier calipers 1.3.10 Solve measurement problems on vernier calipers. 1.3.11 Define principle of screw and nut (micrometer principle). . 1.3.12 Identify the parts of screw gauge and label its parts.

1.3.13 Explain for writing zero error and zero correction 1.3.14 Define pitch of a screw 1.3.15 Define least count of a screw gauge 1.3.16 Explain measurement of PSR and HSR for screw gauge. 1.3.17 Solve measurement problems on screw gauge.. Unit No.02 BASICS OF DYNAMICS 06 Hrs GENERAL OBJECTIVES 2.1 To revise equation of motion learnt in high school classes and to apply them to Solve problems. 2.2 To comprehend Newton’s laws of motion. 2.3 To understand friction.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES 2.1.1 Review four equations of motion 2.1.2 State the meaning of the quantities involved in equations 2.1.3 Solve problems on equations of motion 2.2.1 State Newton’s First law 2.2.2 Define force 2.2.3 Define gravitational force. 2.2.4 Define electrostatic force. 2.2.5 Define electromagnetic force. 2.2.6 Define nuclear force. 2.2.7 Differentiate between strong and weak interaction. 2.2.8 Define inertia. 2.2.9 Define intertia of rest. 2.2.10 Give examples for inertia of rest. 2.2.11 Define inertia of motion. 2.2.12 Give examples of inertia of motion. 2.2.13 Define inertia of direction. 2.2.14 Give examples of inertia of direction. 2.2.15 Define momentum. 2.2.16 State Newton’s Second law of motion. 2.2.17 Review F= ma 2.2.18 Solve problems on F= ma 2.2.19 Define impulse as a product of force and time. 2.2.20 Write S.I unit and dimensions of impulse. 2.2.21 Obtain impulse as a difference of momentum. 2.2.22 Write examples for impulse. 2.2.23 Solve problems on impulse. 2.2.24 State Newton’s Third law 2.2.25 Give examples for Third law. 2.2.26 State law of conservation of momentum. 2.2.27 Prove the law of conservation of momentum using Newton’s laws. 2.2.28 Solve simple problems. 2.3.1 Define friction. 2.3.2 Point out the causes of friction.

2.3.3 List the types of friction. 2.3.4 Define static friction. 2.3.5 Define limiting friction. 2.3.6 Define kinetic friction. 2.3.7 Define rolling friction. 2.3.8 Define sliding friction. 2.3.9 State four laws of limiting friction. 2.3.10 Define coefficient of friction. 2.3.11 Write the advantages of friction. 2.3.12 Write the disadvantages of friction. 2.3.13 Discuss the preventive method of friction. Unit No. 03 BASICS OF STATICS 06 Hrs GENERAL OBJECTIVES 3.1 To understand the composition, resolution and equilibrium of vectors. 3.2 To understand moment of a force , couple and parallel coplanar forces.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

3.1.1 Define a scalar quantity with examples. 3.1.2 Define a vector quantity with examples. 3.1.3 Represent a vector quantity geometrically. 3.1.4 Define concurrent and nonconcurrent vectors. 3.1.5 Define resultant of a two or more concurrent vectors (forces). 3.1.6 Define equilibrium of vectors. 3.1.7 Define equilibrant. 3.1.8 Write the relation between resultant and equilibrant . 3.1.9 State and explain the law of parallelogram of vectors. 3.1.10 Obtain expressions for the magnitude and direction of the resultant of two vectors acting at

a point. 3.1.11 Explain resolution of vectors. 3.1.12 Solve problems on parallelogram law and resolution of vectors. 3.1.13 State and explain the converse of the law of triangle of vectors. 3.1.14 State and explain the law of polygon of vectors. 3.1.15 State and explain Lami’s theorem . 3.1.16 Describe experiments to verify the law of parallelogram of vectors and the converse of the

law of triangle of vectors and Lami’s theorem. 3.1.17 Solve problems on law of triangle of vectors,Lami’s theorem. 3.2.1 Define moment of force. 3.2.2 Write S I unit and dimensions of it. 3.2.3 Define positive and negative moment of force. 3.2.4 Define couple and moment of a couple. 3.2.5 Write practical applications of couple. 3.2.6 Define like and unlike parallel forces. 3.2.7 Explain the resultant of like parallel forces. 3.2.8 Explain the resultant of unlike parallel forces.

3.2.9 Explain the condition of equilibrium of number of coplanar parallel forces. 3.2.10 Describe an experiment to verify the conditions of equilibrium of parallel coplanar forces. 3.2.11 Solve problems on parallel forces.

Unit No.04 PROPERTIES OF SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS 10 Hrs GENERAL OBJECTIVES 4.1 To understand the properties of solids. 4.2 To understand the properties of liquids.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

4.1.1 Explain solid as a state of matter. 4.1.2 Explain meaning of “deformation “ with examples. 4.1.3 Define elasticity with examples. 4.1.4 Explain the meaning of elastic limit. 4.1.5 Define plasticity with examples. 4.1.6 Define stress. 4.1.7 Write S.I unit and dimensions of stress. 4.1.8 Define Tensile stress with examples. 4.1.9 Define Volume stress with examples. 4.1.10 Define Shear stress with examples. 4.1.11 Define strain. 4.1.12 Define Tensile strain with examples. 4.1.13 Define Volume strain with examples. 4.1.14 Define Shear strain with examples. 4.1.15 State Hooke’s law. 4.1.16 Explain limitations of Hooke’s law. 4.1.17 Draw stress versus strain graph. 4.1.18 Explain the features of the graph. 4.1.19 Define coefficient of elasticity,(Modulus of elasticity) 4.1.20 Write formula of modulus of elasticity. 4.1.21 Define Young’s modulus and write its formula. 4.1.22 Write its S.I unit and dimensions. 4.1.23 Define Bulk modulus and write its formula .Write its SI unit and dimensions. 4.1.24 Define Rigidity modulus and write its formula. 4.1.25 Write its SI unit and dimensions. 4.1.26 Define factor of safety. 4.1.27 Write its formula. 4.1.28 Describe an experiment to determine Young’s modulus of a material using Searle’s

apparatus. 4.1.29 Solve problems. 4.2.1 Explain liquid as a state of matter. 4.2.2 Define Thrust and write its SI unit. 4.2.3 Define pressure and write its SI unit. 4.2.4 Derive an expression for the pressure at a point inside a liquid at rest. 4.2.5 Solve problems. 4.2.6 Define adhesive forces with example.

4.2.7 Define cohesive forces with an example. 4.2.8 Explain the nature of meniscus with examples. 4.2.9 Define angle of contact with examples. 4.2.10 Explain surface tension on the basis of molecular theory. 4.2.11 Define surface tension. 4.2.12 Write the formula,SI unit and dimensions of it. 4.2.13 Give examples for the existence of surface tension. 4.2.14 Explain the factors affecting the surface tension. 4.2.15 Write the applications of surface tension. 4.2.16 Define capillary rise and capillarity. 4.2.17 Obtain an equation for surface tension in case of capillary rise. 4.2.18 Describe an experiment to determine surface tension of water by capillary rise method. 4.2.19 Solve problems. 4.2.20 Explain the concept of friction in a liquid flow 4.2.21 Explain viscous force. 4.2.22 Define viscosity. 4.2.23 Explain the factors affecting viscous force. 4.2.24 Define coefficient of viscosity. 4.2.25 Write SI unit and dimensions of coefficient of viscosity. 4.2.26 Discuss the effect of temperature on viscosity of liquids and gases. 4.2.27 List the applications of viscosity. 4.2.28 Describe an experiment to determine viscosity of water by poissulle’s method. Unit No.05 HEAT AND PROPERTIES OF GASES 05Hrs GENERAL OBJECTIVES 5.1 To understand Heat and Temperature. 5.2 To study modes and Transmission of heat and their applications. 5.3 To study the specific heat of a substances. 5.4 To study gas laws and specific heat of gas. 5.5 To understand laws of Thermodynamics.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

5.1.1 Define heat. 5.1.2 List the sources of heat. 5.1.3 Define temperature. 5.1.4 Explain different scales of temperature. 5.1.5 Write the differences between heat and temperature. 5.1.6 Define calorie. 5.1.7 Define SI unit of heat - joule. 5.2.1 List the different modes of transmission of heat. 5.2.2 Define conduction. 5.2.3 List the applications of conduction. 5.2.4 Define good conductors of heat and insulators. 5.2.5 List the uses of good conductors and insulators, 5.2.6 Define convection.

5.2.7 Explain two types of convection. 5.2.8 List the applications of convection. 5.2.9 Define radiation. 5.2.10 List the applications of radiation. 5.3.1 Define and explain specific heat of substance. 5.3.2 Obtain the equation for specific heat of substance and write its SI unit. 5.3.3 List the values for specific heats of few materials commonly used. 5.3.4 Solve simple numerical problems on equation for specific heat. 5.4.1 State Boyle’s law. 5.4.2 Write the expressions of Boyle’s law. 5.4.3 State Charle’s law and write its mathematical expression. 5.4.4 State Gay-Lussac’s law and write its mathematical expression. 5.4.5 Explain the Absolute scale of temperature on the basis of Charle’s law ,give its graphical

representation. 5.4.6 Obtain combined gas equation and perfect gas equation. 5.4.7 Solve problems 5.4.8 Define specific heat of a gas at constant volume( Cv). 5.4.9 Define specific heat of a gas at constant pressure (Cp). 5.4.10 Write the relation between Cp and Cv ( i)ratio of specific heat. (ii) Meyer’s relation ( no

derivation.) 5.5.1 Define Isothermal process and Adiabatic process with reference to gas. 5.5.2 State First law of thermodynamics. 5.5.3 Write the mathematical expression of First law of thermodynamics. 5.5.4 State the Second law of thermodynamics. 5.5.5 List the application of Second law of thermodynamics. Unit No.06 WAVE MOTION 12 Hrs GNERAL OBJECTIVES 6.1 To understand Simple Hormonic Motion. 6.2 To understand wave motion. 6.3 To understand stationary waves ,resonance and beats. 6.4 To study transverse vibrations of stretched strings. 6.5 To know musical note and noise. 6.6 To study acoustics of buildings.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

6.1.1 Define vibratory motion with examples. 6.1.2 Define periodic motion with examples. 6.1.3 Explain and define Simple Hormonic Motion. 6.1.4 Obtain an expression for displacement,velocity and acceleration or a particle executing

SHM 6.1.5 Define period,frequency,amplitude in the case of vibrating particle. 6.2.1 Explain wave and wave motion with example. 6.2.2 Explain mechanical waves and electromagnetic waves with examples. 6.2.3 Define transverse waves with example.

6.2.4 Define longitudinal waves with example. 6.2.5 List the differences between transverse waves and longitudinal waves. 6.2.6 Define wave frequency, wave period, wave length, wave velocity, wave amplitude for a

wave. 6.2.7 Derive the relation V=nλ 6.2.8 Solve problems on the relation. 6.2.9 Explain propagation of sound in air. 6.2.10 Explain Newton’s assumptions for the velocity of sound in air (gas) and write formula. 6.2.11 Explain Laplace’s assumption for velocity of sound in air. 6.2.12 Write Newton - Laplace formula for the velocity of sound in a gas. 6.2.13 Discuss the effect of pressure ,temperature, humidity on the velocity of sound. 6.2.14 Solve problems on Newton - Laplace formula. 6.3.1 Define stationary waves. 6.3.2 List the characteristics of stationary waves. 6.3.3 Define free vibrations with examples. 6.3.4 Define forced vibrations with examples. 6.3.5 Define resonance with examples. 6.3.6 Describe an experiment to determine the velocity of sound in air at room temperature and

zero degree Celsius by resonance air column method. 6.3.7 Solve problems. 6.3.8 Define beats, beat frequency. 6.3.9 State applications of beats. Solve problems. 6.4.1 Explain the transverse vibrations of stretched strings. 6.4.2 State the three laws of transverse vibration of stretched strings with relevant formula. 6.4.3 Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of tuning fork by comparison method

using son meter. 6.4.4 Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of tuning fork by absolute method

using son meter. 6.4.5 Solve problems. 6.5.1 Define musical note, noise. 6.5.2 List the differences between musical note and noise. 6.5.3 List the characteristics of musical note. 6.6.1 Explain acoustics with regards to buildings. 6.6,2 List the different types of defects of acoustics in buildings. 6.6.3 Define Echo, Reverberation, Interference, Resonance. 6.6.4 Define Reverberation time. 6.6.5 Define absorptive coefficients of materials. 6.6.6 Write Sabine’s formula and explain the notations. 6.6.7 List the different remedies for defects. 6.6.8 Solve problems on Sabine’s formula. Unit No.07 PHYSICAL OPTICS 12Hrs GENERAL OBJECTIVES 7.1 To understand various theories of light. 7.2 To understand the concept of Interference. 7.3 To understand the concept of Diffraction . 7.4 To understand the concept of Polarization.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

7.1.1 Explain Newton’s corpuscular theory. 7.1.2 Explain Huygen’s wave theory. 7.1.3 Explain Maxwell’s Electromagnetic theory. 7.1.4 Explain Planck’s quantum theory. 7.1.5 Explain dual nature of radiation (light). 7.2.1 Define interference. 7.2.2 Obtain the equation for resultant displacement. 7.2.3 Derive the equation for amplitude of the resultant wave. 7.2.4 Discuss the conditions for constructive interference. 7.2.5 Discuss the conditions for destructive interference. 7.2.6 List the conditions of sustained interference. 7.2.7 Explain Young’s double slit experiment. 7.2.8 Obtain expression for path difference. 7.2.9 Obtain expression for fringe width. 7.2.10 Explain the intensity distribution in interference fringe. 7.2.11 Solve simple problems on fringe width and path difference. 7.3.1 Define diffraction. 7.3.2 Define Fresenel diffraction and Fraunhoffer diffraction. 7.3.3 Differentiate Fresenel diffraction and Fraunhoffer diffraction. 7.3.4 Explain Huygen’s principle related to wavefront. 7.3.5 Explain diffraction with white light. 7.3.6 Differentiate between interference and diffraction. 7.3.7 Explain the concept of resolving power of an optical instrument. 7.3.8 Explain Rayleigh’s criteria on resolving power. 7.3.9 Define limit of resolution and resolving power of a microscope.

in terms of wave length. 7.3.10 Define resolving power of a Telescope. 7.3.11 Write the formula for resolving power of Telescope interms of wavelength. 7.3.12 Solve simple problems. 7.4.1 Define Polarization. 7.4.2 Describe an experiment to demonstrate the transverse nature of light. 7.4.3 Represent unpolarised and polarized light geometrically. 7.4.4 Define plane of vibration. 7.4.5 Define plane of polarization,.. 7.4.6 Explain the method of polarization by reflection. 7.4.7 State Brewster’s law. Define Brewster’s angle. 7.4.8 Obtain equation for refractive index in terms of Brewster’s angle. 7.4.9 Explain the method of polarization by refraction. 7.4.10 Explain the method of polarization by double refraction. 7.4.11 Explain polaroids. 7.4.12 List the use of polaroids.

Unit No.08 MODERN PHYSICS 09 Hrs GENERAL OBJECTIVES 8.1 To understand the emission of electrons. 8.2 To know the scattering of light. 8.3 To understand Lasers. 8.4 To understand radio-activity.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

8.1.1 Explain thermionic emission. 8.1.2 Explain photoelectric emission. 8.1.3 Explain Field emission. 8.1.4 Explain secondary emission. 8.1.5 Define photoelectric effect. 8.1.6 Describe an experiment to study photoelectric effect. Explain experimental results. 8.1.7 State four laws of photoelectric emission. 8.1.8 Write photoelectric equation. 8.1.9 Explain the quantities involved in it. 8.1.10 Explain photo emissive cell. 8.1.11 Explain photovoltaic cell. 8.1.12 Explain photoconductive cell. 8.1.13 List the applications of photoelectric cells. 8.1.14 Explain the principle of electrons microscope. 8.1.15 Explain the method of focusing by magnetic lens. 8.1.16 Explain the construction and working. 8.1.17 List the uses of electron microscope. 8.1.18 Explain the working of Atomic Focus Microscope. 8.1.19 Write the advantages of Atomic Focus Microscope. 8.2.1 Explain coherent scattering. 8.2.2 Explain incoherent scattering. 8.2.3 Explain the blue colour of the sky and blue colour of water. 8.2.4 Explain the red colour of sun during sunrise and sunset. 8.2.5 Explain the white colour of cloud. 8.2.6 Explain Raman Effect. 8.2.7 Write the applications of Raman Effect 8.3.1 Define laser . 8.3.2 Explain Induced absorption. 8.3.3 Explain spontaneous emission and stimulated emission. 8.3.4 State the principle of Laser. 8.3.5 Explain population inversion and optical pumping. 8.3.6 List the properties of laser. 8.3.7 Write the applications of laser. 8.4.1 Explain radioactivity with examples. 8.4.2 Describe an experiment to demonstrate three types of radiations. 8.4.3 Write the properties of alpha, beta and gamma rays. 8.4.4 List the agricultural ,medical, biological and geological applications of lasers.

Unit No.09 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 08 Hrs GENERAL OBJECTIVES 9.1 To understand pollution, its harm full effects and preventive measures. 9.2 To comprehend water pollution, its harm full effects and preventive measures. 9.3 To understand different types of corrosion and preventive measures. 9.4 To comprehend pH of solution , pH scale and applications of pH. . SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES 9.1.1 Define pollution. 9.1.2 List air pollutants. 9.1.3 Write the harmfull effects of air pollution. 9.1.4 Explain acid rain and its effects. 9.1.5 Explain green house effect. 9.1.6 Explain global warming. 9.1.7 List the effects of global warming. 9.1.8 Explain ozone layer and its importance. 9.1.9 List the cause of depletion of ozone layer(without any equation). 9.1.10 List the effects of ozone layer. 9.1.11 Discuss the control of air pollution. 9.2.1 Explain water pollution, 9.2.2 Discuss the causes of water pollution.(sewage, effluents, algae, micro-organisms). 9.2.3 Explain methods of control of sewage problems and disposals. 9.3.1 Define corrosion. 9.3.2 Explain the causes of corrosion. 9.3.3 Describe different types of corrosion.(i)electrochemical theory of corrosion. (ii) Formation of galvanic cells.(iii)concentration cells 9.3.4 Explain the preventive measures of corrosion.

i.by alloying ii.by surface coating iii.by galvanizing iv.by electroplating v.by anodizing vi.by cathodic protection.

9.4.1 Explain water as a weak electrolyte. 9.4.2 Explain nature of solution on the basis of (H+) ion and (OH¯) ion concentrations. 9.4.3 Explain ionic product of pure water. 9.4.4 Define neutral, basic and acidic solutions. 9.4.5 Define pH of a solution. 9.4.6 Define neutral basic and acidic solution by using pH. 9.4.7 Give the pH values some solutions 9.4.8 Write the applications of pH solution. REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Applied Science –By W.R. Neelakanta , Sapna Publications 2. Applied Science –By N N Banavasi, S Chand Publications 3. First PUC and Second PUC Physics Text Books – by different authors.. 4. Text book of physical chemistry by P.L.Soni publisher S.Chand and Co.

5. Essentials of physical chemistry by B.S.Bhal and G.B.Tuli, 6. Text bookof physical chemistry by K.K.Sharma and L.K.Sharma, Vikas publication house. 7. Applied Science for polytechnics- by different authors.

APPLIED SCIENCE

TABLE OF SPECIFICATION FOR QUESTION PAPER SETTING

Unit No No Hrs in curriculum

No of subdivisions of 5 marks each to be answered

Total marks to

be answered

No of subdivisions of 5 marks

to be set

Total marks

to be set

Section A

01 06 05 25 07 35 02 06

03 06 Section

B 04 10

07 35 11 55 05 05 06 12

Section C

07 12 08 40 12 60 08 09

09 08 Total 20 100 30 150

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION- KARNATAKA MODEL QUESTION PAPER APPLIED SCIENCE Time:3Hrs Max Marks:100 Note: 1) Answer any 05 subdivisions from Section A, any 07 sub divisions from Section B and any 08 subdivisions from Section C 2) Each subdivision carries 5 marks.

Section A (Answer any 05 subdivisions)

1. a) What is meant by Least count of a measuring instrument Write dimensions of density Write the S.I. unit of a acceleration 2 + 2 + 1 b) State and prove the law of conservation of momentum 2 + 3 c) State Newton’s Second law of motion. A body of mass 2kg is moving with a velocity of 2m/s. If its velocity changes to

5m/s in 10 seconds on application of a constant force, calculate the acceleration of the body & Impulse on it. 2 + 3 2. a) Write a neat diagram of screw gauge & name its parts 3 + 2 b) State the law of parallelogram of vectors. Obtain an expression for the magnitude of the resultant of two Vectors acting at a point. 2 + 3 3. a) Describe an experiment to verify Lami’s theorem 5 b) Define Moment of a force. Three forces 3kgwt, 7kgwt & 15kgwt, acting at a point are in equilibrium. Calculate the angle between first two forces. 2 + 3

Section B (Answer any 07 subdivisions) 4. a) Define stress. Differentiate between plasticity and elasticity with examples. 2 + 3 b) Define Young’s Modulus Write 3 applications of capillarity 2 + 3 c) Describe an experiment to determine surface tension of water by capillary rise method 5 5. a) Distinguish between specific heat of a substance & heat capacity of a body. Write two applications of convection. 2 + 3 b) Define surface tension and angle of contact. Write 3 applications of viscosity. 2 + 3 c) Derive PV = mRT with usual notations 5 6. a) Define SHM Obtain an expression for the velocity of a vibrating body executing SHM 2 + 3 b) Describe an experiment to determine velocity of sound in air at room temperature, using Resonance Air Column apparatus. 5 c) What is resonance? Write 3 practical examples of resonance. 2 + 3 7. a) Describe an experiment to determine the frequency of the tuning fork using sonometer by comparison method. 5 b) The frequency of a sonometer wire is doubled when the tension is increased by 12 kgwt. Calculate the original tension of the wire. 5

Section C (Answer any 08 subdivisions) 8. a) What is interference of light? Write three differences between Interference & diffraction. 2 + 3 b) Obtain an expression for the path difference in Young’s double slit experiment.

5 c) In a double slit experiment light of wave length 5500 Å is used. Find the path difference & phase difference for the fourth dark fringe from the centre of the pattern. 5 9. a) State Brewster’s law. Obtain an expression for the refractive index of a material in terms of Brewster’s angle. 2 + 3 b) What is polarization? Explain the method of polarization by refraction 2 + 3 c) What is photoelectric emission? Write any three experimental results on the study of photoelectric effect. 2 + 3 10. a) Explain the focusing the magnetic lens in an Electron microscope Write 3 uses of Electron microscope. 2 + 3 b) What is Raman effect. Explain stimulated emission in Laser. 2 + 3 c) What is radio activity? Describe an experiment to demonstrate 3 types of radiations. 2 + 3 11. a) What is an acid rain? Write 3 harmful effects of it. 2 + 3 b) What are the causes of water pollution? Explain any one method of controlling sewage problem. 2 + 3 c) How does a “ Concentration cell” work? Write three applications of PH. 2 + 3 0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0

GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATIONS First/Second SemesterDiploma

APPLIED SCIENCE LAB (COMMON TO ALL COURSES) SUBJECT CODE:

Group A Experiment No Aim of the experiment

01 To determine the volume of the given solid cylinder using Slide calipers 02 To determine the volume of the given Hollow cylinder using Slide calipers 03 To determine the thickness of the glass and metal plate using Screw gauge 04 To determine the volume of thin wire using Screw gauge & sample wire 05 To determine the volume of small rigid ball using Screw gauge 06 To verify the law of Parallelogram of vectors 07 To verify the converse of law of triangle of vectors 08 To verify the Lami’s theorem 09 To verify two conditions of equilibrium of coplanar parallel forces

Group B 10 To determine Young’s Modulus of the material of the wire using Searle’s App 11 To determine Surface Tension of water by capillary rise method

12 To determine the frequency of the given tuning fork using sonometer by comparison method

13 To determine the frequency of the given tuning fork using sonometer by absolute method

14 To determine velocity of sound in air at room temperature & at 0°C a by Resonance Air Column method

15 To determine coefficient of Viscosity of water by Poisulle’s method Most Important instructions to examiners

i) While setting two experiments in the examination for each candidate, one experiment

should be chosen from group A and another must be from group B ii) While setting two experiments, large number of combinations to be made covering

most of the experiments iii) The scheme of valuation given below must be strictly followed. Scheme of valuation

Record 05 Marks Oral 15 Marks Planning ( Includes observation, Tabular column, Formula) 20 Marks ( 10 marks x 2 expt) Conducting ( Includes skill in arrangement, handling of app, & readings)

40 Marks ( 20 marks x 2 expt)

Calculation and result 20 Marks ( 10 marks x 2 expt) Total 100 Marks

bcs topics

Page 1 of 6

Contact hrs/Week: 04 Total Contact Hrs / Sem.: 64

1 Concept of Hardware & Software……………………….. 05 Hrs

2 Word processing (M S Word)……………………………… 18 Hrs

3 Spreadsheet and Charts (M S Excel)……………………… 18 Hrs

4 Dataprocessing (M S Access)……………………………… 10 Hrs

5 Presentation (M S Power Point)…………………………… 08 Hrs

6 Internet Basics……………………………………………. 05 Hrs

Total 64 Hrs

Course Content

All Diploma Courses I Semester

Subject: Basic Computer Skills

bcs_geos_sios

Page 2 of 6

Contact hrs/Week: 04 Total Contact Hrs / Sem.: 64

General Educational Objectives :

After the completion of the study of this subject students should be able to 1. Recognize the various models of computer system 2. Recognize the various parts, physical components of a computer 3. Understand the cable connections and booting steps 4. Know the various I/O devices 5. Understand the need of Operating System 6. Use the various DOS commands 7. Understand the use of mouse buttons 8. Appreciate working under windows environment 9. Appreciate the use of Windows Explorer 10. Create any document 11. Know to format the document and take a printout 12. Create a worksheet in 13. Use functions and formulas 14. Know to format the worksheet and take a printout 15. Create a database 16. Create view,form,table,query and report 17. Know to take the printout of the report 18. Create a presentation using Powerpoint 19. Know to Insert Slides into the presentation 20. Understand various slide transitions 21. Demonstrate the slide show 22. Know to print the handouts 23. Understand the basics of Internet 24. Create an e-mail account 25. Know to send and receive mails 26. Use search engine while browsing 27. Use any Kannada Software package

Specific Instructional Objectives:

1 Concepts of Hardware and Software1.1 Identify the models of computers - Tower, Desktop, Laptop, Palmtop1.2 Identify and understand front panel switches and back panel connectors of

a computer system.1.3 Identify and Understand the physical components of computer :

1.3.1 Motherboard (System Board)1.3.2 Processor chip

1.3.3 Memory 1.3.4 HDD 1.3.5 FDD 1.3.6 CDD(R/W)

1.3.7 SMPS 1.3.8 Ports (Serial,Parallel & USB) 1.3.9 VGA/SVGA/AGP 1.3.10 Sound card 1.3.11 Network Card 1.3.12 MODEM Card (internal and External)

Diploma Course in Aeronautical EngineeringI Semester

Subject: Basic Computer Skills

bcs_geos_sios

Page 3 of 6

1.3.13 Input devices - Keyboard,Mouse,Scanner,Joystick,Floppy,Compact Disk,etc1.3.14 Output devices - Monitor, Printer, Plotter, etc.

1.4 Understand the need of an Operating system1.5 Differences between command line and graphical user interface1.6 Understand the meaning of the following terms :

1.6.1 Single user single tasking1.6.2 Single user multi tasking1.6.3 Multi user multi tasking1.6.4 Batch processing1.6.5 Real time Processing1.6.6 Distributed processing

1.7 Do the connections of the system, switch on and understand the booting steps1.8 Understand the concept of file and directory, naming rules for files / directories,

types of files1.9 Basic DOS commands - CLS,DIR, Date, Time, Version, MD,CD,RD,Del,

Copy,Ren,Volume; Use of wild characters,Format,Path, Type 1.10 Getting started with

1.10.1 Windows1.10.2 Desktop

1.10.3 Icons 1.10.4 Mouse operations - single click, double click, click & drag 1.10.5 Shortcuts

1.10.6 Popup Menus1.10.7 Start button1.10.8 Keyboard operations in window

1.10.9 Task Bar1.10.10 Customizing the desktop

1.11 Exposure to Windows Operating System1.11.1 Logging on to Windows 1.11.2 Starting and closing a program1.11.3 Switching between programs,documents1.11.4 Re-sizing windows - Maximize, Minimize and restore

1.11.5 Find - file, folders, etc. 1.11.6 Run - starting a program using run command 1.11.7 Shutdown - shutdown / restart computer

1.12 Practice Windows Explorer - through My computer, Icon and shortcut entry1.13 Creating/opening a document1.14 Understand clipboard concept for copy,cut and paste1.15 Editing and saving the document in Floppy/ Hard disk1.16 Study and understand Windows utilities -notepad, wordpad, paint, calculator,etc1.17

Study and understand Windows system tools - scandisk,backup,system info, winzip, etc

bcs_geos_sios

Page 4 of 6

2 Utilities2.1 WORD PROCESSING

2.1.1

2.1.2 Create a new document - edit, save, close 2.1.3 Page setup (Layout)

2.1.4

2.1.5 Creating documents with Multiple columns2.1.6 Inserting symbols,file, hyperlink,cliparts and pictures into the document

2.1.7

2.1.8

2.1.9 Creating drawings and charts using drawing toolbar 2.1.10 Creating tables and borders

2.1.11 Creating templates, envelopes & labels 2.1.12 Object Linking and Embedding (OLE)

2.1.13 Taking printout of the document 2.1.14 Mail-merging

2.1.15 Creating Macros and customizing Word2.1.16 Exiting Word

2.2 SPREADSHEET AND CHARTS2.2.1

2.2.2 Creating an excel book

2.2.3

2.2.4 Entering data - numeric, text and formula2.2.5

2.2.6 Formatting rows and columns 2.2.7 Understand Filling series 2.2.8 Selecting cells, rows or columns 2.2.9 Clearing contents and formats of the cells selected 2.2.10 Creating different types of graphs for given data 2.2.11 Formatting charts 2.2.12 Dealing with formulas, functions related with text, logical, mathematical, etc 2.2.13 Manipulating Data - Sorting, filtering, validation, importing & exporting data

2.2.14 Working with windows - Splitting, freezing and setting the print area2.2.15 Creating an excel report2.2.16 Printing an excel sheet/part of an excel sheet

2.2.17 Object Linking and Embedding (OLE)2.2.18 Creating Macros and customizing Excel2.2.19 Exiting Excel

2.3 DATAPROCESSING

2.3.1

2.3.2 Creating a database,tables,view,forms,query,report,index,etc2.3.3 Use of wizards to create tables2.3.4 Create a report and take the printout2.3.5 Creating Macros and customizing Access2.3.6 Exiting Access

2.4 PRESENTATION2.4.1

Starting Access and understanding the concept of data,field, record, table and database

Invoking Powerpoint application and understand - titlebar,Menubar,Toolbar,Scrollbar,control window, etc

Understanding the excel sheet,cell,rows&columns, sheet size, navigating the workbook

Invoking Excel application and understand the different parts - titlebar, Menubar, Toolbar, Scrollbar, control window, etc

Invoking word application and understand the different parts - titlebar,Menubar,Toolbar,Scrollbar,Control button, etc

Text formatting - Selection of Fonts, fontsize, alignments, line spacing, paragraph alignment, indents & tabs

Page formatting - Inserting page numbers, date,time, fields,header and footer,footnote, comments,etcPracticing the utilities like find, replace, goto, spell check, grammer check, thesaurus, wordcount,autotext and autocorrect

Formatting a cell - number, date,time,text, alignment, border, font,pattern, protection, etc.

bcs_geos_sios

Page 5 of 6

2.4.2

2.4.3 Opening, saving,closing a presentation2.4.4

2.4.5 Slide show - manual, auto2.4.6 Printing handouts2.4.7 Creating Macros and customizing Powerpoint

2.4.8 Exiting Powerpoint3 INTERNET

3.1 Understand the meaning of :

3.23.3

3.4 Chatting4 Practice on any Kannada Software Package

WORD PROCESSING 1. Create a business or personal letter

2. Create a company letterhead 3. Create a simple newsletter 4. Create a memo

5. Create a resume 6. Create an Invitation/Greeting Card 7. Create the cover page of a project report 8. Create a mailmerged letter/Invitation 9. Create a Macro which inserts a picture and formats the text

SPREADSHEET 1. Create a worksheet with 4 columns. Enter 10 records and find the sum of all columns 2. Create a report containing the pay details of the employees

3. Create a results sheet containing Candidate's Register No., Name, Marks for all subjects, Total and result. Total and result must be calculated as below: Total is sum of marks in all subjects Result is Distinction if Total >= 70 % First Class if Total > = 60 % and < 70 % Second Class if Total >= 50 % and < 60 % Pass if Total >= 35 % and < 50 % provided the candidate has secured atleast 35 marks in each subject. Fail otherwise. 4. Create a simple Bar chart to highlight the sales of a company for 3 different periods

5. Create a pie-chart - give legends 6. Create a worksheet importing data from a database and calculate sum of all the columns 7. Create a Macro which creates a line chart using the data in the worksheet

DATABASE 1.Create a simple table for result processing

2.Design a query table for the same table3.Design a form to update/modify the table contents

Creating an E-Mail ID, Sending and Receiving E-Mails, voicemail,video mail, video conferencing, etc

Creating a presentation using auto context wizard, Design Templates and Blank presentation

Working with slides - Inserting pictures, tables,sound files, outline,slide transitions

Network,Internet,intranet,internet server, internet browser,Webpage, Website,URL's, Search engines, http,www,HTML,DHTML and OutlookLogging on to internet, browsing the net, using search engines, Downloading a file

SAMPLE EXERCISES

bcs_geos_sios

Page 6 of 6

4.Design a report to print the result sheet and marks card for the above table. PRESENTATION

1.Create a simple presentation to list simple DOS commands,Hardwares, Softwares etc.

INTERNET BASICS1.Practice browsing of different sites using search engine2.Practice Understanding different e-mail services-Outlook, Yahoomail, rediffmail etc.3.Practice creating e-mail account, Sending Receiving & Storing of mails

Duration: 3 Hrs Max Marks 100

1 Record 52 Viva 203 One question each on any two of the following 30 x2 =60

3.1 M S Word3.2 M S Excel3.2 M S Access3.4 M S Power Point

4 Internet Basics 15Total 40

1 Record 52 Viva 103 One question to be set from any 2 of the 4 combination

3.1 Writing 103.2 Execution 153.3 Printout 5 30x 2=60

4 Two or Three Questions to be asked on Internet Basics 15Total 100

Reference Books

Scheme of Evaluation

Scheme of Examination

hrs/week : Contact hrs. / Sem:96(2 Slots of 3Hrs each/Week)

Sl. No. Topics hrs alloted

1 Introduction to Engineering Graphics2 Dimensiong3 Projection of Points 84 Projection of Lines 125 Projection of Planes 146 Projection of solids 187 Conversion of Isometric View to orthographic v 22

Tests 6Total 80

Subject Contents

1 Introduction to Engineering Graphics 9Definition of the drawing-technical drawingEngineering InstrumentsDrawing Board, sheet - their standards sizesTitle Block, layout, Symbols, types of lines, conventions, standardsapplications of different types of lines

2 Dimensioning 12Definiton and importanceDimensioning components:Dimension line, extension line, arrow head, leader, dimensional figure, symbol,scale and unitsSystems of dimensioningaligned systemunidirectional systemArrangement of dimensioningchain, parallel, progressive, combined, co-ordinate, equal and equi-distant…Dimensioning common featuresCircular, fillets, chamfers, rounds, curved surface, spherical, angles, tapers, threads, and knurls

3 Projection of Points 9

Four quadrants ,principal planes ,profile planes Projection of points in all the four quadrants Projection of points- front view,top view and side views

4 Projection of lines 15

Projection of line when parallel to both the planesProjection of line parallel to one plane and perpendicular to other planeProjection of line inclined to one plane and parallel to other plane(Side views for above cases)Projection of line inclined to the both the planes

Diploma Course in Aeronautical EngineeringFirst Semester

Subject Title: Engineering Graphics

5 Projection of planes 15

Meaning of the planes like square, rectangular,pentagonal,hexagonal,andcircular

Solving the problems using change of position method only

6 Projection of solids 18(All problems should be taught considering solids should be resting on HP)Projection of cube, triangular prism, square prism, rectangular prismpentagonal prism, hexagonal prism, pyramids like square, rectangular, pentagonal andhexagonal, Cone and cylinder in different positions using first angle projection method

7 Projection of Isometric View to orthographic views 12

Projection of orthographic views of solids like prism, pyramid, cube, cylinder, cone, Sphere, machine components etc

Tests 6Total 96

Scheme of Examination1 Chapter 1 is only for practice and internal assessment and not for examination2 Three questions must be set as per the following pattern

Q. No. From Chapters

1 introduction2 Dimensiong3 Points4 Lines5 Planes6 Solids7 Iso to Ortho

Reference books

1 Elementary engineering drawing : N.D.Bhatt2 Engineering Drawing : K.R. Gopal krishna3 Fundamentals of engineeing drawing : R.K. Dhawan6 Engineering Drawing : I.S. Morries7 Step by step engineering drawing : Vee Ess8 Engineering graphics : Verges9 Engineering drawing by Venugopal

10

Drawing the three views of the planes in different positon using first angle projection method

Marks Alloted

Question paper can be set as per reqular M08 standardsTotal 140

10

1020303030

ENGLISH COMMUNICATION

TABLE OF SPECIFICATIONS

Sl NO

Ability

Content

Knowledge

Comprehension

Application

Analysis Total

1 Lessons 5 25 10 40

2 Parts of speech 2 02

3 Countable & Uncountable nouns 2 2

4 Use of some, any etc. 6 6

5 Main & Aux. verbs 2 2

6 Uses of Tenses 8 8

7 Voice 4 4

8 Interrogatives 2 2

9 Negatives 2 2

10 Prepositions 4 4

11 Question tags 2 2

12 Use of adverb too 2 2

13 Use of idioms & phrases 4 4

14 Story from outlines 5 5

15 Developing notes into a paragraph 5 5

16 Comprehension of unseen passage 5 5

17 Summarising 5 5

Total 13 32 40 15 100

Department of Technical Education All Diploma Courses in Engineering and Technology Streams

First or Second Semester ENGLISH COMMUNICATION

Contact Hrs./Week: 4 Contact Hrs. / Semester: 64 GOAL: IMPROVEMENT OF ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS OF I OR II SEMESTER STUDENTS OF DIPLOMA COURSES IN ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY. SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: 1 READING SKILL The student is able to : 1.1 Understand the difficult words and phrases in the lesson 1.2 Use the words and phrases correctly in his own sentences 1.3 Read the lesson properly without mistakes 1.4 Read the given passage correctly. 2 WRITING SKILL The student is able to 2.1 Write the answers correctly to the questions on the lessons 2.2 Write personal letters in the proper format without mistakes 2.3 Use words and phrases in his own sentences 2.4 write grammatically correct sentences. 3 PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE OF GRAMMAR The student is able to 3.1 Use verbs correctly 3.2 Use various phrases appropriately 3.3 Use interrogatives and negatives 3.4 Convert active voice into passive and vice versa 3.5 Frame questions, question tags and give short form answers correctly 3.6 Use prepositions appropriately 4 COMPREHENSION 4.1 The student is able to read and understand the seen & unseen passages and answer the questions given 5 CREATING AWARENESS 5.1 The student becomes aware of current environmental issues and about his responsibilities toward environment factors. 5.2 Awareness about Right to Information Act

CONTENT

1 TEXT BOOK

“ENGLISH COMMUNICATION FOR POLYTECHNICS” By NITTTR, Chennai and Published by Orient BlackSwan Pvt Ltd, Hyderabad.

2 GRAMMAR 2.1 PARTS OF SPEECH 2.2 COUNTABLE, UNCOUNTABLE AND PROPER; NOUNS 2.3 USE OF SOME, ANY, MUCH, MANY, A LOT OF, ETC., 2.4 MAIN AND AUXILIARY VERBS 2.5 USES OF TENSES 2.6 ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE 2.7 INTEROGATIVES 2.8 NEGATIVES 2.9 PREPOSITIONS 3.1 QUESTION TAGS 3.2 USE OF ADVERB TOO 3.3 USING PHRASES IN OWN SENTENCES 3 COMPOSITION & COMPREHENSION 3.1 WRITING RESPONSE TO PICTURE 3.2 STORY FROM GIVEN OUTLINES 3.3 EXPANDING OUTLINES INTO PARAGRAPH 3.4 PARAGRAPH WRITING USING HINTS 3.5 COMPREHENSION OF UNSEEN PASSAGE 3.6 NOTE MAKING 3.7 DEVELOPING NOTES INTO PARAGRAPHS 3.8 SUMMERISING MONTHLY TESTS READING AND COMPREHENSION EVALUATION

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARNATAKA SUBJECT: APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I

For I- semester DIPLOMA COURSES OF ALL BRANCHES

Contact hour per week: 04 Contact hour per Semester: 64 UNIT NO. CHAPTER TITLE CONTACT

HR.

ALGEBRA 1 DETERMINANTS 2 2 MATRICES 4 3 BINOMIAL THEOREM 3 4 LOGARITHMS 2 5 VECTOR ALGEBRA 6 TRIGONOMETRY 6 UNITS AND MEASUREMENT OF AN ANGLE 3 7 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ACUTE

ANGLE AND STANDARD ANGLES 6

8 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ALLIED ANGLES

4

9 HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES 2 10 COMPOUND ANGLES 4 11 MULTIPLE AND SUB MULTIPLE ANGLE 2 12 TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE 4 13 PROPERTIES AND SOLUTIONS OF

TRIANGLES 4

14 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS 2 ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY 15 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ANALYTICAL

GEOMETRY 6

16 STRAIGHT LINES 6 17 TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS 4 TOTAL HOUR 64 REFFERENCE BOOKS: 1.Applied Mathematics -I By W.R Neelakanta Sapna Publications. 2. Applied Mathematics -I By Dr. D S Prakash S Chand Publications 3. Text book of mathematics for P U C

QUESTION PAPER BLUE PRINT FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I

UN

IT N

O.

HO

UR

Questions to be set

(2 Marks) PART- A

Questions to be set

(5 Marks) PART- B

Questions to be set

(5 Marks) PART- C

Questions to be set

(5 Marks) PART- D

1 2 1 1 - - 2 4 1 2 - - 3 3 1 1 - - 4 2 - 1 - - 5 6 2 3 - - 6 3 - - 1 - 7 6 1 - 2 - 8 4 1 - 2 - 9 2 - - 1 - 10 4 1 - 1 - 11 2 1 - 1 - 12 4 1 - 1 - 13 4 1 - 2 - 14 2 1 - 1 - 15 6 1 - - 2 16 6 2 - - 2

TOTAL

64 15 8 12 04

Questions to be answered

10 5 8 3

APPLIED – MATHEMATICS – I

Marks No. of Questions No. of Questions to be set to be Answered Part A 2 X 10 = 20 15 10 Part B 5 X 05 = 25 08 05 Part C 5 X 08 = 40 12 08

Part D 5 X 03 = 15 04 03 Total = 100

CONTENTS OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS – I

ALGEBRA

UNIT – 1: DETERMINANTS. 2 Hr.

Definition, Order, Expansion of 2nd & 3rd order Determinants by means of examples. Problems on finding unknown quantity in a 2nd & 3rd determinant using using expansion. Solving simultaneous linear equations by determinant method ( Cramer’s rule). Problems. UNIT – 2: MATRICES. 4 Hr.

Determinant value of a square matrix. Singular and non singular matrices with examples. Minor and co factor of an element of a matrix. Adjoint of a matrix. Problems. Characteristics equations of a square matrix and its roots. Problems. Cayley – Hamilton’s theorem (statement only). Problems. Find inverse of a matrix using the theorem. UNIT – 3: BINOMIAL THEOREM. 3 Hr.

Meaning of nCr and its value. Binomial theorem for (x + a) n, where n ia a positive integer. Expansion. Finding constant term, co-efficient of xn , particular term and middle term(s). Problems. UNIT – 4: LOGARITHEMS. 2 Hr.

Defination of common and natural logarithems. Laws of logarithems. Problems on laws. UNIT – 5: VECTOR ALGEBRA. 6 Hr.

Defination of vector. Representation of a vector as a directed line segment. Magnitude of a vector. Types of vectors. Position vector. Vector can be expressed in terms of end points of position vector. Addition and subtraction of vector in terms of line segment. Vector in a plane and vector in a space in terms of unit vector i, j and k respectively. Product of vectors. Scalar and vector product. Geometrical meaning of scalar and vector product. Applications of dot(scalar) and cross(vector) product: Projection of a vector on another vector. Area of parallelogram and area of triangle. Work done by a force and moment of force

TRIGONOMETRY UNIT – 6: UNITS AND MEASUREMENT OF AN ANGLE 3 Hr

Defination of an angle. Systems of unit of an angle. Defination of radian. Radian is a constant angle. Relation between degree & radian and problems. Derivation of l = rθ & A = ½ r2θ. Problems. UNIT –7: TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF AN ACUTE ANGLE. 6 Hr

Defination of Trigonometric ratios in terms of sides of a triangle for an acute angle. Proof of Trigonometric identities. Trigonometric ratios of standard angles: The numerical value of trigonometric ratios of standard angles like 00, 300, 450, 600 and 900. Problems. UNIT – 8: ALLIED ANGLES. 4 Hr.

Angle of any magnitude, sign of the trigonometric ratios. Meaning of allied angles. Trigonometric ratios of allied angles in terms of θ. Problems. Complimentary angles and relation between trigonometric ratios of complimentary angles. Problems. UNIT – 9: HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES. 2 Hr.

Defination of angle of elevation and depression. Problems. UNIT -10: COMPOUND ANGLES. 3 Hr.

Geometrical proof of Sin( A + B) and Cos(A + B). Find Tan( A + B) using Sin( A + B) and Cos(A + B). Write the formulae for Sin( A - B), Cos(A - B) and tan( A - B). Problems. UNIT -11: MULTIPLE ANGLES. 3 Hr.

Derive ratios of multiple angles of 2A and 3A. Problems. Obtain sub multiple angle formulae. Problems. UNIT-12: TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE. 4 Hr.

Express sum or difference of Sine and Cosine of an angles in to product form. Express product of Sine and Cosine of angles in to sum or difference form. Problems.

UNIT-13: PROPERTIES AND SOLUTION OF TRIANGLES. 4 Hr.

The relation between sides of a triangle and Sines, Cosines and Tangents of any angle(Sine rule, Cosine rule and Tangent rule), Projection rule. Half angle formulae in terms of sides of a triangle. Problems. Problems on solution of triangles (four types). UNIT- 14: INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS. 2 Hr.

Defination. Principle values of inverse trigonometric functions. Derivation of results like sin-1x + cos-1x =Л/2 =tan-1x + cot-1x = cosec-1x + sec-1x, tan-1x + tan-1y = tan-1 Problems.

ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY

UNIT-15: BASIC CONCEPTS OF ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. 6 Hr.

Defination of a point in a plane, Specification of a point using co-ordinate system. Points on X-axis and Y-axis. Derivation of distance formula. Problems. Section formulae. Derivation of co-ordinate of a point which divide the line internally in the given ratio( No derivation for external division). Mid point formula. Problems. Centroid, area of a triangle and collinear points. Problems. Locus of a point with respect to a fixed point and with respect to two fixed points and its equations. Problems. UNIT-16: STRAIGHT LINES. 6 Hr.

Inclination of a line with horizontal line and its slope. Intercept of a straight line. Slope of a line parallel to X-axis and Y-axis. Derivation of conditions for two lines to be parallel and perpendicular. Problems. Derivations equations of straight lines y = mx + c, y – y1 = m (x – x1 ), y – y1 = (y2 – y1 / x2 – x1 ) (x – x1 ), (x / a ) + (y / b) = 1 and x cosα + y sinα = P. General equation of a line ax +by + c = 0 and problems. Equation of lines through a point and parallel or perpendicular to a given line. Problems. Angle between two lines. Problems. Point of intersection of lines. Equation of a line through the point of intersection which is parallel or perpendicular to the given line. Problems. *******************

GENERAL AND SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

ALGEBRA UNIT – 1: DETERMINANTS. 2 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 1.1 To understand meaning of determinants and evaluation of 2nd & 3rd order

determinants. 1.2 To understand the solution of linear equations by Cramer’s rule. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 1.1.1 Definition of Determinant by means of Algebraic Expression and order in terms of

Rows and Columns. 1.1.2 Evaluate Determinants of 2nd & 3rd order --- Problems. 1.1.3 Solve the problems to find unknown quantity in a determinant. 1.2.1 Solve the linear equations of 2 nd or 3 rd unknowns using determinants. Problems UNIT – 2: MATRICES. 4 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 2.1 To understand Minors and co-cofactors, adjoint and inverse of a matrix. 2.2 To know the characteristic equation for 2 x 2 matrix. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 2.1.1 Define singular and non singular square matrix. 2.1.2 Find the minors and cofactors of each elements of matrix 2.1.3 Define adjoint of a square matrix.--- Problems. 2.1.4 Define inverse of a square matrix --- Problems. 2.2.1 Explain characteristic equation of a 2 x 2 matrix and its roots --- Problems. 2.2.2 State Cayley – Hamilton’s theorem for 2nd order (Statement only) --- Problems. 2.2.3 Apply it to find inverse of the matrix --- Problems.

UNIT – 3: BINOMIAL THEOREM. 3 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES.

3.1 To recognise the meaning of nCr & to compute the values nC0, nCn, nC1, nC2…..

Cr 3.2 To prove nCr = nCn-r by demonstration. 3.3 To know the statement of (x+a)n for positive integral Index n. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 3.1.1 Meaning of nC r and value of nCr . 3.2.1 Use of nCr in the expansion (x + a)n , where n is positive integer. 3.3.1 Expansion of (x + a)n , where n is positive integer. (only statement). 3.3.2 Solve the problems of the following types (a) expansion of type (2x +y)6 , (√3 +2)4, (x2 – 1/√x )8 (b) To simplify (√2 +1)5 + (√2 -1)5 (c) To find middle term(s)

(d). To find the coefficient of xn and constant terms in (x+a)n UNIT – 4: LOGARITHMS 2 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 4.1 To understand logarithm, common logarithm and natural logarithm. 4.2 To comprehend laws of logarithem. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 4.1.1 Define logarithm,common logarithm and natural logarithm. 4.2.1 Derive the laws of logarithm (a) loga mn = loga m + loga n (b) loga m/n = loga m - loga n (c) loga xk = k loga x (d) loga b = logc b / logc a (CHANGE OF BASE) 4.2.2 Solve problems on laws of logarithms UNIT – 5: VECTOR ALGEBRA 6 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 5.1 To understand vectors. 5.2 To understand vector operations.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

5.1.1 Define a vector and represent a vector geometrically. 5.1.2 Name a directed line segment as a vector.

5.1.3 Write different types of vectors. 5.1.4 Write addition and subtraction of vectors in terms of the segment. 5.1.5 Explain the position vector of a point with reference to a point. 5.1.6 Write the conclusion of difference of two vectors with same initial point as position

vector of a point. 5.1.7 Define vector in a plane and vector in a space in terms of unit vectors i, j and k respectively. 5.2.1 Write types of vector product (a)Scalar product (b)Vector product 5.2.2 Define scalar product and vector product. 5.2.3 Interpret product of vectors geometrically. 5.2.4 Design the product of vectors to find angle between them and unit vector 5.2.5 Apply product of vectors to find ( i.) projection of a vector on another vector (ii) Area of triangle and parallelogram (iii) work done by a Force (application of

scalar product) (iv) moment of a force (application of vector product)

TRIGONOMETRY UNIT – 6: UNIT AND MEASUREMENT OF ANGLE 3 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 6.1 To understand the concept of angle, unit and its measurement. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 6.1.1 Define an angle. 6.1.2 Define a right angle in different systems. 6.1.3 Define radian. 6.1.4 Obtain relations between radian and degree. 6.1.5 Solve problems. 6.1.6 Prove the radian as a constant angle. 6.1.7 Derive l = rө 6.1.8 Derive area of sector = (r2ө ) /2. 6.1.9 Solve related problems. UNIT – 7: TRIGNOMETRIC RATIOS 4 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 7.1 To understand trigonometric ratios. 7.2 To comprehend trigonometric ratios of standard angles.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 7.1.1 Define trigonometric ratios for an acute angle. 7.1.2 Derive important formulae (identities)

7.1.3 Solve problems using identities. 7.1.4 Obtain trigonometric ratios of standard angles 0°, 30° , 45° , 60°,90° 7.1.5 Solve problems using standard values. UNIT – 8: ALLIED ANGLES 4 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 8.1 To understand allied angles of the type ( nπ/2 ± ө). SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 8.1.1 Define positive and negative angles. 8.1.2 Give examples to differentiate positive and negative angles. 8.1.3 Explain trigonometric ratios in different quadrants and assign signs. 8.1.4 Define allied angles in different quadrants. 8.1.5 Write formulae of 90± Ө, 180± Ө, 270± Ө, 360± Ө and (-Ө) 8.1.6 Solve problems on allied angles. UNIT - 9: HEIGHTS AND DISTANCES 2 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 9.1 To understand the measurement of Heights and Distances using

trigonometry. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 9.1.1 Define angle of elevation and angle of depression. 9.1.2 Define the “Height” and “Distance” 9.1.3 Solve problems on height and distance. UNIT – 10: COMPOUND ANGLES 3 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 10.1 To understand compound angles. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 10.1.1 Define a compound angle. 10.1.2 Give examples for compound angles. 10.1.3 Derive the formula of sin(A+B) and cos(A+B) geometrically. 10.1.4 Obtain tan(A+B) interms of tanA and tanB using sin(A+B) and cos(A+B).

10.1.5 Obtain formula for sin(A-B) ,cos(A-B) and tan(A-B). 10.1.6 Solve the problems on compound angles.

UNIT – 11: MULTIPLE AND SUBMULTIPLE ANGLES. 3 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 11.1 To understand multiple and sub multiple angles.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 11.1.1 Define multiple and submultiple angle with example. 11.1.2 Derive the formulae for trigonometric ratios of 2A and 3A using compound angle formulae. 11.1.3 Deduce half angle formulae from the ratio of 2A formulae. 11.1.4 Solve problems. UNIT – 12: TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE 4 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 12.1 To understand transformation formulae.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 12.1.1 Obtain expressions for sinC ± sinD and cosC ± cosD interms of Product of

trigonometric ratios. 12.1.2 Derive expressions for sinAcosB, cosAsinB, cosAcosB and sinAsinB interms of the sum and difference of trigonometric ratios. 12.1.3 Solve problems. UNIT – 13: PROPERTIES AND SOLUTIONS OF TRIANGLES 4Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 13.1 To understand the properties of triangles in order to solve them. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 13.1.1 Obtain sine rule ,cosine rule and tangent rule for any angle of a triangle. 13.1.2 Write half angle formulae interms of sides of a triangle (no proof). 13.1.3 Solve simple problems on above rules.

13.1.4 Find the solution of a a triangle in the following cases when (i) all sides are given (ii)two sides and included angle is given (iii) two angles and one side is given.(iv)two sides and non included angle is given.

UNIT – 14: INVERSE TRIGNOMETRIC FUNCTIONS. 2 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 14.1 To understand inverse trigonometric functions. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 14.1.1 Define inverse trigonometric function. 14.1.2 Write principal values of trigonometric functions. 14.1.3 Prove standard results like 1. sinˉ1 x + cos– 1 x = tan–1x + cot–1x = cosec–1x + sec–1x = π/2,

±xyy

1x tan=y tanx ± tan2. 1-1-1-

14.1.4 Solve the problems on inverse functions.

ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY UNIT – 15: BASIC CONCEPTS OF POINT AND LOCUS 6 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 15.1 To understand the basic concepts of point and locus. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 15.1.1 Define coordinates in two dimensional space. 15.1.2 Define a point in terms of coordinates. 15.1.3 Obtain equation for the distance between two points in terms of co ordinates. 15.1.4 Solve problems on above formula. 15.1.5 Explain the section of a straight line. 15.1.6 Derive section formula for internal division. 15.1.7 Write section formula for external division. 15.1.8 Write formula for mid point of a line. 15.1.9 Solve problems on internal and external division. 15.1.10 Define locus of a point. 15.1.11 Solve problems on locus of a point.

UNIT – 16: STRAIGHT LINES 6 Hr GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 16.1 To understand straight lines. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 16.1.1 Define angle of inclination. 16.1.2 Define slope of a straight line. 16.1.3 Define x and y intercepts for straight line.

16.1.4 Write

+−

=12

12

1tan

mmmm

θ

16.1.5 Write angle between two straight lines in terms of

+−

=12

12

1tan

mmmm

θ

16.1.6 Write the conditions for two lines to be parallel and to be perpendicular to each other.

16.1.7 Solve problems. 16.1.8 Derive the slope-intercept form of an equation of a straight line y = mx + c 16.1.9 Obtain the point – slope form equation to the straight line )( 11 xxmyy −=−

16.1.10 Obtain two point form of the equation to a straight line )( 112

121 xx

xxyyyy −

−−

=−

16.1.11 Obtain intercepts form of the equation to a straight line, 1=+by

ax

16.1.12 Derive the normal form of equation to a straight line,xcos α + ysin α = p 16.1.13 Write the general form of equation to a straight line, ax +by+c=0 16.1.14 Solve problems on different forms of equation. 16.1.15 Solve problems to find an equation of a straight line passing through the given

point and parallel to the given line. 16.1.16 Solve problems to find an equation of a straight line passing through the given

point and perpendicular to the given line. 16.1.17 Solve problems to find an equation of straight line passing through the

intersection of given lines. 16.1.18 Obtain the condition for the intersection of three lines express in general in the

determinant form. 16.1.19 Solve the problems on the above condition.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. First and Second PUC mathematics Text Books of different authors. 2. Text Book of mathematics –I for polytechnic-by different authors 3. Text Book of mathematics-II for polytechnic- by different authors

*******************************************************

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARANATAKA

MODEL QUESTION PAPER Code:

APPLED MATHEMATICS –I ( FOR ALL COURSES) Time: 3 Hrs Max.m marks:100 NOTE: i) Answer any 10 questions in section A, 5 questions in section B 8 questions in section C, & 3 questions in D ii) Each question carries 2 marks in section A ii) Each question carries 5 marks in remaining section

SECTION – A

1. Find x if 1 2 34 5 07 8 9

x =

2. If A = 1 23 5−

, Find A. adj(A)

3. Find the 5th term in 83x

x +

4. If a

= 2i + 3 j – 2 k and b

= i + 2k, find .a

b

5. If p

= i + J -2k, Find unit vector in the direction of p

6. If sinθ + cosecθ = ½ , find sin2θ + cosec2θ 7. If sec θ = cosec3θ, find θ. 8. Find the value of tan15° without using table or calculator.

9. Show that tan2θ = sin

1 cosθθ+

10. Show that cos17 sin17 tan 28cos17 sin17

° − °= °

° + °

11. Show that ( ) ( )tan2 ( )A s b s c

s s a− −

=−

12. Show that 1 1cos ( ) cosx xπ− −− = − 13. Find the locus of a point which moves at a equal distances from the axis 14. Find the inclination and Y-intercept of the line √3x + y = 3 15. Find the angle between the lines who’s slopes are √3 and 1/√3

SECTION – B

1. Solve the following equations by cramer’s rule

2x + y = 1, y + 2z = 7 and 3z – 2x =11

2. Find the inverse of the matrix A = 1 2 50 1 33 1 2

−

3. Verify Caylay-Hamilton Theorem for the matrix A = 2 11 5

−

4. Find the co-efficient of x18 in 15

2 3axx

+

5. If loga (bc) = x , logb (ac) = y and logc(a b) = z. Show that 1 1 1 11 1 1x y z

+ + =+ + +

6. Find the sin of the angle between the vectors ( 3,2,-1) and ( 2,-1,4) 7. If the position vectors of A, B,C are respectively i + 2j + 3k, 2i + 5j – k and –i + j +2k,

find the area of triangle ABC 8. Find the projection of vector 2i + 3j + 2k on 4i + 5j + 3k

SECTION – C

1. Circular wheel is rotating at the rate of 450 r.p.m. If the radius of the wheel 70cm, find the distance covered by a point on the rim in 1 second.

2 Prove that tan sec 1 1 sintan sec 1 cos

θ θ θθ θ θ+ − +

=− +

3. Show that sin 1 cos 2cos1 cos

ecsin

θ θ θθ θ

++ =

+

4. Show that sin420°cos390° + cos(- 300°) sin(- 330°) = 1

5. Simplify cos( )sec( ) tan( )

2sec(2 )sin( ) cot( )

2

π θ θ π θ

ππ θ π θ θ

+ − −

− + +

6. The angles of elevation of the top of a tower from the base and top of building are 60° and 45°. The building is 20m high. Find the height of the tower.

7. Prove that sin( )sin sin

A BA B−∑ = 0

8. Prove that cos3 sin 3cos sin

A AA A+−

= 1 + sin2A

9.Prove that sin sin 3 sin 5 sin 7cos cos3 cos5 cos 7

A A A AA A A A+ + ++ + +

= tan4A

10.In a triangle ABC show that 2 2 2 2

cos 2 cos 2 1 1A Ba b a b

− = −

11. Solve the triangle ABC if a = 2 , C = √3 – 1 , B = 120°

12. Prove that 1 1 11 1 12 tan tan 2 tan8 7 5 4

π− − −+ + =

SECTION – D

1. Find the point on the x-axis which is equidistant form the points (7,6) and (–3,4) 2. Find the co-ordinates of the point of trisection of the median AB of the triangle ABC

whose vertices are A(– 2, 2 ) ,B (– 1, –3 ) and C (5,7) 3. Find the equation of the line passing through (– 2, 6 ) and the sum of intercepts on the co-ordinate axes is 5. 4. Find the equation of the line perpendicular to 3x – 2y + 1 = 0 and passes through(1,–2).

0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0

FIRST SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Scheme of Study and Examination

2009- 2010

Sl.No

Sub. Code Subject

Exam Duration Hours

Total Marks

Min. Marks for passing

Theory Theory Practical TotalMax.

MarksMin.

MarksI.A.*

Marks1 Applied Mathematics-I 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 452 Applied Science 5 5 3 100 35 25 125 453 English Communication 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Drawing/Practicals3 Engineering Graphics 6 6 4 100 35 25 125 454 Basic work shop practice(Fitting,carp 9 9 3 100 50 25 125 605 Basic Compter Skill 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 606 Applied Science Lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

13 27 40 700 150 875 360

1

345

567

Contact Hours Scheme of Exam

workshop_mech

Page 1 of 2

Contact Hrs / week : 9 Contact Hrs / Semester: 144

Graded Excercises

Carpentry1 Draw the layout of carpentry shop2 Sketch carpentry tools 3 State brief description and use of carpentry tools4 Mark for operations like sawing, planing, chiseling and wood turning5 State safety precautions for the above operations6 Prepare the following carpentry joints

6.1 Half lap joint6.2 Mortise and Tenon joint6.3 Dovetail joint6.4 Bridle joint

7 Prepare utility articles like coat-hanger, shoe-rack, book-shelf8 Measure quantity of wood required for a given task (with respect to items mentioned in serial no 7)9 Prepare atleast 5 to 6 wooden models using Power Tools

Fitting1 Draw the layout of fitting shop2 Sketch fitting tools 3 State brief description and use of fitting tools4 Mark for operations like chipping, filing, drilling, cutting and tapping5 State safety precautions for the above operations6 Prepare the following fitting models

6.1 Chipping of step block and V block6.2 Filing of step block and V block6.3 Reducing round section into square section by chipping and filing6.4 Making of male and female gauges with V joint, rectangular joing and semi circular joint

7 Prepare utility articles like screw drivers, hinges, hexagonal nut8 Measure quantity of metal required for a given task (with respect to items mentioned in serial no 7)

Forging1 Draw the layout of forging shop2 Sketch forging tools 3 State brief description and use of forging tools4 State safety precautions for the forging operations5

6.1 Converting round rod into square rod6.2 Preparation of hook with an eye

7 Prepare utility articles like7.1 L Nail 7.2 Flat haxagonal chisel7.3 Gib Headed Key 7.4 Square Headed bolt7.5 Hexagonal headed bolt 7.6 Rag bolt7.7 Eye bolt 7.8 Chain links

Diploma Course in Mechanical EngineeringSecond Semester

Subject: Workshop Practice (Carpentry, Fitting & Forging)

Prepare the following forging models using the operations - Jumping, Drawing down, bending, upsetting, puching and drifting, swaging, flattening and fullering

workshop_mech

Page 2 of 2

One model must be prepared comprising of lathe and millingOR lathe and shaper OR lathe and drilling operations.

weightage1 Lathe operations 80%2 Milling / Drilling / Shaping Operations 20%

1 listing of tools 102 Marking 103 Operations performed 253 Accuracy and finish 354 Viva 20

Total 100

Scheme of Examination

Scheme of Evaluation

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING DIPLOMA COURSE II- SEMESTER----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- AN---: AIRCRAFT MATERIALS

CONTACT HRS/WEEK:4 CONTACT HRS/SEM=64------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CHAPTER HOURS

NO ALLOCATED1 INTRODUCTION TO AIR CRAFT 9

MATERIALS

2 10AIR CRAFT MATERIALS ANDPROPERTIES

3COMPOSITE MATERIALS 8 AND OTHER MATERIALS

4 CORROSION AND 8CORRORION PREVENTION

5 8

MATERIAL FAILURE 66

7 MATERIAL DESTRUCTION 6TESTING (DT)

8 MATERIAL NON-DESTRUCTION 6TESTING

INTRODUCTION TO ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES 2

7TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS

TOTAL

TOPIC ANALYSIS

64 hrs

GENERAL EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES

On completion of the course, the student should be able to:

1.Know the importance of aircraft materials and important considerations for Selection of aircraft materials.2. Know which are all materials commonly used for aircraft materials andtheir general properties.3.Know what are composite materials and what are the other aircraft materials4.Know what is corrosion and how to prevent the process of corrosion5.Know what is material failure, types of failures, fatigue and reasons for failure6.Know the various destructive testing methods commonly used7.Know the various non-destructive type of testing methods commonly used8.Appreciate the advancement in the field of aircraft materials and advancedMaterials, which are coming up/come up for use in aircrafts

SPECIFIC INTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:

1. INTRODUCTION TO AIRCRAFT MATERIALS

SELECTION OF MATERIAL

1.1 Introduction: Importance, factors influencing selection 1Hr

1.2 Economic consideration: 1Hr

1.21) Availability1.22) Cost, shop equipment required1.23) Standardization of materials1.24) Reliability1.25) Supplementary operations

1.3 Engineering Consideration 1Hr

1.31) Strength1.32) Wright corrosion1.33) Working properties1.34) Joining properties1.35) Shock or fatigue strength

1.4 Mechanical or physical properties of Materials 5 Hrs 1.41) Strength1.42) Strain1.43) Strength

1.44) Tensile strength1.45) Elastic limit1.46) Proportional limit1.47) Proof stress1.48) Yield strength1.49) Yield point1.4.1) Elongation1.4.11) Reduction of area1.4.12) Modulus of Elasticity1.4.13) Stiffness1.4.14) Resilience1.4.15) Toughness1.4.16) Hardness1.4.17) Brittleness1.4.18) Malleability1.4.19) Ductility1.4.20) Elasticity1.4.21) Density1.4.22) Fusibility1.4.23) Conductivity1.4.24) Composition1.4.25) Expansion

2. AIRCRAFT MATERIALS AND THEIR PROPERTIES

2.0 Commonly used Aircraft materials and their proprieties

2.1: Steel

1) Constituents of steel: Basic constituents, their affect on steel 1Hr

2.2: Types of Steel: Brief descriptions of:-

2.2.1) Plain carbon steel2.2.2) Alloy steel2.2.3) Low alloy steel2.2.4) High alloy steel2.2.5) High-speed tool steels2.2.6) Stainless steels

2.2.61) Types of stainless steels: Brief description of composition, properties of:- 1 Hr

2.2.611) Ferrite stainless steels 2.2.612) Martens tic stainless steels 2.2.614) Austenitic stainless steels 2.2.615) Maraging steels

2.3 Steel numbering system

2.3.1) SAE (Society of Automobile Engineering) steel numbering system

2.4 Copper and its alloys:-Importance and basic need for copper alloys for aircrafts

2.41 Different Types of copper alloys: - 1Hr 2.411) Brass 2.412) Muntz steel 2.413) Manganese Bronze 2.414) Naval Brass 2.415) Red boran 2.416) Bronze 2.417) Gunmetal 2.418) Aluminum Bronze

2.5 Nickel alloys: - Importance and basic need for nickel alloys for aircrafts 1Hr

2.51) Leonel 2.52) Monel 2.53) K-monel

2.6 Aluminum Alloys:

2.61) Classification of aluminum alloys

2.7 Non Heat treatable Alloys and their properties:- 1Hr

2.71) Annealing 2.72) Formability 2.73) Weld ability 2.74) Resistance to corrosion

2.8 Heat Treatable Alloys and their properties:- 1 Hr 2.81) Heat treatment 2.82) Formability alloys 2.83) Weld ability

2.9 Casting Alloys and their properties: - 1 Hr 2.91) Aluminum -silicon Alloys 2.92) Aluminum-magnesium alloys 2.93) Aluminum copper alloys

2.9.1Titanium Alloys and their properties

2.9.2 Super alloys and their properties:- 2 Hrs

2.9.21) Nickel base super alloys 2.9.22) Cobalt base alloys 2.9.23) Iron base super Alloys

3.COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND OTHER MATERIALS

COMPOSITE MATERIALS: 2Hrs3.1) Introduction to composite materials

3.2) Classification of Composite

3.3) First level of classification (with respect to matrix constituents)

3. Second level of classification (with respect to reinforcement form of fiber in composite)

3.5) Comparison of composite materials with metal

3.6) Advantages of composites

3.7) Commonly used fibers for specific purposes

3.8) Weave pattern commonly used plain, satin, basket, moek lino3.9) Hybrid Fibers

3.10) Matrix and functions of matrix in a composite material

3.11) Carbon matrix, Metallic Matrices and ceramic matrices

3.12) Joining of composites: 2Hrs

3.121) Mechanically fastened joints3.122) Adhesive or bonded joints

3.12.1): Defects of composites

3.12.2) Prepeg Defects

3.12.3) Manufacturing defects

3.12.4) In-service Defects

3.12.5) Environmental defects

OTHER MATERIALS

3.2) Aircraft wood: Need and period/era of selection of this material 2Hrs

3.21) General properties 3.22) Disadvantages of wood for aircraft material use 3.23) Types of wood generally used in Aircraft materials

3.2.1) Adhesives and their requirements for aircraft applications

3.2.2) Requirements for structural adhesive materials 2Hrs

3.2.3) Examples of Adhesives: phenolic resins, vinyl phenolics, nitrile phenolics Epoxy phenolics

3.3. Example of commercial Adhesives: Araldites: AY 101, AY 103,AY 106,AY 12y and AY 18

3.4. Glass, Plastics and Rubber:-

3.41) Shatter proof glass3.42) Tempered glass3.43) Thermoplastics and thermosets3.44) Use of rubber in Aircraft

4. CORROSION AND CORROSION PREVENTION

4.0)Introduction: Condition for corrosion and general principle of prevention of corrosion 2Hrs 4.1)Development of corrosion : general process of corrosion

4.2)Factors influencing corrosion

4.3)Forms of corrosion:- 2Hrs

4.31) Uniform corrosion 4.32) Pitting corrosion

4.33)Galvanic corrosion 4.34)Crevice corrosion 4.35)Inter granular corrosion 4.36)Hydrogen corrosion 4.37) Stress corrosion and types of stress corrosion:

4.37.1) Stress corrosion cracking 4.37.2) Corrosion fatigue 4.37.3) Fretting corrosion

4.4) Corrosion Prevention :-General methods of prevention/control of 2Hrs corrosion:-

4.41) Material selection- metallic, non metallic, metal purification4.42)Coatings- metallic, inorganic, organic

4.43) Design- Drainage, stress avoidance, Avoiding dissimilar metal Avoiding Crevices, Avoiding exposure to air

4.5) Environmental control: 2Hrs 4.51) Temperature 4.52) Velocity 4.53) Oxygen 4.54) Concentration 4.55) Inhibition 4.56) Cleaning 4.57) Medium chang

5.MATERIAL FAILURES

5.1) Introduction to material failures

5.2) Failure of a material ,component failure 2Hrs

5.3 Fracture, types of fracture 2Hrs

5.31)Completely ductile fracture

5.32) Moderated ductile fracture

5.33) Brittle fracture

5.4Fatigue:- 2Hrs

5.41) Definition5.42) Explanation of fatigue5.43) Relation between number of cycles of operation andFatigue failure.

5.5)Factors affecting fatigue:- 2Hrs

5.51) Surface condition5.52) Component design

5.53)Nature of environment

5.6) CREEP: Definition and brief explanation of creep

6.MATERIALS DESTRUCTIVE TESTING

6.1)Introduction and various testing methods in brief: 2Hrs

6.11)Tension testing

6.12)Determination of elastic limit

6.13)Proof- stress determination

6.14)Yeild point determination

6.15)Divider method

6.16)Drop of beam method

6.2)Hardness testing: methods available are: 2Hrs

6.21) Brinell hardness6.22)Rockwell hardness6.23)Vickers or diamond pyramid Hardness6.24)Shore seleroseope Hardness testing

6.3) Bending Tests:-Introduction

6.4)Impact tests: Standard impact tests, IZOD tests , charpy test 2Hrs

6.5)Fatigue testing

7.NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING(NDT)

7.1) NDT : Introduction and Purpose

7.2)Types of Defects: 2Hrs

7.21)Inherent Defects

7.22)Processing Defects

7.23)Service Defects

7.3)N D T methods: 2Hrs

7.31)Surface Inspection Techniques

7.32)Dye Penetration test

7.33)Magnetic Particle Test

7.4)Internal Inspection Techniques: 2Hrs

7.41) Radaiography Test

7.42) Ultrasonic Test

7.43)Eddy current Test

7.44)Hydrostatic Test

7.45) Microwave Inspection Test

7.46) Acoustic Emission Test

7.47)Thermal Inspection Test

8. INTRODUCTION TO ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY

8.1)Advanced Materials: 2Hrs

8.11)Thermo plastics

8.12)Aluminium Lithium Alloy

8.13)Magnetostrictive Materials

8.14)Shape memory Alloys

8.15) Ceramics

DETAILS OF CONTENTS 1. SELECTION OF MATERIALS 1.1 Important points relating to selection of most suitable aircraft material for the selected task connected with aircraft manufacturing is explained. The importance of factors like weight, strength and reliability of aircraft Material selected are to be explained .

1.2 ECONOMIC CONCIDERATION1.21 Availability: Availability of selected materials in sufficient quantity,Identification of Reputable manufacturer for supply1.22 Cost, shaping equipment required: Consideration to strength/ weightRatio or better working properties should be discussed1.23 Shop equipment required: The initial and maintenance cost of shopEquipment required should be brought out1.24 Reliability: Importance of reliable material for maintaining consistency

production to be stressed, Need for standardization to be explained. 1.25 Supplementary operations: Number of supplementary operations requiredLike heat treatment, cleaning , plating etc should be considered.

1.3 ENGINEERING CONSIDERATIONS1.31 Strength :Need for strength for various structures1.32 Weight : Strength to weight ratio required for various structures 1.33 Corrosion : Resistance to corrosion of materials for various sectionsOf fuselage, wings and tail for the various application thicknesses1.34 Working properties: The ability to form, bend or machining of materialsFor required shaping is to be brought out1.35 Joining properties: The ability to make structural joints and in fabricationTo be discussed1.36 Shock or fatigue strength: Resistance to shock and vibration loads and theirImportance to life of the manufactured aircraft

1.4 MECHANICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS Following important mechanical and physical properties are discussed briefly:Strength, strain, stress, tensile strength, elastic limit, proportional limit, proof stress,Yield strength, yield point, elongation, reduction of area, modulus of elasticity,Stiffness, resilience, toughness, hardness, brittleness, malleability, ductility,Elasticity, density, fusibility, conductivity, contraction and expansion, Hooke’s Law

2. AIRCRAFT MATERIALS AND THEIR PROPERTIES

2.0 COMMONLY USED AIRCRAFT MATERIALS AND THEIR PROPERTIES: 2.1 STEEL: Constituents of steel are discussed 2.2 Types of steel: Following various types of steel are briefly explained: Plain carbon steel, low alloy steel, high alloy steel, high speed tool steel, stainless Steels 2.3 Types of stainless steels: Ferrite stainless steel, Martensitic stainless steel, Austensitic steel, Maraging steel 2.4 Steel numbering system: S A E( Society of Automobile Engineers) and steel numbering system 2.5 Copper and its Alloys: Different types of copper alloys: 2.51 Brass, Muntz metal, Manganese bronze, Naval brass(Tobin bronze), Red brass, Bronze, Gun metal and Aluminum bronze

2.6 NICKEL ALLOYS: Brief descriptions of :Inconel, Monel, K-monel2.7 ALUMINIUM ALLOYS: Methods of classification of aluminum alloys2.8 NON HEAT TREATABLE ALLOYS- Some important properties: Annealing,Formability, Weld ability, Resistance to corrosion2.9 HEAT TREATABLE ALLOYS: Some processes: Heat treatment, Formability, Weld ability

2.91 CASTING ALLOYS: Brief description of Aluminum-Silicon alloys, Aluminum- - Magnesium alloys, Aluminum –copper alloys2.92 Titanium alloys: Brief description2.93 SUPER ALLOYS: Brief description of :

Nickel base super alloys, Cobalt base alloys, Iron base super alloys

3.COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND OTHER MATERIALS

3.1 Introduction to composite materials and other materials3.2 Classification of composites: Two levels of classifications: First level and second level of classification 3.21 First level based on matrix 3.22 Second level based on fibre reinforced composites, laminar composites and Particulate composites3.3 Comparison of composite materials with metal: Comparison of the main characteristics of composites and metals

3.4 Advantages of composites: Brief summary of advantages of composites3.5 Commonly used fibres for specific purposes: Brief discussions on:Kelvar, polyethylene, aromatic polyster and sysnthetic inorganic fibers likeGlass, boron ,carbon and ceramics3.6 Weave patterns commonly used in fibres: Brief description of the various weavePatterns available-Plain, Twill, Satin, Basket, Lino 3.7 Hybrid fabrics- Brief discussion on the various hybrid fabrics used in aircrafts3.8 Matrix and function of Matrix in a composite material: Functions of a MatrixAnd basic properties of a matrix3.9 Carbon matrix, metallic matrix and ceramic matrices: General properties are Discussed in brief.

3.91 Joining of composites: Importance of proper joining, mechanically fastened joints, adhesive or bonded joints are briefly discussed

3.92 Defects in composites: Prepreg defects, manufacturing defects, In-service defectsAnd environmental defects are briefly discussed

3.10OTHER MATERIALS:3.11Aircraft woods: General properties, advantages, disadvantages are briefly discussed3.12Adhesives: The application of adhesives for aircraft applications are brieflyDiscussed3.13Requirements of structural adhesives materials for air craft use are brought out3.14 Examples of adhesives : Types of adhesives like phenolic adhesives, vinyl phenolics,Nitrile phenolics, epoxy phenolics are mentioned as examples

3.15Examples of commercial adhesives: Names of commonly used adhesive materialLike araldite and its variety like AY101, AY 106, AU18 , AY18 are mentioned

4. CORROSION AND CORROSION PREVENTION 4.0 Introduction : What is corrosion and what are the effects for aircraft structures? 4.1 Conditions for corrosion and general principles that are used for prevention of corrosion are briefly explained 4.2 Development of corrosion process in a material is briefly brought out 4.3 Some important factors which influence corrosion process are briefly discussed-type of

3.16Glass, plastics and rubber: Brief explanations for the meaning of shatter proof glass, tempered glass,thermo plastics, thermo sets, use of rubber

material, type of environment, availability of oxygen, stress on the material, time of exposure4.4 Forms of corrosion: Various forms of corrosion commonly seen are listed out for basic Information-uniform corrosion, pitting corrosion, galvanic corrosion, crevice corrosion,Inter granular corrosion, hydrogen embrittlement4.5 Stress corrosion: stress corrosion cracking, corrosion fatigue fretting corrosion are brieflyDiscussed4.6 CORROSION PREVENTION: General methods for prevention of/control of corrosionAre mentioned: Material selection, coatings-metallic, inorganic, organic, design- drainage For moisture/water, stress avoidance, avoiding dissimilar metals to the possible extent,Avoiding crevices, avoiding air

Used, cleaning done on the material , medium change for the material( dry to moist, low to high Altitude are briefly discussed

5. MATERIAL FAILURES 5.0 Introduction to material failures, what will be the effect for the aircraft are briefly discussed5.1 Failure of an aircraft material its effect on aircraft, component failure in an aircraft and its effect on aircraft performance are briefly discussed 5.2 Fatigue: Definition, Brief explanation of fatigue, Relation between number of operation cycles and fatigue failure Brief discussion on the above points.5.3 Factors affecting fatigue-surface condition, component design, nature of operating environment are briefly brought out5.4 CREEP- Definition and brief explanation of what is CREEP

6.MATERIAL DESTRUCTIVE TESTING6.0 Introduction to materials destructive testing and methods in brief are discussed6.1 Tension testing –Brief explanation6.2 Determination of elastic limit- brief explanation 6.3 Proof-stress determination is briefly discussed6.4 Yield point determination –brief explanation of divider and drop of beam method6.5 Hardness testing- Brinell hardness, Rockwell hardness, Vicker,s or diamond pyramid hardness ,Shore sceleroscope hardness testing are mentioned6.6 Bending tests- brief explanation6.7 Impact tests-standard impact test-IZOD and CHARPY tests are mentioned6.8 Fatigue testing- What is material fatigue failure and effect of vibratory loads on material failure are briefly discussed

7.NON DESTRUSTIVE TESTING(NDT) 7.1 Introduction to NDT- reason for conducting NDT for aircraft materials 7.2Types defects: inherent defects, processing defects, service defects are briefly discussed 7.3 NDT METHODS: Various NDT methods used commonly are briefly discussed: 7.31 Surface inspection techniques-visual test, dye penetration test, magnetic particle test 7.32 Internal inspection techniques-Radiography test, ultra sonic test, Eddy current test, Hydro static test, Microwave inspection test, Acoustic emission test, Thermal inspection test

4.7 Environmental control- The effect of temperature, velocity of air, oxygen concentration, inhibitor

8.INTRODUCTION TO ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY8.0Advanced materials like-thermo plasics, aluminum lithium alloy, magnetostrictive material, shape memory alloys and ceramics are briefly discussed

References:

1.AIRCRAFT MATERIALS AND PROCESSES :BY GEORGE TITTERTON,2.A &P PUBLICATIONS AC 65 9A 3.ADVANCED COMPOSITES BY CINDY FOREMAN

AN---: BASIC AEROODYNAMICS

Contact Hrs/sem:64

OPIC ANALYSIS

1 The atmosphere 52 Behavior of Air 93 Theory of Lift 144 Low speed Aero foils 125 High lift Devices 5

High Speed Aerodynamics 15

Tests and Revision 4 Total Hours: 64

CHAPTER NO

TOPIC ANALYSIS NO. OF HOURS

6

1.THE ATMOSPHERE 5Hrs

1.0) The atmosphere: Relevance to Aerodynamics

1.1)Introduction to the atmosphere, various layers of Atmosphere

1.2)Explanation of various layers of atmosphere with respect to variation of

temperature, Pressure and density with change in altitude

1.3) Explanation of the diagram showing variation of temperature, pressure,

density, relative humidity of air with change in altitude

1.4) Physical properties of air

1.5) Fluid pressure

1.6) Composition of air: Explanation of constituents of air using tabular presentation

1.7) Standard Atmosphere: Explanation of standard atmosphere, InternationalStandard Atmosphere(ISA)

1.8) Temperature:

1.81) Measurement of temperature

1.82) Conversion Factors

1.9) Pressure :

1.91 )Pressure altitude

1.92 )Density

1.93 )Effect of pressure on density

1.94) Effect of temperature on density

1.95)Effect of humidity on density

1.96)Density surface

1.97)ICAO standard Atmosphere- Table

1.98) ISA( International Standard Atmosphere, specifications)

2. BEHAVIOR OF AIR 9Hrs

2.1)Speed of sound

2.2) Dynamic pressure ,static pressure, total pressure

2.3) Explanation of total pressure interms of dynamic and static pressure

2.4) Air Speed and Ground Speed

2.5) Methods of measuring Air speed

2.6) Pitot static tube: General features, Types of Pitot tubes in use, location

Conciderations for pitot tube systems

2.7) AIR SPEED TERMINOLOGY:

2.71) Indicated air speed(IAS)2.72) Calibrated Air Speed (CAS)

2.73) Equivalent Air Speed (EAS)

2.74) True Air Speed (TAS)

2.8) The venturi tube: variation of pressure ,speed, across venturi tube

3.THEORY OF LIFT 14Hrs

3.1) The circulation theory of lift

3.2) Flow of Air past a circular cylinder

3.3) Flow past a two dimensional Aerofoil

3.4) Streamline pattern past an Aerofoil

3.5) Explanation of Air flow about an aerofoil with different amounts of Circulation imposed-diagrams

3.6) Vortex Flow- Explanation of Vortex flow ,conditions for vortex flow

3.7) Formation of Vortex

3.8) Magnus Effect and the wake behind the aerofoil

3.10) Reynolds number- Explanation, Definition of boundary layer

3.11) Effect of Reynolds number on boundary layer, CRITICAL

REYNOLD’S number , Scale effect

4. LOW SPEED AEROFOILS 12Hrs

4.1) Introduction and general requirements of aerofoil

4.2) Aerofoil terminology, explanation of a typical aerofoil with diagram

4.2) Forces acting on an aerofoil- Explanation with diagram

4.3) Types of Aero foils:

4.31)High lift aero foils

4.32)General purpose conventional aero foils

4.33)High speed aero foils

4.4)Different aerofoil sections- diagrams

4.5) Factors affecting the performance of the aerofoil

4.6)Pressure distribution around an aerofoil

4.7) Centre of pressure(CP)

4.8)Generation of lift in a wing

4.9) Aspect ratio and stalling angle

4.10) Sweep back wings ,Effect of sweep back on stalling

3.9) Boundary Layer- Definition of boundary layer, laminar and turbulent boundary layers, boundary layer characteristics

4.11) Drag, components of total drag-zero lift drag, lift dependant drag

4.12) Slats and flaps- brief explanation

5.HIGH LIFT DEVICES 5Hrs

5.1 )Introduction to high lift devices

5.2 )Flaps, purpose of flaps, action of the flaps, effect of flaps and slats on lift

5.3) Types off flap- plain/camber, split ,tap ,slotted, double slotted, Fowler

5.4) Principle of operation of SLATS, automatic Slots, use of slots

6. HIGH SPEED AERODYNAMICS 15Hrs

6.1)Introduction: Effect of various speeds on co-efficient of lift

6.2)Compressive Lift

6.3) Vortex lift, Effect of vortices on Coefficient of lift

6.4)Effect of compressibility on Drag:

6.41) Interference Drag

6.42) Trim Drag

6.43) Wave Drag, Effect of wave drag

6.5) Transonic and supersonic Aerodynamics:

6.51) Introduction- speed of sound, mach number, free stream mach

number local mach number, Detachment mach number, critical drag rise mach number

6.52)Pressure waves from moving source pattern from a super sonicSource

6.6) Mach waves

6.7) Large pressure waves

6.8) Shock waves- Formation of bow shock wave

6.9) Wing surface Shockwaves

6.10) Conditions for shock wave generation

6.11) Bottom surface 6.12) Top shockwave

6.13)Nature of shockwave-physical effects of a shockwave

6.14) Normal shock wave

6.15) Oblique shockwave

DETAILS OF CONTENTS1.THE ATMOSPHERE1.1 Introduction to atmosphere and its various layers: The basic constituents of atmospheric air,Various percentage concentrations of constituents are explained.1.2 Explanation of the important four layers of atmosphere, the variation of three importantParameters-temperature, pressure, relative humidity of air in atmosphere when altitude is Increased from sea level upwards 1.3 Explanation of the graphical representation of variation of temperature, pressure andRelative humidity with altitude .1.4 Physical properties of air are discussed in brief1.5 Fluid pressure: Meaning of fluid pressure, its relation to aircraft- general points1.6 Composition of air :The various constituents of air are explained for atmosphereIn a tabular column for better appreciation1.7 Standard atmosphere: Explanation of the term standard atmosphere, InternationalStandard Atmosphere(ISA)1.8 Temperature: Various units of temperature measurement, absolute temperature1.9 Measurement of temperature- common methods available for measurements

1.10Conversion factors for units commonly used in various countries1.11 Pressure: Meaning, units of pressure measurement

6.52 )Pressure waves, pressure waves from a stationary source, pressure wave pattern from sub-sonic, sonic source

1.12 Pressure altitude: Explanation of pressure altitude1.13 Effect of pressure on density: explanation1.14 Effect of temperature on density: explanation1.14 Effect of humidity on density: explanation1.15 Density altitude: Meaning of density altitudeI.16 ICAO Standard atmosphere: International civil aviation organization (ICAO) Standard atmosphere as per ISA(International standard atmosphere)

2.BEHAVIOR OF AIR2.1 Speed of sound- general explanation of the term2.2 Dynamic pressure, static pressure and total pressure: Meaning of these three important Terms and difference between the three pressures2.3 Explanation of total pressure in terms of dynamic and static pressure2.4 AIR SPEED and GROUND SPEED: Explanation and the difference between the two2.5 Common methods used for measurement of ground speed, airspeed, major differenceBetween the two speeds2.6 Pitot static tube assembly- general features, types in use in fighter aircrafts, in transportAircrafts and in helicopters2.7 AIR SPEED TERMINOLOGY in use and their meaning:Indicated Air Speed(IAS)Calibrated Air Speed(CAS)Equivalent Air Speed(EAS)True Air Speed(TAS)2.8 The VENTURI TUBE: Variation of pressure, speed across venture tube

3.THEORY OF LIFT3.1 The circulation theory of lift: Assumptions like air is non viscous or inviscid ,and two dimensional flow being used for basic explanation of circulation theory of lift are explained3.2Flow of air past a circular cylinder is explained with the help of a diagram3.3 Flow of air past a two dimensional aerofoil is explained using diagram of air flow over two dimensional aerofoil3.4Streamline pattern of air flow past an aerofoil is explained with a diagram3.5 Explanation of airflow about an aerofoil with different amounts air circulation imposed on it with help of diagrams3.6 Vortex flow: Explanation of vortex flow and the meaning of KUTTA CONDITION3.7 Formation of vortex, effect of vortex flow –in general3.8 Magnus effect and wake behind the aerofoil – explanation of both the terms3.9 Boundary layer- Definition, laminar and turbulent boundary layers, characteristics of boundary layer3.91 Reynold’s number:-Explanation, definition of Reynold’s number3.92 Effect of Reynold’s number on boundary layer, Explanation of CRITICAL Reynold’s number, scale effect

4.LOW SPEED AEROFOILS4.1 Introduction and general requirements of aerofoils: Explanation of how the drag decrease for air flow over a flat plate having a thickness to a curved ,thin surface4.2Aerofoil terminology and explanation of a typical aerofoil with diagram: explanation of some typical terms like chord line, chord length, mean camber line

4.3 Forces acting on an aerofoil-explain with diagram 4.4 Types of aerofoils: Explanation of various aerofoils like: high lift aero foils, general purpose conventional aerofoils, high speed aero foils4.5 Different aero foil sections –diagrams and their explanation4.6 Factors affecting the performance of aerofoils- contour, thickness, finishing in an aerofoil4.7 Pressure distribution around an aerofoil- changes in pressures in upper and lower side of an aerofoil and its effect on lift generated

4.8 Centre of pressure(CP): Definition of CP4.9 Genral theory of generation of lift in a wing4.10Aspect ratio and stalling angle: explanation of the terms4.11Sweep back wings,effect of sweep back on stalling in an aircraft4.12 Drag, components of total drag- zero lift drag, lift dependent drag: explanation of the terms4.13Slats and flaps: explanation of terms and purpose of slats and flaps

5. HIGH LIFT DEVICES5.1 Introduction to high lift devices – the basic requirement of high lift devices5.2 Flaps, purpose of flaps, action of flaps on lift, action of slats on lift:explanation5.3 Types of flaps commonly used:Plain/camber, split, zap, slotted , double slotted, Fowler flaps5.4 Principle of operation of slats: automatic slots, use of slots- explanation

6. EFFECT OF COMPRESSIBILITY ON LIFT6.1 Introduction and effect of various speeds on coefficient of lift(CL)- General explanation6.2 Compressive lift- general explanation6.3 Effect of compressibility on drag- general discussions on interference drag and trim drag6.4 Wave drag and effect of wave drag- basic explanation6.5Transonic and Supersonic Aerodynamics: explanation of terms like speed of sound, mach number, free stream mach number, local mach number, critical drag rise mach number6.6 Pressure waves, pressure waves from a stationery source, pressure wave pattern from sub-sonic, sonic source- basic explanation of the terms6.7 Pressure waves from moving source, pattern from a super –sonic source6.8 Mach waves – basic explanation6.9 Large pressure waves-basic explanation6.10 Shock waves- formation of bow shock waves- explanation of terms6.11 Wing surface shock waves- explanation of the term6.22 Conditions for shock wave generation- explanation of conditions needed for shock wave generation6.23 Bottom shock wave –explanation6.24 Top shock wave – explanation6.25 Nature of a shock wave-and explanation of physical effects of a shock wave6.26 Normal shock wave –explanation of the term6.27 Oblique shock wave –explanation of the term

Reference: 1. Fundamentals Of Flight: Vol I Basic Aerodynamics

By Dr O.P. Sharma and Lalit Varma

2. Mechanics of Flight :BY KERMODE A.C

CONTACT HRS/WEEK=6 HRS WEEK CONTACT HRS/SEM=96

GRADED EXERCISES

A. Revision:

1.Designation of various Aircraft materials

2.Mechanical properties off Aircraft materials:a) Elasticityb) Plasticityc) Stiffness

AN--:MATERIAL TESTING ,NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING & PROCESSES LAB

d) Ductilitye) Malleabilityf) Brittlenessg) Hardnessh) Toughnessi) Creepj) Fatigue

3. Study of UTM and its attachment

4.Study of Non-destructive testing methods:a)Visual testb)Dye penetration testc) Radiogarphy methodd) X-Ray methode) Eddy Current testingf) Ultrasonic testg) Acoustic Emission testh) Micro wave Inspection testi) Thermal Inspection testj) Hydrostatic test

B. Performing Experiments:

1)Material testing: a) Hardness tests: i) Brinell Test ii)Rockwell Test iii)Vicker’s Test iv) Scratch Method b) Impact testing: i)IZOD ii) Charpy method c) Torsion on various materials using test rigs d) Fatigue test using test rig

NDT and processes: a)Dye penetration test method b)Magnetic particle test Reference: Experiments to determine Principle Strains and Stresses-Theory of Elasticity By TIMOSHENKO AND GOODIER

AT405 GEs

Page 1 of 2

Contact Hrs / Semester:96

A 1 Designation of various Mechanical materials.2 Mechanical properties of materials a)Elasticity b)Plasticity

c) Stiffness d) Ductility e) Malleability f) Brittleness g) Hardness h) Toughness I) Creep j)Fatigue

3 Study of UTM and attachments.

4a) x-ray methodb)Ultrasonic methodc)Gamma ray method.d)Sound teste)Eddy curremt testingf)Radiographic testingg)Acoustic emission testingh) Dye Penetration Method

B Performing Experiments1 Hardness Tests

a)Brinell method b)Rockwell method c) Vickers method d)scratch method2 Impact Testing

a)Izod b) charpy method ( Atleast two different metals are to be tested)3 Torsion test on different materials using test rig.4 Fatigue test using test rig.5 Test on Lubricating oils

a) Flash and Fire (open cup and closed cup)6 Viscosity of oils

a) Redwood viscometerb)Saybolt viscometer

7 Coefficient of friction by Thurston oil tester8 Measurement of surface strains using strain gauges

Experiment to determine principal strains and principal stresses(Refer Theory Elasticity book by Timoshenko and Goodier)

9 Dye Penetration Test 9.1 Dye Penetration Test apllicabilityto aircraft materials. 9.2 Procedure for Dye penetration test 9.3Preparation of aircraft materials surfaces for the test 9.4 Details of dye penetration test kit and life of test kit materials. 9.5 Analysis of dye penetration test results

Theory on NDT and Study of Non-Destructive testing methods, Advantages of NDT Methods.

Department of Technical EducationDiploma Course in Aeronautical Engineering

Second SemesterSubject: AN 207: Material Testing,NDT Process Lab.

Contact Hrs / Week:6

AT405 GEs

Page 2 of 2

9.6 Results of dye penetration tests and tabulation Materials wise

10MAGNA FLUX TEST

10.1 Magnaflux testing ap ility to aircraft materials10.2Procedure for magna flux testing 10.3 Preparation of aircraft materials formagna flux testing.10.4 Preparation of aircraft material for magna flux testing

MATERIALS 10.6 Results of magna flux testing and tabulation of results -materialwise.

10.5 Details of magna flux test kit and occassions for magna flux testing,periodicity for mft test as applicable toA/C

9.7 Periodicity of dye penetration test for aircraft materials and occasions for the test

AN---: BASIC AEROODYNAMICS

Contact Hrs/sem:64

1 The atmosphere 52 Behavior of Air 93 Theory of Lift 134 Low speed Aero foils 125 High lift Devices 5

High Speed Aerodynamics 13

Tests and Revision 7 Total 64

1.THE ATMOSPHERE 5

1.0) The atmosphere: Relevance to Aerodynamics

1.1)Introduction to the atmosphere, various layers of Atmosphere

1.2)Explanation of various layers of atmosphere with respect to variation of

temperature, Pressure and density with change in altitude

1.3) Explanation of the diagram showing variation of temperature, pressure,

density, relative humidityand viscosity of air with change in altitude

1.4) Physical properties of air

TOPIC ANALYSIS

CHAPTER NO

TOPIC ANALYSIS NO. OF HOURS

6

1.5) Fluid pressure

1.6) Composition of air: Explanation of constituents of air using tabular presentation

1.7) Standard Atmosphere: Explanation of standard atmosphere, InternationalStandard Atmosphere(ISA)

1.8) Temperature:

1.81) Measurement of temperature

1.82) Conversion Factors

1.9) Pressure :

1.91 )Pressure altitude

1.92 )Density altitude

1.93 )Effect of pressure on density

1.94) Effect of temperature on density

1.95)Effect of humidity on density

1.96)Density surface

1.97)ICAO standard Atmosphere- Table

2. BEHAVIOR OF AIR 9Hrs

2.1)Speed of sound2.1a) Bernoulli's Equation and Equation of continuity

2.2) Dynamic pressure ,static pressure, total pressure

2.3) Explanation of total pressure in terms of dynamic and static pressure

2.4) Air Speed and Ground Speed

2.5) Methods of measuring Air speed

2.6) Pitot static tube: General features, Types of Pitot tubes in use, location

Conciderations for pitot tube systems

2.7) AIR SPEED TERMINOLOGY:

2.71) Indicated air speed(IAS)2.72) Calibrated Air Speed (CAS)

2.73) Equivalent Air Speed (EAS)

2.74) True Air Speed (TAS)

2.8) The venturi tube: variation of pressure ,speed, across venturi tube

3.THEORY OF LIFT 13Hrs

3.1) The circulation theory of lift

3.2) Flow of Air past a circular cylinder

3.3) Flow past a two dimensional Aerofoil

3.4) Streamline pattern past an Aerofoil

3.5) Explanation of Air flow about an aerofoil with different amounts of Circulation imposed-diagrams

3.6) Vortex Flow- Explanation of Vortex flow ,conditions for vortex flow

3.7) Formation of Vortex

3.8) Magnus Effect and the wake behind the aerofoil

3.10) Reynolds number- Explanation, Definition of boundary layer

3.11) Effect of Reynolds number on boundary layer, CRITICAL

REYNOLD’S number , Scale effect

4. LOW SPEED AEROFOILS 12Hrs

4.1) Introduction and general requirements of aerofoil

4.2) Aerofoil terminology, explanation of a typical aerofoil with diagram

4.2) Forces acting on an aerofoil- Explanation with diagram

4.3) Types of Aero foils:

4.31)High lift aero foils

4.32)General purpose conventional aero foils

4.33)High speed aero foils4.34) Ideal aerofoil charectaristics

4.4)Different aerofoil sections- diagrams

4.5) Factors affecting the performance of the aerofoil -RAF 15,Clark Y,NACA-4 digit and 5 digit series

4.6)Pressure distribution around an aerofoil

4.7) Centre of pressure(CP), Aerodynamic centre, pitching moment4.8)Finite wing terminology4.81)Generation of lift in a wing

3.9) Boundary Layer- Definition of boundary layer, laminar and turbulent boundary layers, boundary layer characteristics

4.9) Aspect ratio and stalling angle

4.10) Sweep back wings ,Effect of sweep back on stalling4.10 a)Wing tip vortices4.11) Drag, components of total drag-zero lift drag, lift dependant drag

4.12) Slats and flaps- brief explanation

5.HIGH LIFT DEVICES 5Hrs

5.1 )Introduction to high lift devices

5.2 )Flaps, purpose of flaps, action of the flaps, effect of flaps and slats on lift

5.3) Types off flap- plain/camber, split ,tap ,slotted, double slotted, Fowler

5.4) Principle of operation of SLATS, automatic Slots, use of slots

6. HIGH SPEED AERODYNAMICS 13Hrs

6.1)Introduction: Effect of various speeds on co-efficient of lift

6.2)Compressive Lift

6.3) Vortex lift, Effect of vortices on Coefficient of lift

6.4)Effect of compressibility on Drag:

6.41) Interference Drag

6.42) Trim Drag

6.43) Wave Drag, Effect of wave drag

6.5) Transonic and supersonic Aerodynamics:

6.51) Introduction- speed of sound, mach number, free stream mach number local mach number,Critical mach number, Detachment mach number, critical drag rise mach number

6.52)Pressure waves from moving source pattern from a super sonicSource

6.6) Mach waves

6.7) Large pressure waves

6.8) Shock waves- Formation of bow shock wave

6.9) Wing surface Shockwaves

6.10) Conditions for shock wave generation

6.11) Bottom surface 6.12) Top shockwave

6.13)Nature of shockwave-physical effects of a shockwave

6.14) Normal shock wave

6.15) Oblique shockwave6.16)Shock stall and Sonic Boom DETAILS OF CONTENTS

6.52 )Pressure waves, pressure waves from a stationary source, pressure wave pattern from sub-sonic, sonic source

1.THE ATMOSPHERE1.1 Introduction to atmosphere and its various layers: The basic constituents of atmospheric air,Various percentage concentrations of constituents are explained.1.2 Explanation of the important four layers of atmosphere, the variation of three importantParameters-temperature, pressure, relative humidity of air in atmosphere when altitude is Increased from sea level upwards 1.3 Explanation of the graphical representation of variation of temperature, pressure andRelative humidity with altitude .1.4 Physical properties of air are discussed in brief1.5 Fluid pressure: Meaning of fluid pressure, its relation to aircraft- general points1.6 Composition of air :The various constituents of air are explained for atmosphereIn a tabular column for better appreciation1.7 Standard atmosphere: Explanation of the term standard atmosphere, InternationalStandard Atmosphere(ISA)1.8 Temperature: Various units of temperature measurement, absolute temperature1.9 Measurement of temperature- common methods available for measurements

1.10Conversion factors for units commonly used in various countries1.11 Pressure: Meaning, units of pressure measurement1.12 Pressure altitude: Explanation of pressure altitude1.13 Effect of pressure on density: explanation1.14 Effect of temperature on density: explanation1.14 Effect of humidity on density: explanation1.15 Density altitude: Meaning of density altitudeI.16 ICAO Standard atmosphere: International civil aviation organization (ICAO) Standard atmosphere as per ISA(International standard atmosphere)

2.BEHAVIOR OF AIR2.1 Speed of sound- general explanation of the term2.2 Dynamic pressure, static pressure and total pressure: Meaning of these three important Terms and difference between the three pressures2.3 Explanation of total pressure in terms of dynamic and static pressure2.4 AIR SPEED and GROUND SPEED: Explanation and the difference between the two2.5 Common methods used for measurement of ground speed, airspeed, major differenceBetween the two speeds2.6 Pitot static tube assembly- general features, types in use in fighter aircrafts, in transportAircrafts and in helicopters2.7 AIR SPEED TERMINOLOGY in use and their meaning:Indicated Air Speed(IAS)Calibrated Air Speed(CAS)Equivalent Air Speed(EAS)True Air Speed(TAS)2.8 The VENTURI TUBE: Variation of pressure, speed across venture tube

3.THEORY OF LIFT3.1 The circulation theory of lift: Assumptions like air is non viscous or inviscid ,and two dimensional flow being used for basic explanation of circulation theory of lift are explained3.2Flow of air past a circular cylinder is explained with the help of a diagram3.3 Flow of air past a two dimensional aerofoil is explained using diagram of air flow over two dimensional aerofoil3.4Streamline pattern of air flow past an aerofoil is explained with a diagram3.5 Explanation of airflow about an aerofoil with different amounts air circulation imposed on it with help of diagrams3.6 Vortex flow: Explanation of vortex flow and the meaning of KUTTA CONDITION3.7 Formation of vortex, effect of vortex flow –in general3.8 Magnus effect and wake behind the aerofoil – explanation of both the terms3.9 Boundary layer- Definition, laminar and turbulent boundary layers, characteristics of boundary layer3.91 Reynold’s number:-Explanation, definition of Reynold’s number3.92 Effect of Reynold’s number on boundary layer, Explanation of CRITICAL Reynold’s number, scale effect

4.LOW SPEED AEROFOILS4.1 Introduction and general requirements of aerofoils: Explanation of how the drag decrease for air flow over a flat plate having a thickness to a curved ,thin surface4.2Aerofoil terminology and explanation of a typical aerofoil with diagram: explanation of some typical terms like chord line, chord length, mean camber line4.3 Forces acting on an aerofoil-explain with diagram 4.4 Types of aerofoils: Explanation of various aerofoils like: high lift aero foils, general purpose conventional aerofoils, high speed aero foils4.5 Different aero foil sections –diagrams and their explanation4.6 Factors affecting the performance of aerofoils- contour, thickness, finishing in an aerofoil4.7 Pressure distribution around an aerofoil- changes in pressures in upper and lower side of an aerofoil and its effect on lift generated

4.4 Centre of pressure(CP): Definition of CP4.5 Genral theory of generation of lift in a wing4.6 Aspect ratio and stalling angle: explanation of the terms4.7 Sweep back wings,effect of sweep back on stalling in an aircraft4.8 Drag, components of total drag- zero lift drag, lift dependent drag: explanation of the terms4.9 Slats and flaps: explanation of terms and purpose of slats and flaps

5. HIGH LIFT DEVICES5.1 Introduction to high lift devices – the basic requirement of high lift devices5.2 Flaps, purpose of flaps, action of flaps on lift, action of slats on lift:explanation5.3 Types of flaps commonly used:Plain/camber, split, zap, slotted , double slotted, Fowler flaps

5.4 Principle of operation of slats: automatic slots, use of slots- explanation

6. EFFECT OF COMPRESSIBILITY ON LIFT6.1 Introduction and effect of various speeds on coefficient of lift(CL)- General explanation6.2 Compressive lift- general explanation6.3 Effect of compressibility on drag- general discussions on interference drag and trim drag6.4 Wave drag and effect of wave drag- basic explanation6.5Transonic and Supersonic Aerodynamics: explanation of terms like speed of sound, mach number, free stream mach number, local mach number, critical drag rise mach number6.6 Pressure waves, pressure waves from a stationery source, pressure wave pattern from sub-sonic, sonic source- basic explanation of the terms6.7 Pressure waves from moving source, pattern from a super –sonic source6.8 Mach waves – basic explanation6.9 Large pressure waves-basic explanation6.10 Shock waves- formation of bow shock waves- explanation of terms6.11 Wing surface shock waves- explanation of the term6.22 Conditions for shock wave generation- explanation of conditions needed for shock wave generation6.23 Bottom shock wave –explanation6.24 Top shock wave – explanation6.25 Nature of a shock wave-and explanation of physical effects of a shock wave6.26 Normal shock wave –explanation of the term6.27 Oblique shock wave –explanation of the term

Reference: 1. Fundamentals Of Flight: Vol I Basic Aerodynamics By Dr O.P. Sharma and Lalit Varma

2. Mechanics of Flight :BY KERMODE A.C

5Hrs

Basic Elec Engg (Common).xls

Page 1 of 8

Contact Hrs / Week: 4 Contact hrs / Semester: 64

No.

1.0 Concept of Electrical energy 02 hrs2.0 Electric current,Voltage and circuits 09hrs3.0 Work, power and energy 04 hrs4.0 Magnetic fields and circuits 03 hrs5.0 Electromagnetic induction 04 hrs

6.0 Alternating current and circuits 06 hrs7.0 Electrical Machines 09hrs8.0 Electric cables 02hr9.0 Protective devices 02hrs10.0 Battery and maintenance 03hrs11.0 Lighting 02hrs

12.0 Electronic components and their applications 10hrs13.0 Integrated Circuits 04hrs

Revision and Tests 04hrs

Total 64hrs

Department of Technical Educationoma Courses in Auto, Mech, MTT, Chem,textiles, mining, mechatronics,printing,metallurgy ,Aeronau

Topics

Sub : Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering Second Semester

Contact hrs

Curriculum Content

1.0 Concept of Electrical energy 02 hrs

1.0 Application of electrical energy1.1 Advantages of Electrical energy1.2 Sorces of electrical energy1.3 Effects of electric current and practical applications of these effects

2.0 Electric current,Voltage and circuits 09hrs2.1 Electric current and its unit.2.2 Instrument used for measurement of current, 2.3 emf, potential difference and its unit2.4 Instrument used for measurement of voltage2.6 Concept of conductors, insulators and semiconductors2.7 Resistance, its unit2.8 Instrument used for measurement of resistance,2.9 Ohm's law, its applications

2.10 Simple problems of Ohm's law2.11 Series and Parallel Circuits.2.12 Simple problems of series parallel circuits.

3.0 Work, power and energy 04 hrs3.1 Electrical power, energy, work and their units3.2 Measurement of power and energy3.3 Conversion of mechanical units into electrical units and viceversa3.4 Simple problems on work ,power ,and energy

4.0 Magnetic fields and circuits 03 hrs4.1 Definition of terms magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf reluctance and flux

density.4.2 Units of magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf reluctance and flux density

5.0 Electromagnetic induction 04 hrs5.1 Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction5.2 Statically induced emf5.3 Dynamically induced emf5.4 self induced emf5.5 mutually induced emf

6.0 Alternating current and circuits 06 hrs6.1 Concept of alternating current6.2 Definition of terms- amplitude, instantaneous value, time period,

cycle, frequency, rms value, average value, form factor and their units.6.3 Inductance, capacitance, reactance, impedance and their units6.4 Power and power factor6.5 Difference between single phase and three phase circuits6.6 Simple problems on power and power factor

7.0 Electrical Machines 9hrs Transformers

7.1 Function of a transformer7.2 Types of transformer.7.3 Applications of different types of transformers7.4 Electrical characteristics of welding transformer

DC Generators7.5 Function of a DC Generator.7.6 Types of DC Generators.7.7 Applications of different types of dc generators

DC Motors 7.8 Function of a DC Motor.7.9 Types of DC Motors

7.10 Applications of different types of dc motors AC Generators

7.11 Function of a AC Generator.7.12 Applications of AC generators

AC Motors7.13 Function of a AC Motor7.14 Types of AC motors7.15 Difference between single and three phase motors7.16 Applications of single and three phase motors7.17 Types of mechanical enclosures and their importance,and application7.18 types of FHP motors and their application.7.19 Necessity of starters7.2 Types of starters

7.21 Name plate details of motors.

8 Electric cables 02hrs8.1 Introduction to under ground Electric cables8.2 Types with advantages & Limitations of cables.8.3 Applications of Cables.

9.0 Protective devices 2hrs9.1 Necessity of Protective devices9.2 fuses - Rewirable & HRC, Breakers - MCB & ELCB.9.3 flame proof enclosures used in swithgear.9.4 Necessity of electrical earthing .9.5 General electrical safety precautions.

10.0 Battery and maintenance 3hrs10.1 Function of Batteries10.2 types of batteries10.3 conditions of fully charged battery10.4 types of charging of batteries10.5 maintenance free battery

10.610.7 Applications of Batteries.

Advantages of SMF (Sealed Maintenance Free) Batteries over Conventional Batteries.

11.0 Lighting 2hrs11.1 List electrical sources of light 11.2 Function and applications of

a) Incandescent lampb)fluorescentc)mercury vapour lampd)sodium vapour lamp

11.3 Salient features of Industrial lighting.

12.0 Electronic components and their applications 10hrs12.1 Semiconductor materials, P type and N type12.2 Intrinsic and extrinsic Semiconductor.12.3 Semiconductor diodes and their application12.4 Half and full wave rectifiers circuits12.5 Filter circuits12.6 Zener diode and their applications12.7 Zener diode as voltage regulator.12.8 Light Emitting Diodes and their applicaton12.9 Transistors and their application.

12.10 Transistor as a Amplifier12.11 Silicon Controlled Rectifier and their application.12.12 Electronic timers12.13 Relays

13.0 Integrated Circuits 4hrs13.1 Logic functions13.2 Logic gates-NOT,AND,OR,NAND, NOR13.3 Fundamentals of IC 13.4 Application of IC's

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

1.0 Concept of Electrical energy 02 hrs1.1 Know the use of electrical energy1.2 Understand the benefits of Electrical Energy1.3 List the Sources of Electrical energy1.4 Know the effects of electrical current and their applications.

2.0 Electric current,Voltage and circuits 09hrs2.1 Understand the concept of Electric current, emf, potential difference2.2 Know the units of current, emf, potential difference2.3 Know the types in instruments used to measure current, emf, potenctial difference2.4 Definition of conductors, insulators and semiconductors2.5 Interpret resistance and know its unit2.6 Recognize the instruments used to measure resistance2.7 State and explain Ohm's law2.8 Analyze series and parallel circuits

3.0 Work, power and energy 04 hrs3.1 Understand the concept of Electrical power, energy, work and their units3.2 Know the measurement of power and energy3.3 Perform the conversion of mechanical units into electrical units and viceversa

4.0 Magnetic fields and circuits 03 hrs4.1 Define magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf, reluctance and flux

density.4.2 Know the units of magnetic field, magnetic flux, mmf, reluctance and flux density

5.0 Electromagnetic induction 04 hrs5.1 Understand Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction5.2 Explain Statically induced emf5.3 Explain Dynamically induced emf5.4 Explain Self induced emf5.5 Explain mutually induced emf

6.0 Alternating current and circuits 06 hrs6.1 Understand the concept of alternating current6.2

6.3 Explain inductance, capacitance, reactance, impedance and their units6.4 Define power and power factor6.5 list the differences between single phase and three phase supply

Define the terms amplitude, time period, instantaneous value, cycle, frequency, rms value, average value, form factor and their units.

7.0 Electrical Machines 09hrs Transformers

7.1 Know the function of a transformer7.2 List the types of transformers7.3 Write the applications of different types of transformers7.4 List the characteristics of a welding transformer.

DC Generators7.4 Know the Function of DC generators.7.5 List the types of DC generators7.6 List the applications of different types of dc generators

DC Motors 7.6 Know the function of a DC Motor.7.7 List the types of DC motors7.8 List the applications of different types of dc motors

AC Generators7.9 Know the function of a AC Generator.

7.10 List the applications of ac generators

AC Motors7.11 Know the Function of a AC Motor.7.12 List the types of AC motors7.13 List the applications of single and three phase motors 05 hrs7.14 List the differences between single and three phase motors7.15 List the differences between single and three phase motors7.16 List the different types of Mechanical Enclosures of Motors7.17 Identify the working place of where the different enclosures are used.7.18 List the importance of different types of Mechanical Enclosures of Motors7.19 List the types of FHP motors 7.20 List the applications of FHP motors7.21 Understand the necessity for starters7.22 List the types of starters used in starting Induction Motors7.23 Understand the meaning of overload Starters7.24 Understand the meaning single phase protection in Starters7.25 List the general name plate details of A C motors.

8 Electric cables 02hr8.1 Understand the underground cable8.2 List the types of underground cable8.3 List the advantages and limitations of underground cables over overhead cables.8.4 List the applications of underground cables

9.0 Protective devices 02hrs9.1 Understand the necessity of protective devices9.2 List the different protective devices9.3 Explain fuse- HRC, rewireabel fuse9.4 Explain the need of MCB ,ELCB9.5 Understand the importance of flame proof enclsoure used in protective devices.9.6 State the necessessity of electrical earthing9.7 Mention the general electrical safety precaution

10.0 Battery and maintenance 03hrs10.1 Explain battery10.2 Name type of batteries as lead acid, nickel iron and nickel cadmium10.3 State variations in specific gravity during charging and discharging10.4 State applications of batteries.10.5 Explain charging of batteries by a) Constant current method

b)Constant voltage method10.6 Explain trickle charging10.7 Explain the indications of a fully charged battery 10.8 Explain sealed maintenance free(SMF) batteries.10.9 State advantages of maintenence free batteries over conventional batteries.

11.0 Lighting 02hrs11.1 List the elctric sources of light11.2 Function and applications of

a)incandescent lamp.b)fluorescent lampc)sodium vapour lampd)mercury vapour lamp

11.3 List the salient features of good industrial lighting .

12.0 Electronic components and their applications 10 hrs12.1 Understand semiconductor material12.2 Differentiate between intrinsic and extrensic semiconductors.12.3 Understand Semiconductor diodes12.4 Briefly explain V- I characteristics of a semiconductor diode.12.5 List the applications of semiconductor diode12.6 Explain with circuit the working of Half wave rectifier12.7 Explain with circuit the working of centertapped full wave rectifier12.8 Explain with circuit the working of bridge full wave rectifier12.9 Know Zener diodes

12.10 Explain V- I characteristics of a zenor diode.12.11 Briefly explain the use of Zener diode as a voltage regulator.12.12 List the applications of zenor diode12.13 Understand Light Emitting Diodes12.14 Understand with circuit working of a transistor12.15 List the applications of transistor12.16 Sketch and explain Silicon Controlled Rectifier12.17 List the applications of Silicon Controlled Rectifier12.18 State the necessity for timers12.19 List the different types of times (electronic, mechanical, thermal etc)12.20 State the working principle of a relay12.21 Name the different types of contacts in relays(NC and NO)12.22 List the applications of relays

13.0 Integrated Circuits 04hrs13.1 Explain logic high and low ( 1 and 0 )13.2 Explain NOT , AND ,OR logic functions13.3 Understand Logic gates-AND, OR,NOT,NAND,NOR13.4 Draw the logic symbols and truth table of AND,OR,NOT,NAND,NOR13.5 Explain the meaning of IC13.6 List the advantages of IC

Text Books: 1. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engg. by K S ShashidharReferences: 1) Electrical Technology- by B.L.Theraja

2) Basics Electrical and Electronics Engg. by K.V.N Gowda3) Principles of Electrical Engineering by Deltoro4) Principles of Electrical& Electronics Engineering by V.K.Mehta5) Electric power by Uppal6) Swithch gear and protection by Sunil . S.Rao7) Digital Principles and applicatio by Malvino and Leech8) Digital Principles and applicatio by Flyod9) Electronics Devices and application -Motorshed

10) Electronics devices by Floyd

Basic Elec Engg Lab.xls

Page 1 of 2

Contact Hrs / Week: 6 Contact Hrs / Semester: 96

1. Study experiments:1.1 Study of safety precautions and First aid 3hrs

1.2 Study of different supply systems like AC,DC 3hrs

1.3 Study of volt meter, ammter, Watt meter,energy meter,multimeters 6hrs

1.4 Study of differrent types of wires and cables 3hrs

1.5 Study of safety divices like fuses, MCB and ELCB 3hrs

1.6 Study of different types of earthings 3hrs

1.7 Study of AC machines, DC machines and Transformers 3hrs

1.8 Study of different types of wiring systems 3hrs

1.9 Study of different electronic components, CRO and soldering iron 6hrs

1.10 Study of Transducers and Sensors 3hrs

1.11 Battery charging and checking the specific gravity using 3hrsHydrometer

Total 39hrs

2. EXPERIMENTS FOR CONDUCTION:

2.1 Conduct an experiment to verify Ohm's law 3hrs

2.2 Conduct an experiment to measure the power and power factor in a 1-phase AC Circuit 3hrs

2.3 conduct an experiment to measure the energy consumed in a single phase AC systems using1-phase Energy Meter 3hrs

2.4 Conduct an experiment to determine Voltage and Current ratio of a given single phase transformer 3hrs

2.5 Control of Single lamp from one place 3hrs

2.6 Control of Single lamp and Three pin socket independentely. 3hrs

2.7 Control of Single lamp from two places independently(Staircase wiring system) 3hrs

Sub : Basic of Electrical and Electronics Engineering Lab.

Department of Technical EducationDiploma Courses in Mech. Engg.(Auto), Mech. Engg., Mech. Engg.(MTT),

Chem, Printing, Metallurgy, MechatronicsSecond Semester

Basic Elec Engg Lab.xls

Page 2 of 2

2.8 Wiring up of a flourescent lamp 3hrs

2.9 Wiring of meterboard using energymeter,MCB,kitkat fuse unit and with a neutral link. 3hrs

2.10 Start and reverse the direction of rotation of a Single phase Induction Motor 3hrs

2.11 Using a suitable starter, start and reverse the direction of rotation of a three phase Induction Motor 3hrs

2.12 Conduct an experiment to draw the V-I characteristics of junction diode 3hrs

2.13 Conduct an experiment to draw the V-I characteristics of Zener Diode 3hrs

2.14 Conduct an experiment to trace the 3hrsoutput waveforms of halfwave rectifier

2.15 Conduct an experiment to trace the 3hrsoutput waveforms of fullwave bridge rectifier

2.16 Conduct a suitable experiment to verify NOT, AND, OR, 3hrsNOR and NAND gates truth table

3. TESTS & ASSIGNMENTS 3hrs

Grand Total: 96HRS

REFERENCE BOOKS:1) A Text book on Laboratory courses in Electrical Engg.

by S.G. Tarnekar and P.K.Karbanda 2) Electrical lab manual prepared by SJ(Govt) Polytechnic, Bangalore

Marks1. Record 52. Study experiment 203. Ckt. Diagram and Procedure 154. Conduction 255. Results 156. Viva-Voice 20

100 Total

Scheme of valuation

Contact hrs/week : 2hrs Theory+4hrs Sketching & Practice Contact hrs. / Sem:96

Sl. No. Topics hrs alloted1 Introduction to CAD 152 Section of Solids 123 Section of Machine Parts 124 Development of surfaces 185 Projection of orthographic views to Isometric Projec 156 Fasteners 127 Limits, Fits, Tolerances and Surface Finish 68 Tests 6

Total 96

Subject Contents1 Introduciton to CAD

Introduciton to software interfaceStandard toolbar/menusUnderstanding the co-ordinate systems-2D and 3DVisulisationSetting the Paper sizes and inserting the title blocksDrawing tools/commandslne, arc, circle, rectangle, polygons, ellipse, polyline, splines, text,duplicating commandscopy, mirror, offset, arraysModifying commandsmove, extend, break, trim, lengthen, chamfer, fillet..etc.,changing the properties of graphic entitiescreation of blocks and groupsconstraintshorizontal, vertical, parallel, concentric, perpendicular, symmetricequal, collinearprinting and plotting

2 Section of SolidsSectional views of cube ,prisms and pyramids like square ,pentagonal hexagonal. Cone and cylinders resting with base on HP with axis parallel or perpendicular to HP only

3 Section of Machine PartsNeed for sectioningSectional veiws,Cutting plane , Type of Sections ,Full section,Half section , Top half in section Bottom Half in section, Right Half in section ,Left half in section, Revolved section, Offset sectionLocal section,Thin section and hatching section.Practice on sectioning.

4 Development of surfacesImportance of development of surfaces in sheet metal worksDevelopments of surfaces of following solids - cube ,prism,pyramid,cylindercone, truncated cylinders and conesDevelopment drawings of the following :3.1 Tray3.2 Funnel3.3 Elbow of 90 degree3.4 Rectangular ductPractice on developments

5 Projection of orthographic views to Isometric Projection Isometric axis,Isometric lines, Isometric planes , Non Isometric lines, Isometric scale

Diploma Course in Aeronautical EngineeringSecond Semester

Subject Title: Computer Aided Engineering Graphics

To distinguish between Isometric view and Isometric projection .Isometric views of rectangles ,circles and objects like cube ,prism,pyramidcone,frustum of cone,cylinder,sphere and built up solidsIsometric viewsof machine parts like bearing block,step block, V-blockfork lines,shaft brackets when orthographic views are given

6 FastenersTemporay fastenings - screw threads,bolts and nutsScrew threads - coventional symbols for representation of internal and External threads- metric threads - left hand and right hand - multi starts tghreadsDrawing the three view of Hexagonal nut and square nutDraw the two views of a hexagonal headed bolt with hexagonal nut and washerDraw the two views of a squre headed bolt with squre nutDraw the veiws of various locking nutsSketch the rivet and rivetting joints- single rivitted lap joint , double rivetted joint(chain and zig-zag), single cover plate ,single and double rivetted butt joint,Doublecover plate butt rivetted joints.

7 Limits, Fits, Tolerances and Surface FinishLimits, Fits, Tolerances, different types of fits hole based system, shaft based systemselection of fits and applications,Types of tolerence,indication of tolerences,surface quality symbols.

Reference books

1 Elementary engineering drawing : N.D.Bhatt2 Engineering Drawing : K.R. Gopal krishna3 Fundamentals of engineeing drawing : R.K. Dhawan4 Computer Aided Engineering Drawing - S. Trymbaka Murthy56 Engineering Drawing : I.S. Morries7 Step by step engineering drawing : Vee Ess8 Engineering graphics : Verges

Scheme of Examination1 Chapter 1 & Chapter 7 is only for practice and internal assessment and not for examination2 Internal Assessment may be calculated as follows - 10 marks for Worksheets(Lab Record), 10 marks fo

(Best of Two Tests) & 05 marks for Attendance (as per BTE Norms)3 Three questions must be set by the practical examiner as per the following pattern

Q. No. From Chapters1 Chapter 2 or Chapter 32 Chapter 4 or Chapter 53 Chapter 6

Scheme of Evaluation

Q. No. Solutions & Sketching on Answer BookExecution of Drawing on Computer

Printout Total Marks

1 10 Marks 15 Marks 5 Marks 302 20 Marks 15 Marks 5 Marks 403 10 Marks 15 Marks 5 Marks 30

Total 40 Marks 45 Marks 15 Marks 100

Note: 1This Syllabus is common to Mechanical , Automobile, HPT, MTT, WSM, IT (Mech), Chemical, Metallurgy Aeronautical & Polymer Technology and this subject is to be taught by respective department faculties.

2 The practical may be taught using any suitable softwares like Autocad, Solidedge, Unigraphics, Catia etc3 This information is available in the DTE official Website http://dte.kar.nic.in

Total 100

Fundamentals of engineering drawing with an introduction to interactive computer graphics for design

Marks Alloted304030

r Test

y,

c.,

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARNATAKA

SUBJECT: APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II

For II - Semester DIPLOMA COURSES OF ALL BRANCHES

Contact hour per week: 04 Contact hour per Semester: 64 UNIT NO. CHAPTER TITLE CONTACT

HR.

DIFFERENTIATION CALCULUS 1 LIMITS 6 2 DIFFERENTIATION 16 3 APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION 6 INTEGRAL CALCULUS 4 INDEFINITE INTEGRATION 14 5 DEFINITE INTEGRATION 4 6 APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRATION 2 7 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12 8 TESTS AND ASSIGNMENT 4

TOTAL HOUR 64 REFFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Applied Mathematics –II By W.R Neelakanta. Sapna Publications. 2. Applied Mathematics –II By Dr. D S Prakash S Chand Publications 3. Text Books of PUC-2 mathematics. 4. Applied Mathematics –II for Polytechnics- By different Authors. 5. Engineering Mathematics.

Applied Mathematics – II Page 1 of 11

QUESTION PAPER BLUE PRINT FOR APPLIED MATHEMATICS – II

UN

IT N

O.

HO

UR

Questions to be set (2

Marks)

PART- A

Questions to be set (5

Marks)

PART- B

Questions to be set (5

Marks)

PART- C

Questions to be set (5

Marks)

PART- D

1 6 2 2 - - 2 16 4 6 - - 3 6 2 2 - - 4 14 4 - 6 - 5 4 3 - 1 - 6 2 - - 1 - 7 12 - - - 6

TOTAL

64 15 10 08 06 Questions to be answered

10 07 05 04 APPLIED – MATHEMATICS – II

Marks No. of Questions No. of Questions to be set to be Answered Part A 2 X 10 = 20 15 10 Part B 5 X 07 = 35 10 07 Part C 5 X 05 = 25 08 05 Part D 5 X 04 = 20 06 04 Total = 100

Applied Mathematics – II Page 2 of 11

Diploma Courses of All Engineering Branches II Semester

Sub: Applied Mathematics II

CONTENTS UNIT – 1: LIMITS. 6 Hr.

Variables and Constants. Definition of function. Types of function: Direct and Inverse functions, Explicit and implicit function, Odd and even functions (Definition with examples). Concept of x tends to ‘a’. Definition of limit of a function. Problems on limit of a function by factorization, rationalization when x tend to ‘0’, when x tend to ‘∞’ and x tend to ‘a’. Derivations of algebraic and trigonometric limits. Problems. Standard limit (only statement)

( ) enenx

eax

an

n

n

n

x

xe

x

x=+=

+=

−=

−→∞→→→

1

0001lim 4. 11lim3. 11lim.2 log1lim.1

Simple problems on standard limits. UNIT – 2: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. 16 Hr.

Definition of increment and increment ratio. Definition of derivative of a function. Derivatives of functions of xn, sinx, cosx and tanx with respect to ‘x’ from first principle method. List of standard derivatives. Rules of differentiation: Sum, product and quotient of functions. Problems on rules. Derivatives of function of a function (Chain rule). Derivatives of inverse Trigonometric functions, Hyperbolic functions and inverse of hyperbolic functions, Implicit functions, Parametric functions. Problems. Logarithmic differentiation. Problems. Successive differentiation up to second order. Problems. UNIT – 3: APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION. 6 Hr.

Geometrical meaning of derivative. Equation of tangent and normal to the curve y = f(x) at a given point. Derivative as a rate measure. Definition of increasing and decreasing function. Maxima and minima of a function. UNIT – 4: INTEGRAL CALCULUS. 14 Hr.

Definition of Integration. List of standard integrals. Rules of integration (only statement)

problems. Integration by substitution method. Problems. Integrals of functions involving a2 + x2 , a2 – x2 and their radicals. Some important integrals of the type

proof. with sin 2. tan1.1 1

22

122 c

ax

xadxc

ax

aaxdx

+

=

−+

=

+−− ∫∫

{ }∫ ∫ ∫ ∫∫ ±=±= g(x)dxf(x)dxdxg(x)f(x) 2. .)()(.1 dxxfkdxxkf

Applied Mathematics – II Page 3 of 11

proof) no 7 to3 ( sec1 7.

cosh 6. .0 a if log21 5.

.0 x if log21 4. sinh.3

1

22

1

2222

221

22

cax

aaxx

dx

cax

ax

dxxcxaxa

axadx

acaxax

aaxdxc

ax

xa

dx

+

=

−

+

=

−⟩⟩+

−+

=−

⟩⟩+

+−

=−

+

=

+

−

−

−

∫

∫∫

∫∫

Integrals of the forms:

∫∫∫∫++

+++

+

++++ Problems. dx. ,dx , ,

2222 cbxaxqpx

cbxaxqpx

cbxaxdx

cbxaxdx

Integration by parts. Rule of integration by parts. Problems. Integration of the forms: ( ) Problems. dx)(ff(x) 1x∫ + xe UNIT – 5: DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 4 Hr.

Definition of Definite integral. Theorems on definite integrals. Problems.

Definite integrals of the type Problems. tan11 ,

tan11 2

02

0 ∫∫ ++

ππ

dxx

dxx

UNIT – 6: APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 2 Hr.

Find area, volume and r m s value of a function. Problems. UNIT – 7: DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. 12 Hr.

Definition, example, order and degree of differential equation with examples. Formation of differential equation by eliminating arbitrary constants up to second order. Solution of D E of first degree and first order by variable separable method. Solution of differential equations reducible to variable separable form. Linear equations and its solution. Solution of differential equations reducible to linear form-Bernoulli’s form. Homogeneous form and its solution. Solution of differential equations reducible to homogeneous form. Exact differential equation and its solution. Solutions of differential equation of a type

problems. Simple constants. are c b, a, where,02

2

=++ cydxdyb

dxyda

Applied Mathematics – II Page 4 of 11

GENERAL AND SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES UNIT – 1: LIMITS. 6 Hr. GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 1.1 To understand variables, constants and functions. 1.2 To know the indeterminant form and evaluation of limit of a given function. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 1.1.1 Explain calculus as calculation of Infinitesimal values. 1.1.2 Define Independent, dependent variable and constants with examples. 1.1.3 Define a function. 1.1.4 List types of functions. 1.1.5 Define 1. Direct and inverse functions 2. Explicit and Implicit function

3.Odd and even function with examples. 1.2.1 Explain the concept of x tends ‘a’. 1.2.2 Define limit of a function. 1.2.3 Solve problems on limit of a function by factorization. 1.2.4 Solve problems on limit of a function by rationalization. 1.2.5 Solve problems on limit of a function when x tends INFINITY.

1.2.6 Deduce radiansin is where1sinlim

number. rationalany for lim

0

1

θθθ

θ=

=−−

→

−

→

nnn

axna

axax

1.2.7 Solve problems on above results. 1.2.8. Write formula for standard limits(statement only).

( )n

nx

e

x

nenx

eax

a 1

0nn0x0x1lim11lim 3. 11lim 2. log1lim1. +==

+=

−=

−→∞→→→

1.2.9 Solve simple problems on above results. UNIT – 2: DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS. 16 Hr. GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 2.1 To understand the differentiation of a function in terms of limit of a function. 2.2 To know different methods of differentiation. 2.3 To know the derivatives of higher order up to second order. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 2.1.1 Define increment and increment ratio. 2.1.2 Define differentiation. 2.1.3 Derive the differential co-efficient (dy/dx).

Applied Mathematics – II Page 5 of 11

2.1.4 Derive differentiation of a functions from first principle method xn , Sinx, Cosx and Tanx with respect to ‘x’.

2.1.5 State derivative of ex and log x. 2.2.1 State rules of differentiation: Derivatives of Sum, Product and quotient of

function. 2.2.2 Solve problems on rules of differentiation. 2.2.3 Obtain the derivatives of function of a function (Chain Rule), Inverse T-

functions, Implicit functions & Parametric functions 2.2.4 Solve problems on above types. 2.2.5 Carry out logarithmic Differentiation 2.2.6 Solve problem of the type xx , ax , x Sin x, x 1/x etc., 2.3.1 Obtain the second derivative of a function. 2.3.2 Solve problems on Successive differentiation. UNIT -3: APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION. 6Hr. GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 3.1 To understand dy/dx as slope of a tangent. 3.2 To illustrate dy / dx as a rate measure. 3.3 To understand maxima and minima of a function.

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.

3.1.1 Explain geometrical meaning dy / dx as a slope of tangent. 3.1.2 Find equation of tangent and normal to a curve y = f(x) at a given point. 3.1.3 Solve problems on tangent and normals. 3.2.1 Explain derivative as a rate measure. 3.2.2 Obtain velocity and acceleration for a moving body whose equation of motion

is given. 3.2.3 Solve problems on rate measure including variation of area, volume etc., 3.3.1 Define increasing and decreasing function. 3.3.2 State the condition for maxima and minima of a function, no proof. 3.3.3 Find maximum and minimum values of a function. UNIT – 4: INTEGRAL CALCULUS. 14 Hr. GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 4.1 To know integration as converse process of differentiation. 4.2 To understand indefinite integral. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 4.1.1 Define integration as anti derivative. 4.1.2 List of standard integrals. 4.1.3 State rules of Integration. 4.1.4 Solve the problems on rules of integration. 4.2.1 Explain integration by substitution method. 4.2.2 Solve problems on substitution method.

Applied Mathematics – II Page 6 of 11

4.2.3 Derive . sin 2. tan1.1 1

22

122 c

ax

xadxc

ax

aaxdx

+

=

−+

=

+−− ∫∫

4.2.4 Write

proof) no 7 to3 ( sec1 7.

cosh 6. .0 a if log21 5.

.0 x if log21 4. sinh.3

1

22

1

2222

221

22

cax

aaxx

dx

cax

ax

dxxcxaxa

axadx

acaxax

aaxdxc

ax

xa

dx

+

=

−

+

=

−⟩⟩+

−+

=−

⟩⟩+

+−

=−

+

=

+

−

−

−

∫

∫∫

∫∫

4.2.4 Solve problems on above results. 4.2.5 Write

∫∫∫∫++

+++

+

++++ dx. ,dx , ,

2222 cbxax

qpxcbxax

qpx

cbxax

dxcbxax

dx

4.2.5 Solve problems on above results. 4.2.6 Explain the rule integration by parts. 4.2.7 Solve problems of the type x sinx, x2 Cos x, (ax + b) ex, x sin2x, log x, ex sinx,

x log x etc., 4.2.8 Solve problems of the type ( ) dx)(ff(x) 1x∫ + xe UNIT – 5: DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 4 Hr. GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 5.1 To understand the concept of definite integral to eliminate constant of integration. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 5.1.1 State, a∫ b f(x) dx as a definite integral. 5.1.2 State theorems on definite integrals. 5.1.3 Solve the problems of the same type as in indefinite integral using limits of

integration.

5.1.4 Solve definite integrals of the type tan1

1 ,tan11 2

02

0 ∫∫ ++

ππ

dxx

dxx

UNIT – 6: APPLICATIONS OF DEFINITE INTEGRALS. 2 Hr. GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 6.1 To understand definite integral as a tool to find area under the curve, volume

of solid of revolution and r m s value of a function.

Applied Mathematics – II Page 7 of 11

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 6.1.1 Explain definite integral as a limit of sum (statement). 6.1.2 Write the formulae for finding area, volume and r m s value of a function. 6.1.3 Solve problems on above applications. UNIT – 7: DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. 12 Hr. GENERAL OBJECTIVES. 7.1 To understand the concept of differential equation. 7.2 To solve differential equation for unknown functions. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES. 7.1.1 Define differential equation with examples. 7.1.2 Define Order and Degree of D E with examples. 7.1.3 Formation of D E by eliminating arbitrary constants. 7.2.1 Obtain the solution of D E by variable separable method. 7.2.2 Solve problems on variable separable method. 7.2.3 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to variable separable method – Solve

problems.

7.2.4 Obtain the solution of linear D E of the type QPydxdy

=+ --solve problems.

7.2.5 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to linear form (Bernoulli’s form) –solve problems.

7.2.6 Obtain the solution of D E by Homogeneous form – solve problems. 7.2.7 Obtain the solution of D E by Reducible to homogeneous form – solve problems 7.2.8 Obtain the solution of Exact D E --- solve problems.

7.2.9 Obtain the solution of D E of the type ,02

2

=++ cydxdyb

dxyda -- Solve simple

problems only. *************************************************

Applied Mathematics – II Page 8 of 11

BOARD OF TECHNICAL EXAMINATION – KARANATAKA

MODEL QUESTION PAPER Code:

APPLED MATHEMATICS –II ( FOR ALL COURSES)

Time: 3 Hrs Maximum marks:100 NOTE: i) Answer any 10 questions in section A, 7 questions in section B 5 questions in section C, & 4 questions in D ii) Each question carries 2 marks in section A iii) Each question carries 5 marks in remaining section

SECTION – A

1. Evaluate 2

20

sin 3limtan 4x

xx→

2.Evaluate3

42

8lim16x

xx→

−−

3. Find dydx

if y = 1 –cos4x

4. Find dydx

if x2 + y2 = a2

5. Find dydx

if x = a sinθ and y = a cosθ

6. Find the slope of a tangent to the curve y = x2+6x – 7 at point ( 1, –2) 7. If s = 4t2 – 4t + 6 then find velocity when t = 2second

8. Evaluate tanx xe e dx∫

9. Evaluate 2sin x dx∫

10 Evaluate cos (1 4 )ec x dx−∫

11. Evaluate 4

0

1 dxx∫

12. Evaluate2

0

sin x dx

π

∫

13. Evaluate 2

2

0

tan x dx

π

∫

Applied Mathematics – II Page 9 of 11

14. Evaluate 2

sincos

x dxx∫

15. Show that ( )xd adx

= ax loge a

SECTION – B

1. Prove geometrically 0

sinlimθ

θθ→

2. Evaluate0

3sin 2 5lim4 tanx

x xx x→

−−

1 xdy edx

+ =

3. Find the derivative of tanx w.r.to x form the first principle 4. If y = ex ( sinx – cosx ), find dy/dx.

5. If y = 2 3sinh3 2cosh

xx

++

, find dy/dx

6. If xcoy + ysin(x/y) = k find dy/dx. 7. Find dy/dx if x = a(cosθ + θ ) and y = a ( 1 – sinθ ) 8. If y = sinx cosx, find dy/dx. 9. Find the equations of tangent and normal to the curve y2 = 9x at ( 1, - 3 ) 10. Find the maximum and minimum value of the fuction 2x3 - 12 x2 + 18x + 5.

SECTION – C

1. Evaluate 3sin x dx∫

2. Evaluate 2 6 13dx

x x− +∫

3. Evaluate 2 sinx x dx∫

4. Evaluate 2

2 38 2

x dxx x+

− −∫

5. Evaluate 2

3

0

cos x dx

π

∫

6. Evaluate .logx x dx∫

7. Evaluate 4

2 1x dx

x +∫

Applied Mathematics – II Page 10 of 11

8. find the area bounded by the curve y = 4x – x2 – 3 and x-axis.

SECTION – D

Solve the following equations;

1.sec2x tany dx + sec2y tanx dy= 0 2. y (1 + x) dx + x (1 + y) dy = 0 3. (y3 – 3x2y ) dx – (x3 – 3xy2 ) dy = 0 4. ( 3y – 7x + 7 ) dx + ( 7y – 3x + 3 ) dy = 0 5. ( 2x + y + 1 ) dx + ( x + 2y + 1 ) dy = 0

6. ey 1 xdy edx

+ =

0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0-o-0

Applied Mathematics – II Page 11 of 11

II SEMESTER DIPLOMA EXAMINATION, Dec 2008

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BOARD

AIRCRAFT MATERIALSTime : 3Hrs] [ Max. Marks : 100

Note : 1) Section-I is compulsory 2) Answer TWO questions each from Sections-II, III and IV

SECTION-I1.a) Fill in the blanks with appropriate word/words: 5 X1=5 i) The four important layers of atmosphere are: Troposphere, stratosphere, Mesosphere and Thermosphere ii) The important constituents of atmospheric air are: Nitrogen, oxygen, Argon and Carbon dioxide and their Percentage in air are: 78%, 21%, 0.93% and 0.03% iii) The flow round an aerofoil section can be idealized into three parts: a uniform stream, a distortion of the stream due aerofoil thickness, a flow similar to a vortex iv) Aerofoils are divided into three types and they are: High lift aerofoils, General purpose conventional aerofoils and High speed aerofoils v) Zero lift drag or boundary layer drag is composed of: Surface friction drag, form drag(boundary layer normal Pressure drag) and interference drag b) Define the following: 5X1=5 i) Chord line ii) Chord length iii) Mean camber line iv) Laminar flow aerofoil v) Centre of pressure

SECTION-II

2.a) Explain the various layers of atmosphere and variation of

b)Explain the following air terminology terms :i) Indicated air speed(I A S)ii) Calibrated air speed (CAS)iii) Equivalent air speed (EAS)iv) True air speed (TAS) 73.a) Explain the variation of pressure , speed across venturytube 7b)Explain the following terms:i)The circulation theory of liftii) Flow of air past a circular cylinderiii) Flow past a two dimensional aerofoiliv)Streamline pattern past an aerofoil 84.a) Explain formation of vortex and conditions for vortexflow 7b)What is Magnus Effect and wake behind the aerofoil?Explain. 8

ECTION –III

5.a) Explain boundary layer, laminar and turbulent boundarylayers, boundary characteristics 7b) Define Reynold’s number and also explain the significationof Reynold’s number, Critical Reynold’s number 86.a) Explain development of lift by a wing using three dimentionalflow pattern 8b) Write short notes on:i) Aspect ratioii) Stalling angle for an aircraft 7

7.a) What are high lift devices? Explain purpose of flaps, actionof flaps ,effect of flaps and slats on lift 8

ECTION-IV

temperature, pressure relative humidity with variation ofaltitude .Give graphical representation also. 8

8.a)Define coefficient of lift ( CL ) and effect of various speeds onCL 7b) What are pressure waves and pressure waves from a stationarysource, sub-sonic and sonic source? 89.a)Explain mach waves and large pressure waves. 7b)Describe shock waves and formation of bow shock wave 810.a) What are the conditions for generation of shock waves?Explain. 8b) Explain the physical effects of a shock wave. Brieflyexplain what is normal shock wave and oblique shockwave. 7

II SEMESTER DIPLOMA EXAMINATION, Dec 2008

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BOARD

BASIC AERODYNAMICSTime : 3Hrs] [ Max. Marks : 100

Note : 1) Section-I is compulsory 2) Answer TWO questions each from Sections-II, III and IV

SECTION-I1.a) Fill in the blanks with appropriate word/words: 5 X1=5 i) The four important layers of atmosphere are: Troposphere, stratosphere, Mesosphere and Thermosphere ii) The important constituents of atmospheric air are: Nitrogen, oxygen, Argon and Carbon dioxide and their Percentage in air are: 78%, 21%, 0.93% and 0.03% iii) The flow round an aerofoil section can be idealized into three parts: a uniform stream, a distortion of the stream due aerofoil thickness, a flow similar to a vortex iv) Aerofoils are divided into three types and they are: High lift aerofoils, General purpose conventional aerofoils and High speed aerofoils v) Zero lift drag or boundary layer drag is composed of: Surface friction drag, form drag(boundary layer normal Pressure drag) and interference drag b) Define the following: 5X1=5 i) Chord line ii) Chord length iii) Mean camber line iv) Laminar flow aerofoil v) Centre of pressure

SECTION-II

2.a) Explain the various layers of atmosphere and variation of

b)Explain the following air terminology terms :i) Indicated air speed(I A S)ii) Calibrated air speed (CAS)iii) Equivalent air speed (EAS)iv) True air speed (TAS) 73.a) Explain the variation of pressure , speed across venturytube 7b)Explain the following terms:i)The circulation theory of liftii) Flow of air past a circular cylinderiii) Flow past a two dimensional aerofoiliv)Streamline pattern past an aerofoil 84.a) Explain formation of vortex and conditions for vortexflow 7b)What is Magnus Effect and wake behind the aerofoil?Explain. 8

ECTION –III

5.a) Explain boundary layer, laminar and turbulent boundarylayers, boundary characteristics 7b) Define Reynold’s number and also explain the significationof Reynold’s number, Critical Reynold’s number 86.a) Explain development of lift by a wing using three dimentionalflow pattern 8b) Write short notes on:i) Aspect ratioii) Stalling angle for an aircraft 7

7.a) What are high lift devices? Explain purpose of flaps, actionof flaps ,effect of flaps and slats on lift 8

ECTION-IV

temperature, pressure relative humidity with variation ofaltitude .Give graphical representation also. 8

8.a)Define coefficient of lift ( CL ) and effect of various speeds onCL 7b) What are pressure waves and pressure waves from a stationarysource, sub-sonic and sonic source? 89.a)Explain mach waves and large pressure waves. 7b)Describe shock waves and formation of bow shock wave 810.a) What are the conditions for generation of shock waves?Explain. 8b) Explain the physical effects of a shock wave. Brieflyexplain what is normal shock wave and oblique shockwave. 7

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SECOND SEMESTER DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING W W.E.F 2009 -2010

Schemes of study and Examination

SL. Exam. Total Min.No. Duration Max. Marks for

I.A. Marks PassingMax. Min. Marks* (with IA)

Marks PassingMarks

1 APPLIED MATHEMATICS-II 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 452 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

3 AIRCRAFT MATERIALS 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 454 BASIC AERODYNAMICS 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

DRAWING/PARCTICALS5 COMPUTER AIDED ENGG

GRAPHICS- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

6 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS LAB

- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

MATERIAL TESTING,NDT(NO-N DESTRUCTIVE TESTING) PROCESS LAB

TOTAL 16 18 34 700 875 360

125 607 - 6 6 3 100 50 25

Theory Subjects Contact Hours Scheme of Examination

End Exam.Theory Pract. Total

THIRD SEMESTER DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING (W.E.F 2010--2011)

Schemes of study and Examination

Q P Code

Theory Subjects Contact Hours Exam. Duration

Scheme of Examination Total Max. Marks

Min. Marks

for Passing

(with IA)

End Exam. I.A. Marks*

Theory Pract. Total Max. Marks

Min. Passing Marks

AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS- I

4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

DRAWING / PRACTICALS

AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES SERVICING LAB

6

6

3

100

50

25

125

60

WORKSHOP PRACTICE (FOUNDRY,WELDING, SHEET METAL)

- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS SERVICING LAB

- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

TOTAL

12 18 30 18 600 255 150 750 315

FOURTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Scheme of Study and Examination (with effect from 2010-2011)

Q P Code Subject Contact Hours

Exam Duration Hours Scheme of Exam

Total Marks

Min. Marks for passing

Theory Theory Practical Total Max.

Marks Min.

Marks I.A.*

Marks

Aircraft Instrumentation systems-II 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Piston Engine Theory 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Fluid Mechanics And Pneumatics 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Aircraft Electrical system 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Practicals Fluid mech &Pneumatics Lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 Piston Engine lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 16 12 28 600 240 150 750 300

BASIC WORKSHOP PRACTICE-II

(Foundry, Welding, sheet metal) Subject Title : Basic workshop practice-II

Subject Code :

Periods per Week : 09

Periods per Semester : 144

TOPICANALYSIS Sl.No. TOPIC Hrs Allotted

FOUNDRY 1 Study of Foundry Tools 03 2 Sand Mixing, Study of cope and drag 03 3 Practice in a single box and double box 03 4 Preparation of moulds and castings 36

WELDING 5 Study of Electric Arc welding tools & equipment 03 6 Study of Gas welding tools & equipment 03 7 Study of MIG and TIG welding equipment 03 8 Preparation of weld joints 36

SHEETMETAL 9 Study of Sheet Metal Tools & their uses 03 10 Preparation of lap joints 06 11 Preparation of utility articles 36 12 Tests an Revision 09

Total 144 OBJECTIVES On the completion of the course the student should be able to: 1.0 Understand the concepts of foundry

1.1 Know the sand moulding procedures in a foundry. 1.2 Prepare a mould sand mix. 1.3 Identify various foundry shops hand tools. 1.4 Prepare mould in two boxes, three boxes. 1.5 Prepare a mould ready for casting with proper provision, of runners, risers and

gates 1.6 Preparation of simple aluminium castings

2.0 Welding 2.1 Understand the operation of welding transformer and generator 2.2 Handle the Arc welding setup for welding

2.3 Handle the gas welding setup for welding 2.4 Handle the MIG/TIG welding setup for welding 2.5 Handle the Electrode Holder for laying welding beads. 2.6 Perform various welding joint operations

3.0 Sheet metal 3.1 Handle the Sheet metal tools and their uses 3.2 Preparation of lap single and double grooved joints. 3.3 Soldering of joints. 3.4 Preparation of utility articles

COURSE CONTENTS 1 Foundry

1.1 Study of Foundry Tools and Equipment 1.2 Sand Mixing, Study of cope and drag 1.3 Practice in a single box 1.4 Cutting Practice by double box 1.5 Preparation of moulds-a)Solid bearing) Flange coupling)Split bearing e)Connecting

rod) V – Pulley) Gear pulley 1.6 Preparation of simple aluminium castings

2. Welding 2.1Study of arc welding tool and equipment 2.2Arc welding practice 2.3Study of gas welding tools and equipment 2.4Weld joint preparation 2.5 Gas welding-Lap joints, butt joints-joints 2.6 Preparation weld joints by using MIG welding 2.7 Preparation of weld joints by TIG welding 3. Sheet metal 3.1Study Sheet Metal Tools & their uses 3.2Preparation of lap joints 3.3Soldering of the joints 3.4Riveting practice 3.5Preparation of utility articles such as a) Funnel b) Tray c) Water jug d) Boxes e) Can SCHEME OF VALUATION Two models may be prepared in combination of any two of the three shop practices and evaluation of the model should be done as per scheme mention below

Serial no Description Marks

1 Listing of tools & operations required for performing job 10 2 Marking of job 10 3 Operation performed 20 4 Dimensional accuracy of job 20 5 Finishing of job 20 6 Viva 20

Total 100

1

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING AN---: AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES SERVICING LAB Contact Hrs/Week:6 Contact Hrs/ Sem:96 1) AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES –RECAPTULATION AND IMPORTANT PRACTICAL ASPECTS 2)Important structural members of an aircraft and their locations 3) Practical aspects of major structural stresses in an aircraft and discussion with respect to: 3.1)Tension loads 3.2) Compression loads 3.3) Torsion loads 3.4)Shear loads 3.5) Bending loads 4) Identification of structural components for typical single engine ,propeller driven aircraft 5)Identification of structural components of a typical turbine power –ed multi engine aircraft 6)Fuselage: Basic identification methods for various fuselage components of an aircraft

2

7) Identification process for different types fuselages of various aircrafts 8)Fuselage location numbering system and station diagram for an aircraft 9)Identification of monospar, multispar and box beam wing structures for an aircraft, explanation of spars and ribs of an aircraft 10) Identification of Nacelles/pods, cowlings, flight control surfaces skin and fairing, access and inspection doors. 11)Identification of auxiliary control surfaces 12) Riveting of aircraft panels using solid rivets 13)Riveting of aircraft panels using tubular rivets 14)Riveting of aircraft panels using cherry rivets 15) Rigging procedure for aircrafts SCHEME OF EVALUATION 1. RECORD - 5 Marks 2. WRITING (THEORY QUESTIONS ON LAB) - 30 Marks 3. Demo/ Identification of parts/ assemblies - 45 Marks 4. Viva voce - 20 Marks TOTAL - 100 Marks ---------

3

List Aircraft structure servicing Lab equipment

1. wing structure 2. spar Beam 3. control surface actuator 4. rudder paddle 5. Fuselage crossection a longerons b stringers c bulkheads 6. Rudder crossection 7. Elevator crossection 8. Aileron crossection

1

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

AN---: AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS SERVICING LAB Contact Hrs/Week:6 Contact Hrs/Sem:96 1)Revision of aircraft systems and system components available in

an aircraft 2) Identification of important components and location of: 2.1) Aircraft fuel system 2.2) Aircraft flight control system 2.3)Aircraft remote control system- mechanical 2.4) Aircraft remote control system- hydraulic 2.5) Aircraft remote control system- pneumatic 2.6) Aircraft under carriage system 2.7) Aircraft environment and cabin pressurization system 2.8) Aircraft emergency system 2.9) Aircraft de-icing and rain protection system 3) Practical operation of basic hydraulic system with hand pump and power pump on hydraulic rig

2

4)Identification of landing gear safety devices and landing gear operation indication system in the cockpit of a light aircraft 5) Demonstration of basic remote control system-mechanical by cable controls connected by buckle on pulleys ,identification of types of cable(wire) controls used in aircraft flight control system 6) Study of single disc type and multi disc type aircraft brake units from available brake units and study of brake fittings on a light aircraft 7) Identification of important components of fire detection and extinguish- -ing system of the Dove aircraft available 8) Study of on demand type of oxygen regulator components available 9)Study of HT2 aircraft landing gear shock absorbers main 10) Study of landing gear- tricycle and conventional

SCHEME OF EVALUATION 1. RECORD - 5 Marks 2. WRITING (THEORY QUESTIONS ON LAB) - 30 Marks 3. Demo/ Identification of parts/ assemblies - 45 Marks 4. Viva voce - 20 Marks --------- TOTAL 100 MARKS

3

List of Aircraft system lab equipment

1. Accumulators 2. Filters 3. Actuating Pump 4. EGP(engine driven pump) 5. Actuators( variable, Displacement type, vane type) 6. Piping system(union and connection) 7. Flow control unit 8. Directional control unit 9. Non return valve 10. smoke detector

THIRD SEMESTER DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING (W.E.F 2010--2011)

Schemes of study and Examination SL. No.

Theory Subjects Contact Hours Exam. Duration

Scheme of Examination Total Max. Marks

Min. Marks

for Passing

(with IA)

End Exam. I.A. Marks*

Theory Pract. Total Max. Marks

Min. Passing Marks

1 AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS- I

4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

2 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

3 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

DRAWING / PRACTICALS

4

AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES SERVICING LAB

6

6

3

100

50

25

125

60

5 WORKSHOP PRACTICE (FOUNDRY,WELDING, SHEET METAL)

- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

6 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS SERVICING LAB

- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

TOTAL

12 18 30 18 700 255 150 750 315

*No minimum marks for IA

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

AN---: AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES SECTION I

CONTACT HRS/WEEK: 4 CONTACT HRS/SEM:64

CHAPTER NO

TOPIC ANALYSIS NO. OF HRS Marks Weightage

1 AIR FRAME DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 2 10

2 FIXED WING AIRCRAFT-PROPELLAR, TURBINE POWERED

2 10

3 FUSELAGE -BASICS 4 10

4 TYPES OF FUSELAGES-BASIC DIAGRAMS 4 10

5 LOCATION AND NUMBERING SYSTEM 4 5

6 WING STRUCTURES-FUNDAMENTAL DESIGNS

4 10

7 WING CONFIGURATIONS 4 10

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

SPARS AND RIBS BASICS OF-CONSTANT THICKNESS HONEY COMB SECTION WING, TAPERED HONEYCOMB SECTION WING BASICS OF NACELLS AND PODS MAIN CONTROL SURFACES LOADS ON AIRCRAFT HELICOPTER STRUCTURE-MAJOR COMPO- -NENTS LOCATION WOODEN AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES,AIRCRA FABRICS,DOPING AND DOPES AIRCRAFT PAINTING AND FINISHING TESTS AND REVISION Total Hours

4 5 5 5 5 8 2 2 4 64

8 10 10 12 10 10 10 10

SECTION II

GENERAL EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES: On completion of the course, the student should be able to : 1.Know the basics of airframe design and construction 2. Know the basics of the fixed wing aircraft 3. Know the fundamentals of fuselage of an aircraft 4. Know the various types of fuselages in use 5. Know the various locations of aircraft structures and their numbering system for identification 6. Know the fundamental designs for aircraft wing structures 7. Know the various wing configurations 8. Know the basics of spars and ribs of an aircraft structures 9. Know the basics of honey comb section wings 10. Know the basics of Nacelles/pods ,Cowlings 11. Know the various main control surfaces 12. Know the basics of various loads on aircraft 13.Know the fundamentals of helicopter structures 14. Know the basics of wooden aircraft structures, aircraft fabrics, doping and dopes 15. Know the basics of aircraft painting and finishing SPECIFIC INSTRUCTURAL OBJECTIVES: 1.AIR FRAME DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

1.1) AIR FRAME DESIGN and CONSTRUCTION:

1.10) Structural members

1.11)Major structural stresses: 1.11.1)Tension,

1.11.2)Compression 1.11.3)Torsion 1.11.4)Shear 1.11.5) Bending 2Hrs

1.2 Plane truss and analysis of forces in the members 2. FIXED WING AIRCRAFT

2.1Fixed wing Aircraft:

2.11) Explanation

2.12) Identification of aircraft structural components for

a typical fixed wing, single engine, propeller driven aircraft. 2Hrs 3. FUSELAGE OF AIRCRAFT 3.1) Fuselage-Basic explanation of fuselage. 4Hrs 4.TYPES OF FUSELAGE 4Hrs 4.1) Types of fuselages: 4.11) Truss type fuselage 4.12) Monocoque type of fuselage 4.13) Semi-monocoque type 4.2) Basic explanation of 3 types of fuselage with diagrams. 4Hrs 5. LOCATION AND NUMBERING SYSTEM 5.1) Location and numbering system- 5.11)Purpose of the location numbering system 5.12) Station diagram for an aircraft fuselage. 4Hrs 6. WING STRUCTURES 6.1) Wing structures -general explanation of three fundamental designs for wing structure:- 6.11) Mono spar 6.12) Multi spar 6.13)Box Beam 4Hrs 7.WING CONFIGURATIONS 7.1)Wing configurations-Introduction 7.2)Typical examples of using : 7.21) Leading edge shapes 7.22) Trailing edge shapes

7.3) common forms of wings 7.31) Low wing 7.32) Dihedral wing 7.33) Swept back wings 7.34) Delta wings. 4Hrs 8.SPARS AND RIBS 8.1) Spars and Ribs: 8.11)Purpose 8.12)General explanation. 4Hrs 9. BASICS OF HONEY COMB SECTION WINGS 9.1)Basic diagram & Explanation for 9.11) Constant thickness honey comb section wing. 9.12) Tapered core honey comb section wing 5Hrs 10.BASICS OF NACELLES/PODS, COWLINGS 10.1)Basic explanation of Nacelles or pods 10.2)Cowlings in flight control surface 10.3) Skin & Fairing 10.4) Access and inspection doors. 5Hrs 11.MAIN CONTROL SURFACES

11.1 Main control surfaces of an aircraft and their purposes 5Hrs 12. LOADS ON AIRCRAFT- Types of loads, design load, v-n diagram 5Hrs 13. HELICOPTER STRUCTURES

13.1 Helicopter Structures: Introduction 13.2 Location of major helicopter components 8Hrs

14. Wooden aircraft structures, aircraft fabrics, doping and dopes 14.1 Wooden aircraft structures: Introduction, important points on wooden aircraft structures 2Hr 15.Aircraft painting and finishing 2Hr

DETAILS OF CONTENTS 1.AIR FRAME DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

1.2) AIR FRAME DESIGN and CONSTRUCTION:

1.10) Structural members: Explanation of various members

1.11)Major structural stresses: Brief explanations of: 1.11.1)Tension,

1.11.2)Compression 1.11.3)Torsion 1.11.4)Shear 1.11.5) Bending

1.2 Plane truss and analysis of forces in the members: Brief explanation 2. FIXED WING AIRCRAFT

2.1Fixed wing Aircraft:

2.11) Explanation 2.12) Identification of aircraft structural components for

a typical fixed wing, single engine, propeller driven aircraft. 3. FUSELAGE OF AIRCRAFT 3.1) Fuselage-Basic explanation of fuselage and various sections of fuselage 4.TYPES OF FUSELAGE 4.1) Types of fuselages: Brief explanations of: 4.11) Truss type fuselage 4.12) Monocoque type of fuselage 4.13) Semi-monocoque type 4.2) Basic explanation of 3 types of fuselage with diagrams. 5. LOCATION AND NUMBERING SYSTEM: Brief explanations of the locations of fuselage sections and the numbering system followed universally 5.1) Location and numbering system-

5.11)Purpose of the location numbering system 5.12) Station diagram for an aircraft fuselage. 6. WING STRUCTURES 6.1) Wing structures -general explanation of three fundamental designs for wing structure:- Brief explanations of: 6.11) Mono spar 6.12) Multi spar 6.13)Box Beam 7.WING CONFIGURATIONS: 7.1)Wing configurations-Introduction, Brief explanations and various wing configurations that are commonly used in aircraft industry. 7.2)Typical examples of using : 7.21) Leading edge shapes 7.22) Trailing edge shapes 7.3) common forms of wings 7.31) Low wing 7.32) Dihedral wing 7.33) Swept back wings 7.34) Delta wings. 8.SPARS AND RIBS 8.1) Spars and Ribs: 8.11)Purpose 8.12)General explanation. 9. BASICS OF HONEY COMB SECTION WINGS 9.1)Basic diagram & Explanation for 9.11) Constant thickness honey comb section wing. 9.12) Tapered core honey comb section wing 10.BASICS OF NACELLES/PODS, COWLINGS 10.1)Basic explanation of Nacelles or pods 10.2)Cowlings in flight control surface

10.3) Skin & Fairing 10.4) Access and inspection doors. 11.MAIN CONTROL SURFACES: Brief explanations of various control surfaces used in aircrafts, diagrams to be shown for better assimilation

11.2 Main control surfaces of an aircraft and their purposes 12. LOADS ON AIRCRAFT- Types of loads, design load, v-n diagram explanation, its significance in practical conditions. 13. HELICOPTER STRUCTURES: Brief explanations of:

13.1 Helicopter Structures: Introduction 13.3 Location of major helicopter components

14. Wooden aircraft structures, aircraft fabrics, doping and dopes 14.1 Wooden aircraft structures: Introduction, important points on wooden aircraft structures- Brief explanations 15.Aircraft painting and finishing :Brief explanations of importance of painting for good service life of aircraft, effect of proper finishing , common requirements of paints for aircraft application.

Reference: 1. Airframe & power plant mechanics airframe hand book-AC65-15A 2. Aircraft structures volume II -By Dr. Lalit Gupta and Dr O.P. Sharma

3. Fundamental of Aircraft Structures- By Barton Millard, 4. Internet website :- wikipidia

MODEL QUESTION PAPER SECTION I Q1a) There are _____ major structural stresses. 1x5=5

b) There are three types of fuselages and they are ______, _____, _____ c) Purpose of the numbering system is ______ d) Mono spar, multi spar and _________ are the types of wing structures. e) There are four forms of wings and they are _______, _____, _____, ______

Q2) Write short notes on Swept back wing. 5 SECTION II Q3a) Write about the structural members and what are the major structural stresses. Explain each of them briefly. 8 b) What is a plane truss and the analysis of forces in the members. 7 Q4a) What do you mean by fixed wing aircraft. Explain briefly. 7 b) What is the method for identification of aircraft structural components for a typical fixed wing, single engine, propeller driven aircraft. 8 Q5a) How many types of fuselage are there. Explain each of them. 7 b) What is the purpose of location and numbering system. 8 SECTION III Q6a) How many types of wing structures are there. Explain each of them briefly. 8 b) Briefly explain a leading edge, trailing shapes and common forms of wings. 7 Q7a) What is the purpose of spars and ribs. 7 b) What is a honey comb section. Briefly explain constant thickness and tapered core honey comb sections. 8 Q8a) What are nacelles and pods. 7 b) Briefly explain cowlings in flight control surfaces, skin and fairing. 8 SECTION IV Q9a) Briefly explain main control surfaces of an aircraft and their purposes. 8 b) What is a design load for an aircraft. 7 Q10a) Briefly explain helicopter structures. 8 b) What are major helicopter components. Explain briefly. 7 Q11) Write short notes on the following 3x5

a) Wooden aircraft structures. b) Aircraft painting and finishing. c) Aircraft fabrics.

1

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS SECTION I CONTACT HRS/WEEK:4 CONTACT HRS/SEM:64

CHAPTER TOPIC ANALYSIS

HOURS ALLOCATED

Marks Weightage

CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 CH 4 CH 5 CH 6 CH 7 CH 8 CH 9 Ch 10

Introduction to system concept & Aircraft systems Aircraft fuel systems Aircraft flight control systems Aircraft Remote control systems Media-Mechanical Aircraft remote control systems mHydraulic Aircraft remote control systems MPneumatic Aircraft U/C Systems Aircraft Environment system. Aircraft Emergency systems De-Icing & Rain Protection System Test & Assignments

7 5 10 5 10 5 10 3 3 2 4

10 20 20 15 15 15 20 10 10 10

Total Hours: 64

2

SECTION II GENERAL EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES: On completion of the course, the student should able to : 1.Know the system concept for aircraft applications, also understand about aircraft systems available in a modern aircraft 2.Know about the aircraft fuel systems 3. Know about aircraft flight control system in general 4. Know the aircraft remote control system- mechanical media 5. Know the aircraft remote control systems- hydraulic media 6. Know the aircraft remote control systems- pneumatic media 7. Understand the basics of aircraft under carriage systems 8. Know the basic operation of aircraft environment system 9. Know the basic operation of aircraft emergency systems 10. Know basic operation of de-icing and rain protection systems SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: 1.INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEM CONCEPT AND AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS 1) System concept-Introduction 1.1) Requirements of a system: 1Hr 1.11) Stability 1.12) Reliability 1.13) Flexibility 1.14) Maintainability 1.2) AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS 1.21) Primary performance systems: 1Hr 1.21.1) Aircraft structural system 1.21.2) Propulsion system 1.21.3) Primary flying control surface system 1.21.4) Under carriage System

3

1.22) Performance Aid systems: 1Hr 1.22.1) Secondary and tertiary flying control Surfaces 1.23 ) Active air Induction system 1.24) Augmentation & Thrust reversal systems 1.25) Environmental Systems: 1Hr 1.25.1) Ventilation system 1.25.2) Air conditioning system 1.25.3) Oxygen system 1.25.4) Pressurisation system 1.26) Safety systems: 1.26.1) Fire warning & extinguishing systems 1.26.2) Escape Aid systems 1Hr 1.27) Utility systems 1.28) Information system 1.29) Media systems; 1Hr 1.29.1) Mechanical 1.29.2) Hydraulic 1.29.3) Pneumatic 1.29.4) Electro-Hydraulic 1.29.5) Electro-Pneumatic 1.29.6) Electrical 1.30) Aircraft systems specifications

1.30.1)Material Specification 1.30.2)Dimensional Specification 1Hr 1.30.3)Process Specification 1.30.4)Assembly/Constructional Specification

4

1.30.5)Installation/Layout Specification 1.30.6)Functional Specification 1.30.7)Safety & Security Specifications 1.30.8)Maintenance Specifications

______________________________________

2.AIRCRAFT FUEL SYSTEMS

2.0) Fuel system design considerations:- 2.0.1)Endurance 2.0.2)Relation between endurance and type of aircraft

2.0.3) Relation between endurance, rate of consumption of fuel 2.0.4) Extending fuel capacity 2.0.5) Aerial refueling.

2.1) AIRCRAFT FUEL SYSTEM- Classification based on functional basis- 2.11) Airframe fuel system 2.12)Power plant fuel system 2.2 ) Basic airframe fuel system 1Hr 2.3) Additional features of airframe fuel system 2.4) Venting-Basic purpose of venting system. 2.5) Booster Pump- need for booster pump and limitations of gravity fuel feed system 2.6) Filter-Need for strict quality control for aviation fuel. 2.7) Information system- 2.71) Fuel contents 2.72) Fuel Pressure 2.73) Low/critical fuel level warning 1Hr

5

2.8) Modern airframe fuel systems- 2.81) Explanation with basic schematic for a multi -engine fuel system 2.9) Design requirements of fuel system- 2.91) Adequacy of fuel capacity 2.92) Positive transfer of fuel from various tanks under various altitudes of aircraft. 2.10) Weight of dispersed fuel :- Affect on stability & maneuverability of air- -craft 2.11) Flexibility-minimum vulnerability to total system failure by any one of the components. 2.12) Safety-Protection of the systems from hazards of requirement, various operating conditions. 2.13) Maintenance-Provision for preventive maintenance and checks, case of refulling, De-fulling, draining of full flow aircraft. 2.14) Quality checks for the fuel supply 1Hr 2.15)Control-Controllability of positive fuel flow between tanks, for all attitudes. 2.16) Information system:- Un-ambiguous display system with details on each tank on fuel remaining, fuel flow full pressure adequate warning system. 2.17)Fuel Tanks:- Important factors to be considered when selecting type of tank:- 2.17.1) Aerodynamic & structural limitations 2.17.2) Endurance requirements of aircraft 1Hr 2.17.3) Optimum utilization of available volume of Airframe

6

2.17.4) Weight considerations 2.17.5) Maintainability-Ease of removal, fitment, repairs 2.18) Classification of fuel Tanks: 2.18.1) Fuel tanks by design-Rigid, Integral, Auxiliary tanks, cabin located tanks 2.18.2) By material- metal (Rigid) or FRP (Fiber Re-enforced Plastic) tanks 2.18.3) By location-fuselage or wing structure. 2.19) Tank Baffles-purpose 2.20) Tank Supports 2.21) Flexible tanks-Advantages/disadvantages as compared to rigid tanks. 2.22) Jettisonable Tanks- purpose, advantages, disadvantages. 2.23) Fuel consumption from various tanks- 2.23.1)Importance of sequence to maintain C.G. 1Hr 2.23.2) Manual tank selection 2.23.3) Auto tank selection

__________________________________________

3.AIRCRAFT FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.0) Introduction to flight control systems 1Hr 3.1) Axes of Motion: 3.11) Vertical 1Hr 3.12) Longitudinal 3.13) Lateral 3.2) PRIMARY CONTROL SURFACES-Elevator/Stabilizer, Aileron & Rudder.

7

3.3) SECONDARY CONTROL SURFACES-Flaps, slats, spoilers dive brakes 3.4) Tertiary Control Surfaces-Trim Tabs. 1Hr 3.5) Primary flight controls: 3.51) Pitch 3.52) Roll 3.53) Yaw 3.54) Throttle 1Hr 3.6 ) Secondary effects of controls: 3.61) Pitch-elevator-how speed is controlled by Secondary effects of elevator. 3.62) Roll-Aileron-how yaw is achieved 3.63) Yaw-Rudder-Aileron less rudder only 1Hr 3.7 ) Main Control Surfaces: 1Hr

3.71) Ailerons-Placing, purpose, action 3.72) Elevators-Placing, purpose, action 3.73) Rudder-Placing, purpose, action

3.8) Trim Tabs: Purpose, Placing, action 1Hr 3.9) Spoilers-Purpose, use, 3.10) Flaps-Placing, purpose, action, 3.11) Slats-Placing, purpose, action 3.12) Air Brakes-Placing, purpose, action 3.13) General arrangement of Aircraft Flight Control Systems (AFCS): 3.13.1) Control yoke for roll that moves AILERONS, 1Hr 3.13.2) Control column for PITCH that moves the elevators, 3.13.3) Rudder pedals for YAW that moves the rudder. 3.14) Classification of flight control systems (FCS) 1Hr 3.14.1) Mechanical FCS 3.14.2) Hydro-Mechanical FCS/Powered flight control

8

units (PFCU) 3.14.3) Fly-by-wire (FBW) 3.14.31) Analog Fly by wire FCS 1Hr 3.14.32) Digital fly by wire FCS 3.14.32) Power-by-wire FCS 3.14.33) Intelligent FCS 4.AIRCRAFT REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEMS

MEDIA-MECHANICAL 4.1) Introduction-concept of remote control system, basic principles used. 4.2) Explanation of basic manual control system using mechanical media. 4.3) Advantages and disadvantages of mechanical media in Aircraft remote Control systems 4.4) Application areas for mechanical media systems. 1Hr 4.41) Flying controls, 4.42) Engine controls, 4.43) Operation of control valves and Selector valves. 4.5) Examples of commonly used mechanical media systems, units brief explanations:- 4.51) Multi stranded cable system with pullies, drums etc 4.52) Chain & sprocket system – common examples 4.53) Push pull rods and lever system 4.54) Gears, gear trains and Screw jack 1Hr 4.6) Explanation of a typical mechanical media push-pull control system- with diagram 4.7) Chain and cable controls-Introduction

9

4.8) Chain control-Brief explanation of how chain control is used for controlling aircraft, control surface movements. 1Hr 4.9) Inspection and maintenance on chain control system: Routine and periodical. 4.10)Aircraft cables-control cables, their specifications and strands. 1Hr 4.11) Cable Maintenance. 4.12) Cable ends-Care, typical endings with thimbles, bushings, shackles. 4.13) Maintenance & Inspection of cable control systems. 1Hr ____________________________________ , 5.AIRCRAFT REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEMS-HYDRAULIC MEDIA 5.1) Introduction to hydraulic system and brief discussion on properties of fluids useful for this system. 5.2) Hydraulic fluid medium: 5.21) General properties of hydraulic fluid. 5.22) Incompressibility of hydraulic fluid. 5.23) Liquid pressure and PASCAL’S law. 4Hrs 5.3) Aircraft hydraulic fluid-Important properties of aircraft hydraulic fluids:- 5.31) Viscosity 5.32) Low Freezing point 5.33) High Boiling point

10

5.34 )Flight flash and fire points 5.35) Chemical and physical stability 5.36 )Compatibility 5.37) Lubricity 2Hrs 5.4) Aircraft hydraulic fluid specifications & colour of Fluids 5.5) Explanation of a simple closed loop HYDRAULIC SYSTEM- Vehicle Brake System. 2Hrs 5.6) Description of a simple pump-powered hydraulic system. 5.7) List of users for hydraulic powered system- 5.71)Main service to: Elevators, ailerons, rudder, spoilers, airbrakes, flaps. 5.72) Utility services to: Loading Ramp, Steering, under carriage, Wheel brakes 2Hrs ______________________________ 6.AIRCRAFT REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM- PNEUMATIC MEDIA 6.0) Introduction-Pneumatic media systems 1Hr 6.1) Special qualities of Air and typical applications in aircrafts: 6.11) Pressure energy storage-under carriage blow-down systems, 6.12) Compression-shock absorbers 6.13) Pressure energy transfer starters, using blow up flaps 6.14 )Heat energy transfer air conditioning & ice protection 4Hrs _________________________________________________ 7.AIRCRAFT UNDERCARRIAGE SYSTEMS

11

7.0) Purpose and functions of Aircraft under carriage system. 7.1) System requirements for under carriages. 7.3) Classification of under carriages: 7.31) By general configuration of the 3 point support with reference to the Airframe. 7.32) Tail under carriage type with 2 main Undercarriages located in wings.

7.33)Nose undercarriage type with their main undercarriage Located in the fuselage or under wings (Tricycle base)

7.32) By constructional features: 7.32.1) Single nose wheel and main wheel undercarriage 7.32.2 ) Double nose wheel and single main wheel undercarriage 7.32.3) Double nose wheel and double tandem undercarriage. 7.33) By operating features:- 7.33.1) Non retractable undercarriage mounted on fuselage or wings 7.33.2) Retractable undercarriage: 7.33.21)Lateral retraction (Main U/C only) 4Hrs 7.3322)Longitudinal retraction. 7.4) Features of Retractable undercarriages. 7.41)Retraction Kinematics 7.42)-Locking arrangements 7.43)Information system of retractable 7.43.1)Position indication – 3 green, 3 Reds 7.43.2)Warning devices-Visual/Audio 2Hrs 7.5) Important and typical features of NOSE UNDERCARRIAGE; 7.51) Self centering mechanism-castoring of nose undercarriage,steering

by differential braking,

12

7.52) ‘Shimmy’ effect on castored nose wheel, ‘Antishimmy’ device- Basic operation, difference between ‘shimmy’ and ‘wobbling’ Of nose wheel 7.53) Examples of ‘Anti shimmy’ measures:- 7.53.1) Twin Nose wheels 7.53.2) Twin contact types 7.53.3) Shimmy dampers 2Hrs 7.6) Steering system of an Aircraft:- 7.61) Need for steering system, when all it is required most also to be explained. 7.62) Types of steering-

7.62.1)Power steering 7.62.2)Differential breaking

7.7 General features of conventional undercarriage systems: 7.71) Shock absorbers, types : 7.71.1) Liquid spring type 7.71.2) Oleo pneumatic type 7.72) Wheel Axles 2Hrs 7.73) Brake units-Purpose, typical features, ANTI-LOCK/SKID SYSTEM 7.74) Types & Tubes (or Tubeless tyres) ___________________________________________________ 8.AIRCRAFT ENVIRONMENT SYSTEM

8.1) Cabin pressurization and air conditioning systems: Introduction. 8.2) Altitude limits of tolerance for human being.

13

8.3) Effect of rate of change of altitude on human body. 8.4) Normal composition of cabin atmosphere in an aircraft. 8.5) Temperature, humidity and comfort zone inside aircraft cabin. 1Hr 8.6) Cabin attitude, differential pressure ambient pressure 8.7) Pressurization systems-introduction 8.8) Supply of Air-engine bled supply and ram air supply. 8.9) Cabin pressure control-cabin pressure control value (CPCV). 1Hr Important functions of CPCV. 8.20) Compression and explosive de-compression of aircraft cabin-cause and effects. 8.21) Aircraft air conditioning systems-introduction 8.22 ) Air conditioning units-boot Strap or Air cycle principle. 8.23) Configuration for combat Aircraft/for civil transport aircraft/ for civil cargo aircraft 1Hr _______________________________________________ 9.AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY SYSTEMS 9.1)Aircraft fire warning systems-Introduction 1Hr 9.2) Common causes of fire in aircraft: 9.21) Fuel

14

9.22) Hot gases 9.23) Electrical/Mechanical 1Hr 9.3) Purpose and function of fire detection system. 9.4) Ancillary systems: Fire extinguisher systems 9.5) Cabin protection in civil transport aircraft-modern trend. 1Hr 10. ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION SYSTEMS 10.1) Ice and Rain Protection Systems: Introduction-Common flight hazards due to ice-pitot tubes, control systems etc. 10.2) Areas sensitive for ice formation: 10.21) Aero foil surfaces 10.22) Engine intakes 10.23) Engine internal surfaces 10.24) Rotor blades & propellers 10.25) Wind screens 10.26) Instrument probes & vanes 10.27) Control hinges & linkages 1Hr 10.3) Principles of operation : 10.31) Active system 10.32) Passive system 10.4) Ice protection systems: 10.41) Thermal (Hot Air)-Air frame. 10.42) Thermal (Hot Air)-Engine 10.43) Thermal (Electrical) 10.44) Chemical (Fluid) Diffusion 10.45) Momentum separation 10.5) Ground De-icing-Aircraft on open parking.

15

10.6) Ice detection-Actual build up detection and detection of conditions which Cause ice build up. 10.7) Wind screen Ice and Rain Protection. 1Hr DETAILS OF CONTENTS 1.INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEM CONCEPT AND AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS 1) System concept-Introduction: Brief explanation 1.1) Requirements of a system: Brief description of: 1.11) Stability 1.12) Reliability 1.13) Flexibility 1.14) Maintainability 1.2) AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS: Brief explanations of 1.21) Primary performance systems: 1.2.1Aircraft structural system 1.21.2) Propulsion system 1.21.3) Primary flying control surface system 1.21.4) Under carriage System 1.22) Performance Aid systems: Understand the basics of 1.22.1) Secondary and tertiary flying control Surfaces 1.23 ) Active air Induction system 1.24) Augmentation & Thrust reversal systems 1.25) Environmental Systems: 1.25.1) Ventilation system 1.25.2) Air conditioning system

16

1.25.3) Oxygen system 1.25.4) Pressurisation system 1.26) Safety systems: 1.26.1) Fire warning & extinguishing systems 1.26.2) Escape Aid systems 1.27) Utility systems 1.28) Information system 1.29) Media systems; 1.29.1) Mechanical 1.29.2) Hydraulic 1.29.3) Pneumatic 1.29.4) Electro-Hydraulic 1.29.5) Electro-Pneumatic 1.29.6) Electrical 1.30) Aircraft systems specifications: Understanding of :

1.30.1)Material Specification 1.30.2)Dimensional Specification 1.30.3)Process Specification 1.30.4)Assembly/Constructional Specification 1.30.5)Installation/Layout Specification 1.30.6)Functional Specification 1.30.7)Safety & Security Specifications 1.30.8)Maintenance Specifications

______________________________________

2.AIRCRAFT FUEL SYSTEMS

2.0) Fuel system design considerations:- Brief explanations of:

17

2.0.1)Endurance 2.0.2)Relation between endurance and type of aircraft

2.0.3) Relation between endurance, rate of consumption of fuel 2.0.4) Extending fuel capacity 2.0.5) Aerial refueling.

2.1) AIRCRAFT FUEL SYSTEM- Brief descriptions on : Classification based on functional basis- 2.11) Airframe fuel system 2.12)Power plant fuel system 2.2 ) Basic airframe fuel system -Brief explanation 2.3) Additional features of airframe fuel system- Brief explanation 2.4) Venting-Basic purpose of venting system- Brief explanation 2.5) Booster Pump- need for booster pump and limitations of gravity fuel feed system- Brief explanation - 2.6) Filter-Need for strict quality control for aviation fuel. 2.7) Information system- Brief explanation : 2.71) Fuel contents 2.72) Fuel Pressure 2.73) Low/critical fuel level warning 2.8) Modern airframe fuel systems- 2.81) Explanation with basic schematic for a multi -engine fuel system 2.9) Design requirements of fuel system- Brief explanation: 2.91) Adequacy of fuel capacity 2.92) Positive transfer of fuel from various tanks under various altitudes of aircraft. 2.10) Weight of dispersed fuel :- Affect on stability & maneuverability of air-

18

-craft: Brief explanation 2.11) Flexibility-minimum vulnerability to total system failure by anyoneofthecomponents.Briefexplanation - 2.12) Safety-Protection of the systems from hazards of requirement, various operating conditions. Brief explanation 2.13) Maintenance-Provision for preventive maintenance and checks, case of refulling, De-fulling, draining of full flow aircraft. 2.14) Quality checks for the fuel supply - explain briefly 2.15)Control-Controllability of positive fuel flow between tanks, for all attitudes.- Brief explanation - 2.16) Information system:- Un-ambiguous display system with details on each tank on fuel remaining, fuel flow full pressure adequate warning system. Brief explanation 2.17)Fuel Tanks:- Important factors to be considered when selecting type of tank:- Brief explanations : 2.17.1) Aerodynamic & structural limitations 2.17.2) Endurance requirements of aircraft 2.17.3) Optimum utilization of available volume of Airframe 2.17.4) Weight considerations 2.17.5) Maintainability-Ease of removal, fitment, repairs 2.18) Classification of fuel Tanks: Brief explanation : 2.18.1) Fuel tanks by design-Rigid, Integral, Auxiliary tanks, cabin located tanks –explain briefly 2.18.2) By material- metal (Rigid) or FRP (Fiber Re-enforced Plastic) tanks- explain briefly 2.18.3) By location-fuselage or wing structure- explain briefly

19

2.19) Tank Baffles-purpose 2.20) Tank Supports-purpose 2.21) Flexible tanks-Advantages/disadvantages as compared to rigid tanks. 2.22) Jettisonable Tanks- purpose, advantages, disadvantages. 2.23) Fuel consumption from various tanks- explain briefly of the following: 2.23.1)Importance of sequence to maintain C.G. 2.23.2) Manual tank selection 2.23.3) Auto tank selection

__________________________________________

3.AIRCRAFT FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS 3.0) Introduction to flight control systems- explain briefly 3.1) Axes of Motion: explain briefly: 3.11) Vertical 3.12) Longitudinal 3.13) Lateral 3.2) PRIMARY CONTROL SURFACES-Elevator/Stabilizer, Aileron & Rudder. 3.3) SECONDARY CONTROL SURFACES-Flaps, slats, spoilers dive brakes 3.4) Tertiary Control Surfaces-Trim Tabs. : understand basics 3.5) Primary flight controls: explain briefly: 3.51) Pitch 3.52) Roll

20

3.53) Yaw 3.54) Throttle 3.6 ) Secondary effects of controls: explain briefly 3.61) Pitch-elevator-how speed is controlled by Secondary effects of elevator. 3.62) Roll-Aileron-how yaw is achieved 3.63) Yaw-Rudder-Aileron less rudder only 3.7) Main Control Surfaces: explain briefly the following:

3.71) Ailerons-Placing, purpose, action 3.72) Elevators-Placing, purpose, action 3.73) Rudder-Placing, purpose, action

3.8) Trim Tabs: Purpose, Placing, action :understand basics 3.9) Spoilers-Purpose, use are explained 3.10) Flaps-Placing, purpose, action are explained 3.11) Slats-Placing, purpose, action are explained 3.12) Air Brakes-Placing, purpose, action -explained 3.13) General arrangement of Aircraft Flight Control Systems (AFCS): explain briefly the following: 3.13.1) Control yoke for roll that moves AILERONS, 3.13.2) Control column for PITCH that moves the elevators, 3.13.3) Rudder pedals for YAW that moves the rudder. 3.14) Classification of flight control systems (FCS) :explain briefly: 3.14.1) Mechanical FCS 3.14.2) Hydro-Mechanical FCS/Powered flight control units (PFCU) 3.14.3) Fly-by-wire (FBW) 3.14.31) Analog Fly by wire FCS 3.14.32) Digital fly by wire FCS 3.14.32) Power-by-wire FCS 3.14.33) Intelligent FCS

21

4.AIRCRAFT REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEMS

MEDIA-MECHANICAL 4.1) Introduction-concept of remote control system, basic principles used. 4.2) Explanation of basic manual control system using mechanical media. 4.3) Advantages and disadvantages of mechanical media in Aircraft remote Control systems 4.4) Application areas for mechanical media systems-briefly explain: 4.41) Flying controls, 4.42) Engine controls, 4.43) Operation of control valves and Selector valves. 4.5) Examples of commonly used mechanical media systems,units:brief explanations:- 4.51) Multi stranded cable system with pullies, drums etc 4.52) Chain & sprocket system – common examples 4.53) Push pull rods and lever system 4.54) Gears, gear trains and Screw jack 4.6) Explanation of a typical mechanical media push-pull control system- with diagram 4.7) Chain and cable controls-Introduction 4.8) Chain control-Brief explanation of how chain control is used for controlling aircraft, control surface movements. 4.9) Inspection and maintenance on chain control system: Routine and periodical.

22

4.10)Aircraft cables-control cables, their specifications and strands. 4.11) Cable Maintenance. 4.12) Cable ends-Care, typical endings with thimbles, bushings, shackles. 4.13) Maintenance & Inspection of cable control systems. ____________________________________ , 5.AIRCRAFT REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEMS-HYDRAULIC MEDIA 5.1) Introduction to hydraulic system and brief discussion on properties of fluids useful for this system. 5.2) Hydraulic fluid medium: explain briefly 5.21) General properties of hydraulic fluid. 5.22) Incompressibility of hydraulic fluid. 5.23) Liquid pressure and PASCAL’S law. 5.3) Aircraft hydraulic fluid-Important properties of aircraft hydraulic fluids:- explain briefly: 5.31) Viscosity 5.32) Low Freezing point 5.33) High Boiling point 5.34 )Flight flash and fire points 5.35) Chemical and physical stability 5.36 )Compatibility 5.37) Lubricity 5.4) Aircraft hydraulic fluid specifications & colour of Fluids

23

5.5) Explanation of a simple closed loop HYDRAULIC SYSTEM- Vehicle Brake System. 5.6) Description of a simple pump-powered hydraulic system. 5.7) List of users for hydraulic powered system- 5.71)Main service to: Elevators, ailerons, rudder, spoilers, airbrakes, flaps. 5.72) Utility services to: Loading Ramp, Steering, under carriage, Wheel brakes ______________________________ 6.AIRCRAFT REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM- PNEUMATIC MEDIA 6.0) Introduction-Pneumatic media systems 6.1) Special qualities of Air and typical applications in aircrafts: explain briefly: 6.11) Pressure energy storage-under carriage blow-down systems, 6.12) Compression-shock absorbers 6.13) Pressure energy transfer starters, using blow up flaps 6.14 )Heat energy transfer air conditioning & ice protection _________________________________________________ 7.AIRCRAFT UNDERCARRIAGE SYSTEMS

7.0) Purpose and functions of Aircraft under carriage system. 7.1) System requirements for under carriages. 7.3) Classification of under carriages: explain briefly: 7.31) By general configuration of the 3 point support with reference to the Airframe.

24

7.32) Tail under carriage type with 2 main Undercarriages located in wings.

7.33)Nose undercarriage type with their main undercarriage Located in the fuselage or under wings (Tricycle base)

7.32) By constructional features: 7.32.1) Single nose wheel and main wheel undercarriage 7.32.2 ) Double nose wheel and single main wheel undercarriage 7.32.3) Double nose wheel and double tandem undercarriage. 7.33) By operating features:- 7.33.1) Non retractable undercarriage mounted on fuselage or wings 7.33.2) Retractable undercarriage: 7.33.21)Lateral retraction (Main U/C only) 7.3322)Longitudinal retraction. 7.4) Features of Retractable undercarriages.: explain briefly: 7.41)Retraction Kinematics 7.42)-Locking arrangements 7.43)Information system of retractable 7.43.1)Position indication – 3 green, 3 Reds 7.43.2)Warning devices-Visual/Audio 7.5) Important and typical features of NOSE UNDERCARRIAGE; explain briefly: 7.51) Self centering mechanism-castoring of nose undercarriage,steering

by differential braking, 7.52) ‘Shimmy’ effect on castored nose wheel, ‘Antishimmy’ device- Basic operation, difference between ‘shimmy’ and ‘wobbling’ Of nose wheel 7.53) Examples of ‘Anti shimmy’ measures:- 7.53.1) Twin Nose wheels 7.53.2) Twin contact types

25

7.53.3) Shimmy dampers 7.6) Steering system of an Aircraft:- explain briefly: 7.61) Need for steering system, when all it is required most also to be explained. 7.62) Types of steering-

7.62.1)Power steering 7.62.2)Differential breaking

7.7 General features of conventional undercarriage systems: explain briefly: 7.71) Shock absorbers, types : 7.71.1) Liquid spring type 7.71.2) Oleo pneumatic type 7.72) Wheel Axles 7.73) Brake units-Purpose, typical features, ANTI-LOCK/SKID SYSTEM 7.74) Types & Tubes (or Tubeless tyres) ___________________________________________________ 8.AIRCRAFT ENVIRONMENT SYSTEM Explain briefly the following: 8.1) Cabin pressurization and air conditioning systems: Introduction. 8.2) Altitude limits of tolerance for human being. 8.3) Effect of rate of change of altitude on human body. 8.4) Normal composition of cabin atmosphere in an aircraft. 8.5) Temperature, humidity and comfort zone inside aircraft cabin.

26

8.6) Cabin attitude, differential pressure ambient pressure 8.7) Pressurization systems-introduction 8.8) Supply of Air-engine bled supply and ram air supply. 8.9) Cabin pressure control-cabin pressure control value (CPCV). Important functions of CPCV. 8.20) Compression and explosive de-compression of aircraft cabin-cause and effects. 8.21) Aircraft air conditioning systems-introduction 8.22 ) Air conditioning units-boot Strap or Air cycle principle. 8.23) Configuration for combat Aircraft/for civil transport aircraft/ for civil cargo aircraft _______________________________________________ 9.AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY SYSTEMS 9.1)Aircraft fire warning systems-Introduction 9.2) Common causes of fire in aircraft: Briefly explain: 9.21) Fuel 9.22) Hot gases 9.23) Electrical/Mechanical 9.3) Purpose and function of fire detection system.

27

9.4) Ancillary systems: Fire extinguisher systems-basics 9.5) Cabin protection in civil transport aircraft-modern trend. 10. ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION SYSTEMS Briefly explain the following: 10.1) Ice and Rain Protection Systems: Introduction-Common flight hazards due to ice-pitot tubes, control systems etc. 10.2) Areas sensitive for ice formation: appreciation : 10.21) Aero foil surfaces 10.22) Engine intakes 10.23) Engine internal surfaces 10.24) Rotor blades & propellers 10.25) Wind screens 10.26) Instrument probes & vanes 10.27) Control hinges & linkages 10.3) Principles of operation : brief explanations for: 10.31) Active system 10.32) Passive system 10.4) Ice protection systems: explain briefly: 10.41) Thermal (Hot Air)-Air frame. 10.42) Thermal (Hot Air)-Engine 10.43) Thermal (Electrical) 10.44) Chemical (Fluid) Diffusion 10.45) Momentum separation 10.5) Ground De-icing-Aircraft on open parking.-practical points 10.6) Ice detection-Actual build up detection and detection of conditions which Cause ice build up. 10.7) Wind screen Ice and Rain Protection.

28

_______________________________________________ Reference:

1. Aircraft systems by Lalit gupta & Dr.O P sharma. 2. Aircraft powerplant by Michael kroes 3. Internet website :- wikipidia

MODEL QUESTION PAPER SECTION I

Q1a) Requirements of an aircraft system are _____________, 1x5=5___________, __________ and _________

b) Aircraft structural system is a ______performance system. c) Airconditioning system is an ________ system. d) Fire warning and __________ system is used on an

aircraft. e) Electro-hydraulic, ____________ and ________ systems

are media systems. Q2. What is an information system and what is it used for. 1x5=5 SECTION II Q3a) Explain the working of fire extinguishing system. 7 b) What is the purpose of environmental system. What are the types of environmental systems, explain them briefly. 8 Q4a) What are the factors considered in designing a fuel system. Explain them briefly. 8

b) Explain basic airframe fuel system with a simple diagram.7 Q5a) Explain the purpose of fuel booster pump and cross feed system. 8 b) What are the axes of motion, explain them briefly. 7 SECTION III Q6a) What are primary, secondary and tertiary control system in an aircraft. 7 b) What are the main control surfaces. Explain. 8

29

Q7a) What are the advantages and disadvantages of mechanical media in Aircraft remote Control systems 8 b) Briefly write about Inspection and maintenance on chain control system: Routine and periodical. 7 Q8a) What is the purpose of hydraulic media system. What are its important properties. 7 b) What are the qualities of the pneumatic system for various application. 8 SECTION IV Q9a) What is the purpose and functions of aircraft undercarriage system. 7 b) What if the need for steering. What are the types of steering. Explain them. 8 Q10a) What is cabin pressurization. Why is it required. How is it affected by altitude, rate of change of altitude. 7 b) What are emergency systems. Explain the fire extinguishing system. 8 Q11a) Write briefly about the principle of operation of an active and passive ice and rain protection system. 8 b) Which are the areas which are sensitive to ice formation. Write briefly about them. 7,

1

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING AN---: AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS – I CONTACT HRS/WEEK:4 CONTACT HRS/SEM=64 TOPIC ANALYSIS SECTION-I Sl No CONTENTS NO OF

HOURS MARKS WEIGHTAGE

01 INTRODUCTION TO AIR CRAFT INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS

8 15

02 DISPLAYS AND TYPES OF COCKPIT DISP 8 20 03 PRESSURE MESURING SYSTEMS

8 20

04 TEMPERATURE MEASURING SYSTEMS

8 20

05 RPM MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS 8 20 06 FUEL MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS 8 20 07 ACCURACY, MAINTENANCE AND

CALIBRATION OF 6 15

08 AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM

6 15

TESTS AND ASSIGNMENTS

4

Total 64 SECTION-II GENERAL EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES: On completion of the course, the student should be able to :

1. Know the importance of aircraft instrumentation system and general Idea of how the modern aircraft instrumentation system has evolved Over the last century

2

2. Know the various types of display systems available in modern aircrafts, and Various types of cokpit display systems that were/ are in use in aircrafts

3. Know the basics of pressure measurements with respect to aircraft require- -ments and pressure measurement systems used in aircrafts

4. Know the various temperature ranges required to be measured in an aircraft and the basics of measurement of temperature in an aircraft

5. Know the need for fuel measurement systems, the methods used in aircrafts for Measurement of fuel flow, quantity of fuel left and systems used for the purpose

6. Know the various important RPM measurements for engines, what is the range Of measurement, and methods of measurement of RPM in aircraft application

7. Know the importance of accurate measurements, which are required to be very Accurate, which can be little less accurate, and need for calibration of aircraft Instrumentation systems and aircraft instruments

SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES

1. INTRODUCTION TO AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS

1.0)Introduction to Aircraft Instrumentation systems and Aircraft 2Hrs Instruments.

1.1)Requirements of Aircraft Instrumentation System: 4Hrs

1.11) Temperature

1.12) Humidity

1.13) High gravity Forces

1.14) Vibration

1.15) Accuracy

1.16) Sensitivity

1.17)Reliability

1.18) Maintainability

3

1.19) Size

1.10) Wight

1.11) Cost

1.12) FAIL SURE and FAIL SAFE FEATURES

1.13)Remote indication and Control.

1.2)Instrument Panels and Cockpit Layouts 2Hrs

1.3)Grouping of Instruments 1.4)Flight Instruments – Basic “SIX” & BASIC “T”

1.5) Power Plant Instruments

1.6) Methods of mounting of Instruments

1.7) Magnetic Indicators and Flow Lines. _______________________________________________________

4

2. DISPLAYS AND TYPES COCKPIT DISPLAYS 2.1)Priority Consideration 2.2)Reference frame consideration 2.3)Basic Display 2Hrs 2.4)Radial Displays 2.5)Characteristics of Radial Displays. 2.6)Digital Displays 2.7)Characteristics of Digital Display 2.8)Vertical Displays. 2.9)Characteristics of Vertical Display 2.10) Head up Display ( H.U.D) – Basic HUD system, important components H U D System 2.11)Characteristics of HUD system. 2.12)Other Types of cockpit Displays:

2.12.1)Recorded Displays 2.12.2)Audio Displays 2,12.3)Illuminated Displays 2.12.4)Head Down Display – HDD 3Hrs 2.12.5)Projected Map Display – PMD 2.12.6)Horizontal Situation Indicator – HIS 2.12.7)Helmet Mounted Display 2.12.8)Integrated Displays

2.13) Instrument Elements – Explanations of four principal elements of an instrument system with diagrams. 2.14) Instrument Mechanisms

2.14.1)Lever Mechanism 2.14.2)Rod Mechanism - The Sine mechanism 3Hrs 2.14.3) The Tangent mechanism 2.14.4)The double Tangent mechanism 2.14.4)Gears 2.14.5) Hair Springs, Bimetal Strip method 2.14.6) Thermo – Resistance method , Thermo – Magnetic Shunt method.

5

2.15) Sealing of Instruments against Atmospheric Effects .

3. PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS 3.1)Introduction, discussion on two main categories of pressure measurement:

3.11) Direct reading 3.12) Remote Indicating

3.2) Methods of measuring pressure Definition of pressure, general principles. 3.3) U-Tube manometer method of pressure measurement 2Hrs 3.4)Elastic pressure-sensing elements 3.5) Difficulties faced in using ‘U’ Tube method for pressure measurement in Airafts 3.6) Common serving elements that are in use for Aircraft industry- Boardon Tubes, Diaphragms ,Capsules & Bellows. 3.7)Boardon Tube-General construction, materials used for bourdon tubes, principle of operation in Aircraft and pressure measurement 3.8) Diaphragms-General construction,

Reason for using corrugated diaphragms 3.9) Capsules-Types of capsules: 2Hrs

3.91) Open to source of pressure type 3.92) Completely sealed type

3.10) Bellows-General construction, application for high, low & differential Pressure measurements. 3.11) Remote indicating pressure gauges- 3.12) Classification of remote indicating Pressure gauges-

3.12.1) Liquid Transmission type 3.12.2) Electrical Transmission type 4Hrs

3.13) Pressure Switches-Low pressure and high pressure warning switches. 3.14)Boost Gauges-Purpose and application

___________________________________________

6

4.TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS

4.1)Temperature Measurement :Introduction, Special requirement for aircraft applications. 4Hrs 4.2)Temperature ranges and methods of their measurements 4.3) Classification of temperature measuring instruments: 4.31) Expansion type (Liquid or solid) 4.32) Vapor pressure type. 4.33) Electrical type (Resistance or Thermo-electric): 4.33.1) Wheatstone bridge method 4.33.2) Ratio meter method 4Hrs 4.34.1) Thermo electric thermometers 4.34.2) Thermo couple principle. _________________________________ 5. RPM MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS 5.1)Importance of ROM Measurement, tachometers, various range of RPM Gauges 3Hrs 5.2) Types of Tachometers: 5.21) Centrifugal type 5.22) Electrical type 3Hrs 5.3) Percentage tachometer 5.4) Principle of stroboscope 2Hrs 5.5) Use of stroboscope for RPM measurement. ____________________________________________

7

6. FUEL MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS 6.1) Introduction-Importance of fuel measurement system in aircraft 2Hrs 6.2) Fuel contents gauge:- 6.21) Float Arm Gauge 3Hrs

6.22) Capacity type gauge 6.3) Principles of operation of capacity type gauge. 6.3) Tank units- 3Hrs 6.31) Purpose

6.32) Types of tank units 6.32.1) Drop-in or integral type 6.32.2) Baffle or plate mounting type 6.32.3) Flexible tank type. _________________________________________________ 7. ACCURACY, MAINTENANCE, CALIBRATION OF AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS 7.1) Need for accuracy in aircraft useage 2Hrs 7.2) Calibration of Aircraft instruments-Relation to Flight Safety 2Hrs 7.3) Special care required in maintenance of : 4Hrs 7.31) Fuel contents gauge 7.32) RPM gauge 7.33) Temperature gauge

8

7.34) Fluid pressure measurement 7.35) Remote transmission type instruments _____________________________________________________ DETAILS OF CONTENTS 1.Introduction to aircraft instrumentation systems: History of develop- -ment of the aircraft instruments over the last century and importance to be given to the aircraft instrumentation systems , what are the catastrophic results if these systems do not operate correctly or fail to operate 1.1 Important requirements of aircraft instrumentation systems:

1.21. Temperature- range of measurements, variation range of operation for aircraft instrument system from sea level to very altitude 1.22 Humidity- effect of variation of humidity, retention of moisture in instrument systems 1.23 High gravity forces- effect of high gravity forces on the aircraft instrument system 1.24 Vibration- effect of vibrations on life cycle, accuracy readability of the instruments in aircraft 1.25 Accuracy- Need for high accuracy for certain group of instruments and less accuracy in some group of instruments 1.26 Sensitivity- Amount of sensitivity needed for various groups of aircraft instruments 1.27 Reliability- importance of reliability of aircraft instrument system over an assured period of operation and effects of un-reliable instruments 1.28 Maintainability- Ease of maintainability of the system, modular system-it’s advantage in maintenance, less down time of aircraft during rectifications 1.29 Size- Importance of small, optimum size for a particular instrument application, optimum utilization of available space for various systems in the cockpit is explained 1.210 Weight: Effect of having unnecessary weight in the aircraft is brought out, advantages of having least possible weight for instrument system are discussed

9

1.211 Cost: For commercial airliner it an important factor to bring down the basic cost of the aircraft without compromising the safety factors –discussions 1.212 FAILSURE Quality- Importance of aircraft instrument

Showing failure positively in case of a failure ,so that Accidents may not happen due to mis-interpretation of The readings

1.213 FAILSAFE Quality- Importance of aircraft instruments showing Failure towards a safe value so that higher, incorrect value Is not shown

1.214 Remote indication and control- importance of having facility For remote indication and control is explained

2 .DISPLAYS AND COCK PIT DISPLAYS 2.1Priority considerations for the various groups of instruments according to their importance for the pilot are explained 2.2 Reference frame for display keeping the importance to ease of operation pilot is explained 2.3 Basic display system in a cockpit is explained 2.4 Radial type of display for aircraft instrument dials, their advantages, disadvantages are explained 2.5 Typical characteristics of radial type of display for dials are explained 2.6 Digital type of displays for aircraft cockpit instruments, their advantages , disadvantages ,their ranges are explained 2.7 Typical characteristics of digital displays are explained 2.8 Vertical type of displays for aircraft instruments, their applicability, advantages, disadvantages are explained 2.9 Typical characteristics of vertical displays are explained 2.91 Head up displays(HUD) – Basic HUD system, important components of the HUD system used in the modern aircrafts are explained 2.92 Typical characteristics of HUD systems are explained 2.93 Other types of cockpit displays : Recorded displays-basic function is explained Audio displays- Basic operation is explained Illuminated displays- Application areas are explained PMD- Projected map displays -Their application areas are explained HSI- Horizontal situation indicator- application areas are explained HMD- Helmet mounted displays- their use, areas of application, Type of aircraft suitable for their use are explained Integrated displays- where multiple informations are displayed on a

10

Single digital display is explained for its use, application areas 2.9.1 Instrument elements- four important elements of an aircraft instrument system are explained with the help of a diagram 2.9.2 Intrument mechanisms- lever mechanism, rod mechanism, the sine mechanism, the tangent mechanism,double tangent mechanism ,gear system used, hair springs, their use, bimetal strip method, thermo resistance method, thermo- -magnetic shunt method are explained briefly 2.9.3 Sealing of aircraft instruments against atmospheric elements are explained , bringing out the importance of sealing for instruments for aircraft applications 3.PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS 3.1 Introduction, discussion of two main categories of pressure measurements- direct reading and remote indication 3.2 Methods of measuring pressure, definition of pressure ,general principles are explained 3.3 Basic U-Tube manometer method of measuring pressure is explained 3.4 Elastic pressure sensing elements –use, functioning is explained 3.5 Difficulties in using U-Tube method for aircraft applications are explained 3.6 Common sensing elements that are in use in aircraft industry-Bourdon tube, diaphragms, capsules, bellows in measurement of pressure in aircraft 3.7 Bourdon tube- general construction, materials used for Bourdon tube, principle of operation of Bourdon tube for pressure measurements are explained 3.8 Diaphragms- general construction, reason for using corrugated diaphragms are explained 3.9 Capsules- Types of capsules- open type, completely sealed type are explained 3.91 Bellows- general construction, application for high ,low and differential pressure measurements are discussed 3.92 Remote indicating pressure gauges-liquid transmission type, electrical transmission type are briefly discussed 3.93Pressure switches-low pressure and high pressure applications are explained 3.94 Boost gauges- their purpose and applications are explained 4.TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS 4.1 Introduction to temperature measurements for aircraft applications- special requirements, range of temperature measurements are explained 4.2 Methods of temperature measurements and aircraft temperature

11

measurements, range required 4.3 Classification of temperature measuring instruments: Expansion type(liquid or solid), vapor pressure type, electrical Type (resistance or thermo-electric): wheatstone bridge method, Ratio meter type are briefly explained 4.4 Thermo electric thermometers- principle of operation, 4.5 Thermo couple principle –brief explanation is given 5. RPM MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS 5.1 Importance of RPM measurement, tacho meter, various ranges of RPM gauges for aircraft applications are explained 5.3 Types of Tacho meters: centrifugal type and electric type are explained 5.4 Percentage tacho meter – basic operation principle is discussed 5.5 Principle of stroboscope is explained 5.6 use of stroboscope for RPM measurement is discussed 6.FUEL MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS 6.1 Importance of fuel measurement system in aircraft is explained 6.2 Fuel contents gauge : Float arm gauge and capacity type of gauge are explained 6.3 Principle of operation of capacity type gauge is explained 6.4 The tank units used in the aircraft fuel measuring systems: Purpose, types of tank units: drop-in type or integral type, baffle or Mounting type, flexible tank type are explained 7.ACCURACY, MAINTENCE ,CALIBRATION OF AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Need for accuracy in aircraft instruments is explained Calibration of aircraft instruments-it’s relation to the

Safety of aircraft operation is explained Special care required for maintenance of:

Fuel contents gauge, RPM gauge, Temperature gauge, Fluid pressure measurement gauges, Remote transmission type of instruments are discussed

12

Refernces:

1. Aircraft Instruments- By EHJ Pallet 2. Aircraft Instruments-By CA Williams

3. Aircraft systems - By Lalit Gupta and Dr OP Sharma

4. INTERNET WEBSITES: WIKIPIDIA

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

SECTION I 1. a) Fill in the blanks with appropriate word/words: 5 x1=5 i)Five important requirements of aircraft instrumentation system are temperature, humidity, high gravity forces, vibration, and accuracy, sensitivity, reliability, maintainability, size, weight, cost ,FAIL SURE,FAIL SAFE features, remote indication and control (Any five from these) ii) Instrument groupings are done to maintain co-ordination and to assist a pilot to observe them with minimum effort. iii) Basic six instruments of a blind flying panel of an aircraft are Air Speed Indicator, Altimeter, Gyro Horizon, Direction Indicator, Vertical Speed Indicator and Turn &Bank Indicator iv) Five types of displays from the available types of displays for aircraft cockpit are: Radial, Digital, Vertical, Head up Display(HUD), Recorded display, Head down display(HDD)Projected map display, Audio Display, Horizontal situation display, Helmet mounted display(HMD), Integrated display (any five from these) V) The four important elements of an instrument are: Detecting Element, measuring element, coupling element, Indicating element 2.Explain the following in one line each: 5 x1= 5 i)Bourdon tube, ii) Diaphragm, iii) Capsule, iv) Bellows, v) Pressure switch

SECTION –II 2.a) Explain with a neat diagram the four principle elements of an aircraft instrument system 8 b)Explain: Gears used for aircraft instruments, hair springs, bi metallic strip method, thermo resistive method, reason for proper sealing in aircraft instruments 7

13

3. a)Explain the constructions with simple, neat diagrams the common sensing elements in use for aircraft industry: Bourdon tube, Diaphragm, Capsule, Bellows ,giving application areas for each of these 8 b) Write short notes on: High and low pressure switches and boost gauges used in aircraft, giving their application areas 7 4. a)Explain the classifications of temperature measuring instruments in aircrafts, giving neat diagrams where applicable 8 b)Explain the special requirements of temperature measurement instruments for aircraft applications Also bring out the temperature ranges in use 7

SECTION- III 5. a)What is the importance of RPM measurements ,tachometers in aircraft applications. Bring out the various ranges of measurements for RPM gauges. 8 b) Explain Centrifugal and Electrical types of Tachometers, Principle of percentage tachometer and Method of Stroboscopic RPM measurement in aircraft application 7 6. a) Bring out the importance of fuel gauge for an aircraft and Explain Float arm gauge and Capacity type fuel contents Gauge used for aircraft applications 8 b) Write short notes on Tank units, bringing out types of Tank units ,their purpose in integral type, baffle type or Plate type ,flexible tank types 7 7. a)Explain the need for accuracy and extent of accuracy for various instruments of the aircraft. Also bring out the need for calibration in relation to flight safety in an aircraft. 8 b) Explain the special care that is required in maintenance of the following with respect to aircraft operations: i)Fuel contents gauge ii) RPM gauge iii) Temperature gauge iv)Fluid pressure measurement v)Remote transmission type instruments 7

SECTION –IV 8. Explain the effects of : a) Vibrations and shock loading 5 b) Reversals of extreme climatic conditions 5 c) Wide variations of temperature and pressure conditions

14

on performance of aircraft instruments 5 9.a) Explain which all instruments are in the following major three groupings:

i)Engine performance instruments ii)Flight handling instruments iii)Navigational instruments 8

b)Give brief description for each of the instrument in the above three instrument groupings 7 10.Write short notes on: i)Aircraft instrument panels & layout of instruments in cockpit 7 ½ ii) Methods for mountings of cockpit instruments 7 ½

THIRD SEMESTER DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING (W.E.F 2010--2011)

Schemes of study and Examination

Q P Code

Theory Subjects Contact Hours Exam. Duration

Scheme of Examination Total Max. Marks

Min. Marks

for Passing

(with IA)

End Exam. I.A. Marks*

Theory Pract. Total Max. Marks

Min. Passing Marks

AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS- I

4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

DRAWING / PRACTICALS

AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES SERVICING LAB

6

6

3

100

50

25

125

60

WORKSHOP PRACTICE (FOUNDRY,WELDING, SHEET METAL)

- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS SERVICING LAB

- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

TOTAL

12 18 30 18 600 255 150 750 315

FOURTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Scheme of Study and Examination (with effect from 2010-2011)

Q P Code Subject Contact Hours

Exam Duration Hours Scheme of Exam

Total Marks

Min. Marks for passing

Theory Theory Practical Total Max.

Marks Min.

Marks I.A.*

Marks

Aircraft Instrumentation systems-II 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Piston Engine Theory 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Fluid Mechanics And Pneumatics 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Aircraft Electrical system 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Practicals Fluid mech &Pneumatics Lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 Piston Engine lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 16 12 28 600 240 150 750 300

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM –II SECTION I

CONTACT HRS/WEEK: 4 CONTACT HRS/SEM:64

CHAPTER NO TOPIC ANALYSIS

NO. OF HOURS

Marks Weightage

1 AIR DATA REFERENCE SYSTEMS 2 5 2 BASIC PITOT SYSTEM OF AIRCRAFT 4 12 3 ALTIMETER 2 5 4 AIR SPEED INDICATOR 4 12 5 RATE OF CLIMB INDICATOR(ROCI) 2 5 6 MACH METER 2 5 7 GYROSCOPE-GENERAL PRINCIPLES 6 14 8 ARTFICIAL HORIZON(A H) 4 12 9 TURN AND BANK INDICATOR(T B I) 4 6 10 AIRCRAFT HEADING SYSTEM 6 10 11 DIRECTION INDICATION COMPASS 5 10 12 CABIN PRESSURISATION 5 15 13 AIRCRAFT OXYGEN SYSTEM 5 12 14 15

INTRUMENT SYSTEM OF ADVANCED AIRCRAFTS SAFETY CONCEPTS FOR INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS TESTS AND REVISION Total Hrs:

5 4 4 64

12 10

SECTION II GENERAL EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES: On completion of the course, the student should be able to: 1.Know the importance of Air data reference system and

general set up of an air data system 2.Know the basic set up of a pitot system of an aircraft 3.Know the principle of operation of an altimeter of an aircraft 4.Know the principle of operation of an Air speed indicator of an aircraft 5. Know the principle of operation of rate of climb indicator (ROCI) of an aircraft 6. Know the principle of operation of a machmeter of an aircraft 7.Understand the gyroscope and general principles of operation of gyroscope 8. Know the principle of operation of an artificial horizon of an aircraft 9. Know the principle of operation of an turn and bank indicator of an aircraft(T B I) 10.Know the principle of operation of an aircraft heading system 11. Know the principle of operation of direction indicator(DI) of an aircraft 12Know the principle of operation of cabin pressurization system of an aircraft 13. Know the principle of operation of an aircraft oxygen system 14. Basics of instrument systems used in advanced modern aircraft. 15. Know the basics of safety concepts concerning aircraft instrumentation systems SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: 1. AIRDATA REFERENCE SYSTEMS

1.1 Air Data Reference Systems- Introduction 2Hrs

1.2 The earth atmosphere: 1.21) Atmospheric Pressure 1.22) Various Layers of Atmosphere 1.23) Variation of atmospheric pressure, temperature, relative humidity with altitude

1.3 Standard Atmosphere –specifications.

2. BASIC PITOT SYSTEM OF AIRCRAFT 4Hrs 2.1) Basic pitot system of aircraft: Introduction 2.2) Purpose of pitot system of an aircraft 2.3) Explanation of a basic pitot tube system of an aircraft with diagrams 2.4) Pitot static probe-Main components, explanation with diagrams 2.5) Position error(P.E) and location of pitot probe and static vents

2.6) Basic precautions for pitot static system in an aircraft –servicing errors 2.7) Safety considerations and emergencies for pitot system in an aircraft 3. ALTIMETER 2 Hrs 3.1) Basic theory of operation of an Altimeter 3.2) Pressure altitude and indicated altitude 3.3) ‘Q’ Codes and their purpose 3.4) Servo controlled altimeter –advantages 3.5) Failure of altimeter-warnings 4. AIR SPEED INDICATOR 4Hrs 4.1) Airspeed indicator-Introduction, purpose 4.2) Air speed terminology and Air speed terminology diagram 4.3) Principle of operation of Air speed indicator 4.4) Square law compensation for air speed indicator 4.5) Methods of square law compensation commonly used 4.6) Safety precautions for air speed indicator 4.7) Servicing errors for air speed indicator 5. RATE OF CLIMB/DECENT INDICATOR( ROCI) 2Hrs 5.1) Introduction to ROCI and its purpose 5.2) Principle of operation of ROCI 5.3) Operation of ROCI for climb , level and dive conditions of an aircraft 5.4) Metering unit in an ROCI and its purpose 5.5) Types of metering units used in ROCI 5.6) Servicing errors in ROCI

6. MACHMETER 2 Hrs 6.1) Introduction to machmeter, purpose and need for machmeter in an aircraft 6.2) Principle of operation of machmeter 6.3) Basic construction of machmeter 6.4) Servicing errors in machmeter 7. GYROSCOPE-GENERAL PRINCIPLES 6Hrs 7.1) Introduction to gyroscope and its application in aircraft 7.2) Gyroscope and its properties: 7.21) Rigidity 7.22) Precession 7.3) Three degrees of freedom of a gyroscope 7.4) Gyroscopic references 7.5) Limitations of a free gyroscope 7.6) Limitations of a displacement gyroscope 7.7) Modern trends :LASER gyroscope 8.ARTIFICIAL HORIZON (AH) 4Hrs 8.1) Introduction to AH 8.2) Gyro horizon principles 8.3) Electric gyro horizon 8.4) Gyroscopic erecting systems and their basic purpose 8.5)Torque motor and leveling switch erecting system 8.6) Fast erection system 9.TURN AND BANK INDICATOR (TBI) 4Hrs 9.1) Introduction to TBI its purpose in an aircraft

9.2) Rate gyroscope and its operation 9.3) Bank indications on dial for various conditions of flight of aircraft 9.4) Indication of turn and slip on dial of TBI indicator 10. AIRCRAFT HEADING SYSTEM 6Hrs 10.1) Introduction and purpose 10.2) Magnetic Reference Heading System (MHRS) 10.3) Working principle of an aircraft heading system 10.4) Components of a heading system of an aircraft: 10.41) Detector Element 10.42)Slaving/Servo Amplifie 10.43)Directional gyro unit( DGU) 10.44) Radio magnetic indicator(RMI) 10.45) Deviation compensator 10.5) Principles and use of magnetic compass 10.6) Desirable accuracy of compass indication system 10.7) Limitations, acceleration errors and turning errors 10.8) Compass swinging: Purpose and occasions 10.9)Compass swinging: 10.91) On ground 10.92) In air 10.10) Errors in compass system: 10.10.1)Transmission errors 10.10.2) Coriolis error 11. DIRECTION INDICATING/RADIO INDICATING COMPASS 5Hrs 11.1) Introduction to DI/RI Compass 11.2) Basic principle of operation

11.3) Errors in DI/RI Compass 11.4) Radio magnetic indicator (RMI) 11.5) RMI front panel/display 12.CABIN PRESSURISATION 5 Hrs 12.1) Basic need for cabin pressurization in an aircraft 12.2) Standard practice of pressurization for various types of aircraft 12.3) Principle of operation 12.4) Main components of a cabin pressurization system: 12.41)Pressure controller 12.42) Discharge valve 12.43) Cabin safety valve 12.44) Inward relief valve 12.5) CPCV: Cabin Pressure Control Valve 12.6) Cabin Pressurization in modern aircraft 12.7) Emergencies in cabin pressurization: 12.71)Explosive decompression 12.72)Positive and Negative cabin differential pressure 12.8) Maintenance and safety aspects 13.AIRCRAFT OXYGEN SYSTEM 5Hrs 13.1) Introduction to aircraft oxygen system and purpose of the system 13.2) Types of aircraft oxygen system: 13.21) Continuous flow type 13.22) Demand type 13.3)Important components of an aircraft oxygen system 13.4) L O X (liquid oxygen ) System 13.5) Comparison between gaseous and liquid oxygen systems 13.6) Maintenance safety aspects for gaseous and liquid oxygen systems

14. Instrument system on advanced aircrafts: 5 Hrs 14.1 Show the pictures/photos of some of the latest transport/fighter /helicopter having modern instrumentation system 14.2 Briefly discuss the modern aircraft instruments/systems like HEAD UP DISPLAY , HEAD DOWN DISPLAY, MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY, FLY- BY WIRE TECHNOLOGY 15. Safety concepts –Special safety precautions that are required to be taken while handling, repairing, servicing the air craft instrumentation systems are discussed . 4hrs DETAILS OF CONTENTS: 1. 1. AIRDATA REFERENCE SYSTEMS

1.4 Air Data Reference Systems- The basic air data system consisting of pitot system,air speed indicator, altimeter rate of climb indicator is explained with the help of combined lay out diagram and line diagram.

1.5 The earth atmosphere:

1.21) Atmospheric Pressure 1.22) Various Layers of Atmosphere 1.23) Variation of atmospheric pressure, temperature, relative humidity with altitude

1.6 Standard Atmosphere –specifications of standard atmosphere are spelt out

2. BASIC PITOT SYSTEM OF AIRCRAFT 2.1) Basic pitot system of aircraft: Introduction 2.2) Purpose of pitot system of an aircraft 2.3) Explanation of a basic pitot tube system of an aircraft with diagrams 2.4) Pitot static probe-Main components, explanation with diagrams 2.5) Position error(P.E) and location of pitot probe and static vents 2.6) Basic precautions for pitot static system in an aircraft –servicing errors 2.7) Safety considerations and emergencies for pitot system in an aircraft 3. ALTIMETER 3.1) Basic theory of operation of an Altimeter

3.2) Pressure altitude and indicated altitude 3.3) ‘Q’ Codes and their purpose 3.4) Servo controlled altimeter –advantages 3.5) Failure of altimeter-warnings 4. AIR SPEED INDICATOR 4.1) Airspeed indicator-Introduction, purpose 4.2) Air speed terminology and Air speed terminology diagram 4.3) Principle of operation of Air speed indicator 4.4) Square law compensation for air speed indicator 4.5) Methods of square law compensation commonly used 4.6) Safety precautions for air speed indicator 4.7) Servicing errors for air speed indicator 5. RATE OF CLIMB/DECENT INDICATOR( ROCI) 5.1) Introduction to ROCI and its purpose 5.2) Principle of operation of ROCI 5.3) Operation of ROCI for climb , level and dive conditions of an aircraft 5.4) Metering unit in an ROCI and its purpose 5.5) Types of metering units used in ROCI 5.6) Servicing errors in ROCI 6. MACHMETER 6.1) Introduction to machmeter, purpose and need for machmeter in an aircraft 6.2) Principle of operation of machmeter 6.3) Basic construction of machmeter 6.4) Servicing errors in machmeter 7. GYROSCOPE-GENERAL PRINCIPLES

7.1) Introduction to gyroscope and its application in aircraft 7.2) Gyroscope and its properties: 7.21) Rigidity 7.22) Precession 7.3) Three degrees of freedom of a gyroscope 7.4) Gyroscopic references 7.5) Limitations of a free gyroscope 7.6) Limitations of a displacement gyroscope 7.7) Modern trends :LASER gyroscope 8.ARTIFICIAL HORIZON (AH) 8.1) Introduction to AH 8.2) Gyro horizon principles 8.3) Electric gyro horizon 8.4) Gyroscopic erecting systems and their basic purpose 8.5)Torque motor and leveling switch erecting system 8.6) Fast erection system 9.TURN AND BANK INDICATOR (TBI) 9.1) Introduction to TBI its purpose in an aircraft 9.2) Rate gyroscope and its operation 9.3) Bank indications on dial for various conditions of flight of aircraft 9.4) Indication of turn and slip on dial of TBI indicator 10. AIRCRAFT HEADING SYSTEM 10.1) Introduction and purpose 10.2) Magnetic Reference Heading System (MHRS) 10.3) Working principle of an aircraft heading system 10.4) Components of a heading system of an aircraft: 10.41) Detector Element 10.42)Slaving/Servo Amplifie

10.43)Directional gyro unit( DGU) 10.44) Radio magnetic indicator(RMI) 10.45) Deviation compensator 10.5) Principles and use of magnetic compass 10.6) Desirable accuracy of compass indication system 10.7) Limitations, acceleration errors and turning errors 10.8) Compass swinging: Purpose and occasions 10.9)Compass swinging: 10.91) On ground 10.92) In air 10.10) Errors in compass system: 10.10.1)Transmission errors 10.10.2) Coriolis error 11. DIRECTION INDICATING/RADIO INDICATING COMPASS 11.1) Introduction to DI/RI Compass 11.2) Basic principle of operation 11.3) Errors in DI/RI Compass 11.4) Radio magnetic indicator (RMI) 11.5) RMI front panel/display 12.CABIN PRESSURISATION 12.1) Basic need for cabin pressurization in an aircraft 12.2) Standard practice of pressurization for various types of aircraft 12.3) Principle of operation 12.4) Main components of a cabin pressurization system: 12.41)Pressure controller 12.42) Discharge valve

12.43) Cabin safety valve 12.44) Inward relief valve 12.5) CPCV: Cabin Pressure Control Valve 12.6) Cabin Pressurization in modern aircraft 12.7) Emergencies in cabin pressurization: 12.71)Explosive decompression 12.72)Positive and Negative cabin differential pressure 12.8) Maintenance and safety aspects 13.AIRCRAFT OXYGEN SYSTEM 13.1) Introduction to aircraft oxygen system and purpose of the system 13.2) Types of aircraft oxygen system: 13.21) Continuous flow type 13.22) Demand type 13.3)Important components of an aircraft oxygen system 13.4) L O X (liquid oxygen ) System 13.5) Comparison between gaseous and liquid oxygen systems 13.6) Maintenance safety aspects for gaseous and liquid oxygen systems 14. Instrument system on advanced aircrafts: 14.1 Show the pictures/photos of some of the latest transport/fighter /helicopter having modern instrumentation system 14.2 Briefly discuss the modern aircraft instruments/systems like HEAD UP DISPLAY , HEAD DOWN DISPLAY, MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY, FLY- BY WIRE TECHNOLOGY 15. Safety concepts –Special safety precautions that are required to be taken while handling, repairing, servicing the air craft instrumentation systems are discussed. Reference: Aircraft Instrument systems By EHJ Pallet Aircraft Systems volume IV By Lalit Gupta and Dr OP Sharma Aircraft electrical systems by john kennedy Internet Website of WIKIPEDIA

MODEL QUESTION PAPER SECTION I Q1a) A Pitot system is used for sensing _______ and ________. 1x5=5 Q1b) In Machmeter we use two capsules one measuring the altitude and the other for ________ 1c) In ROCI we use __________ pressure for measuring the rate of climb. 1d) Gyro has _____ degrees of freedom. 1e) Rate Gyro has ________ Gimbals. Q2. Write short notes on Explosive Decompression. 1x5=5 SECTION II Q3a) What are the layers of atmosphere. Explain. 8

b) Write about the standard atmosphere giving all parameters. 7 Q4a) Explain pitot system of an aircraft with a neat diagram. 8 b) List the components of pitot system. Explain. Also what are the precautions to be taken during maintenance. 7 Q5a) Explain the principle of operation of an altimeter. 7 b) What are Q codes and what is their purpose. 8 SECTION III Q6a) Explain various air speed terminology with a diagram. 7 b) What is square law compensation and safety precautions for maintenance of ASI. 8 Q7a) Explain functioning of ROCI during climb, level and dive conditions with a diagram. 8 b) What is a metering device in a ROCI and its purpose. List out types of metering units in use. 7 Q8a) What are the three degrees of freedom. Explain. 7 b) What are the limitations of free gyro and displacement gyro. 8 SECTION IV Q9a) Explain the principle of working of torque motor & leveling switch type of Erection system. Draw a neat diagram. 8 Q10 a) Explain the purpose of cabin pressurization system in an aircraft. List out the various main components of a cabin pressurization system 7 Q11 a) Make a property wise comparison of advantages and disadvantages of gaseous and liquid oxygen systems of an aircraft 8 b) What are important safety precautions to be observed while servicing / repairing aircraft instruments? 7

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

FOURTH SEMESTER

AIRCRAFT ELECTRIAL SYSTEMS

SECTION-I CONTACT HRS/WEEK=4HRS CONTACT HRS/SEM-64 HRS TOPIC ANALYSIS HOURS Marks Weightage

Sl. No ALLOCATED 1 Introduction to aircraft electrical 8 20 Systems and Aircraft wiring 2 D.C Generators 8 20 3 D.C Motors 8 20 4 Alternators 8 20 5 Power distributors and control 6 15 6 A.C motors 10 20 7 Power conservation system 8 20 8 Aircraft lighting 4 10 Revision and Tests 4 Total= 64

SECTION-II GENERAL EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES: 1. Understand the basics of aircraft electrical systems, aircraft wiring system 2.Understand the basics of D.C GENERATORS 3. Understand the basics of D C motors

4. Understand the basics of Alternators. 5. Understand the basics power distributors and control 6. Understand the basics A C Motors 7. Understand the basics power conservation 8. Understand the basics aircraft lighting. SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: 1. INTRODUCTION TO AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1.1 Introduction to Aircraft electrical system 1.2 Importance of electrical systems in Aircraft 1.3 General requirements of the electrical system in aircraft AIRCRFT WIRING 1.4 Types of wires used and cables used in aircraft 1.5Types of cable routing in aircraft 1.6 Method of cable identification 1.7 Cable termination and screening of cables 1.8 Junction box 1.9 Bonding 1.11 insulation testing 1.12 Use of meggar and bonding tester 1.13 Static discharger 8 hrs 2. D.C GENERATOR 2.1 Principles of operations of DC generator 2.2 Construction and operation of generator 2.3 Types of generator 2.4 Series wound generators 2.5 Shunt wound generators 2.6 Compound wound generators 2.7 EMF equation of generation 2.8 Parallel operations of generation 2.9 Voltage regulators 2.11 Construction and operations of starter generator 8 hrs 3.D.C MOTORS: 3.1 Principle of D.C motors 3.2 Construction and operation of generator 3.3 Speed control and direction control of D.C motors 8 hrs

4.ALTERNATORS 4.1 Fundamentals of A.C 4.2 Electro- magnetic induction 4.3 Power factor-significance of power factor 4.4 Principle of alternator 4.5 Construction, operation of alternators 4.6 E.M.F equation 4.7 Parallel operation of alternators 8 hrs 5. POWER DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL 5.1 Power distribution and control: Basics 5.1 Types of switches 5.2 Types of relays, contactors 5.3 Types of fuses 5.4 Types of circuit breakers 5.5 Bus bars, AC and DC power distributor system 5.6 Protection circuits 5.61 Current Protection 5.62 Voltage Protection 5.63 Frequency Protection 6 hrs 6. A C MOTORS 6.1 A C motors: Fundamentals 6.2 Principle of operation of A.C motors 6.3 Construction if AC motors 6.4 Types of AC motors 6.5 Squirrel cage induction motors 6.6 Linier induction motor 6.7Concept of rotating field, slip 6.8 Synchronous motor-principle and operation 6.9 Stepper motor 6.11 A.C servo motors 10 hrs 7.POWER CONVERSION EQUIPMENT: 7.1 Power conversion equipment: Purpose and usage 7.2Principle of operation

7.3Rectifier 7.4 Static inverter 7.5 Rotary inverter 7.6 Transformer 7.7 Transformer rectifier unit 8 hrs 8. AIRCRAFT LIGHTING SYSTEM 8.1 Types of lighting 8.2 Cabin lighting 8.3 Reading lighting 8.4 Cockpit lighting 8.5 Luggage cabin lighting 8.6 Aircraft landing lights 8.7 Aircraft indication lights 8.8 Identification rotating beacon 4 hrs DETAILS OF CONTENTS: 8.�

NTRODUCTION TO AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1.1 Introduction to Aircraft electrical system- 1.2 Importance of electrical systems in Aircraft 1.3 General requirements of the electrical system in aircraft AIRCRFT WIRING 1.4 Types of wires used and cables used in aircraft: Explain briefly 1.5Types of cable routing in aircraft: explain importance ,reason for correct routing. 1.6 Method of cable identification: explain methods like colour coding ,tags, gauge thickness, printed numbering/name on cable, wiring diagram 1.7 Cable termination and screening of cables: explain the importance 1.8 Junction box: explain purpose, correct identification 1.9 Bonding: explain the need for correct bonding 1.11 Insulation testing: Explain the importance ,periodicity of insulation testing, consequences of not carrying out this test. 1.12 Use of meggar and bonding tester: brief explanation on the procedure 1.13 Static discharger: explain the need for static discharger

2. D.C GENERATOR 2.1 Explain briefly the principles of operations of DC generator 2.2 Explain Construction and operation of generator 2.3 Discuss the various types of generator 2.4 Explain Series wound generators 2.5 Explain Shunt wound generators 2.6 Explain briefly Compound wound generators 2.7 EMF equation of generation- discuss briefly 2.8 Explain �rie fly Parallel operations of generation 2.9 Voltage regulators-purpose, their operation 2.11 Construction and operations of starter generator 3.D.C MOTORS: 3.1 Explain briefly Principle of D.C motors 3.2 Construction and operation of generator-explain with general diagram 3.3 Explain briefly Speed control and direction control of D.C motors 4.ALTERNATORS 4.1 Fundamentals of A.C–Explain briefly 4.2 Electro- magnetic induction- Explain briefly 4.3 Power factor-significance of power factor 4.4 Principle of alternator- Explain briefly 4.5 Construction, operation of alternators 4.6 E.M.F equation Explain briefly 4.7 Parallel operation of alternators-need for parallel operation 5. POWER DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL 5.1 Power distribution and control: Basics: Explain briefly: 5.1 Types of switches 5.2 Types of relays, contactors 5.3 Types of fuses 5.4 Types of circuit breakers 5.5 Bus bars, AC and DC power distributor system 5.6 Protection circuits: 5.61 Current Protection 5.62 Voltage Protection 5.63 Frequency Protection

6. A C MOTORS 6.1 A C motors: Fundamentals 6.2 Principle of operation of A.C motors 6.3 Construction if AC motors – Explain briefly 6.4 Types of AC motors 6.5 Squirrel cage induction motors- Explain briefly 6.6 Linier induction motor- Explain briefly 6.7Concept of rotating field, slip- Explain briefly 6.8 Synchronous motor-principle and operation 6.9 Stepper motor- Explain briefly 6.11 A.C servo motors- Explain briefly areas of application, functioning 7.POWER CONVERSION EQUIPMENT: 7.1 Power conversion equipment: Purpose and usage 7.2Principle of operation Explain briefly 7.3Rectifier-purpose,usage 7.4 Static inverter—need ,usage, 7.5 Rotary inverter—purpose, usage 7.6 Transformer- purpose 7.7 Transformer rectifier unit usage 8. AIRCRAFT LIGHTING SYSTEM 8.1 Types of lighting – Explain briefly why various types of lighting are required in an aircraft 8.2 Cabin lighting 8.3 Reading lighting 8.4 Cockpit lighting 8.5 Luggage cabin lighting 8.6 Aircraft landing lights 8.7 Aircraft indication lights 8.8 Identification rotating beacon: explain the significance Ref: A&P Mechanics general hand book AC 65-9A Aircraft Electrical System- By EHJ Pallet Electrical Technology By BL Theraja

SECTION-III

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

SECTION I Q1a) Voltage and frequency used in aircraft electrical system are ___ and ____. 1x5=5

b) Reading light is given in an aircraft for the comfort of ________. c) Aircraft electrical system improves the ________ and _________.. d) ________ is better than the soldering technic. e) Types of electrical generation systems used in aircraft are _________ and

________. Q2 Write short notes rotating beacon. 1x5=5

SECTION II Q3a) What are the methods of cable identification? Explain each of them briefly. 7 Q3b) What is the purpose of voltage regulators? How many types of regulators are there? Explain the operation of carbon pile voltage regulator with a simple diagram. 8 Q4a) Explain how speed and direction control are done in a DC Motor. 7 Q4b) Explain briefly the concept of a rotating field in an AC motor with diagram. 8 Q5a) What is the purpose and usage of a power conversion equipment? Explain briefly the principle of operation of a rectifier and static inverter. 8 Q5b) Write briefly on the following. i) Electromagnetic Induction 2 ii) Power Factor 1 iii) Phase and phase relationship 2 iv) Star and Delta connection 2 SECTION III Q6a) How many types of cable termination are there? Explain each of them briefly. Also write about the advantages of crimping system. 7 Q6b) Explain briefly the principle of operation of an AC motor with a simple diagram. 8 Q7a) What is the purpose and use of aircraft landing lights, indication lights and identification rotating beacon? Explain each of them briefly. 7 Q7b) Explain briefly parallel operation of DC Generators with a simple diagram. Also explain the need for paralleling. 8

Q8a) Briefly write about the relays, busbars and fuses. Also mention different types of relays, fuses and circuit breakers. 7 Q8b) Explain the principle of operation of DC motors with a simple diagram. 8

SECTION IV Q9a) Explain parallel operation of alternators with a simple diagram. Also write as to what conditions are to be met for synchronisation. 8 Q9b) Write briefly on the following: i) Current protection. 3 ii) Frequency protection. 2 iii) Voltage protection. 2 Q10a) What are static and rotary inverters? What are the uses of these inverters? Explain the operation of a transformer rectifier unit with a simple diagram. 7 Q10b) Write briefly on stepper motor, synchronous motor, servomotor and linear induction motor. 7 Q11) Write short notes on a) Static dischargers. 3 b) General requirements of an aircraft electrical system. 3 c) Types of AC Motors 3 d) Cockpit lighting. 3 e) Vibrating contact regulator. 3

Diploma Course in AERONAUTICAL Engineering Fourth Semester

Subject: AN Fluid Mechanics & Pneumatics

Section – I

CONTENTS OF HYDRAULICS & PNEUMATICS

Chapter No Contents No of hours Section –I Hydraulics

1 Fluid pressure & its measurements 6 2 Kinematics of Flow 2 3 Flow through pipes 3 4 Impact of jet on vanes 8 5 Hydraulic pumps 5 Section –II Oil Power Hydraulics & Pneumatics

6 Introduction to Oil Power Hydraulics & Pneumatics 2 7 Components of hydraulic Systems 7 8 Components of Pneumatic Systems 7 9 Control Valves 6 10 Combination system 2 11 Electro Pneumatic & Hydraulics 3 12 Basic Principles of Fluid power Controls 5 13 Test and revision 4 14 Industry Innovations 4 Total No of hrs 64 hrs

Diploma Course in AERONAUTICAL Engineering Fourth Semester

Subject: AN Fluid Mechanics & Pneumatics Contact Hrs / Week:04 Contact Hrs / Semester:64

CONTENTS

Section I : Hydraulics 24 hrs 1 Definitions and properties of fluids. 6 hrs 1.1 Fluid and its type-Ideal fluid, classification of fluids. 1.2 Introduction to hydraulics and its branches 1.3 fluid pressure, atmospheric pressure, absolute pressure, Gauge pressure, relation between them. 1.4 fundamental units used in hydraulics (S.I. Units) 1.5 Density of fluids, definition of viscosity-Kinematic viscosity, Absolute Viscosity Effect of temperature and pressure on viscosity, specific volume, specific weight, surface tension. 1.6 Fluid pressure measurement using tube gauges and mechanical gauges -

Measurement of pressure by Simple Manometer and Mechanical gauges like Bourdon’s tube pressure gauge. 2 Study of kinematic Flow 2 hrs 2.1 Kinematics of flow, various forms of energy present in fluid flow- pressure energy, potential energy-kinetic energy, internal energy. 2.2 Types of fluid flow-steady and unsteady flow, uniform & non uniform flow, laminar and turbulent flow, compressible and in-compressible flow. 2.3 Equation of continuity of flow. 2.4 Flow through Nozzles, flow through covergent nozzle, flow through divergent nozzle, flow through convergent- divergent nozzle & Orificemeter 3 Flow through pipes 3 hrs 3.1 Define loss of head in pipes 3.2 Define the loss of head in pipes due to friction 3.3 Define loss of head in pipes due to minor losses 3.4 State Darcy's formula for loss of head due to friction in pipes(without proof) 3.5 State Chezy's formula for loss of head due to friction in pipes(without proof) 3.6 Simple problems on above 4 Impact of jet on Vanes. 8 hrs 4.1 Introduction, Force of jet striking normally on a fixed plate, force of jet 4.2 striking on inclined fixed plate. 4.3 Force of jet on moving plate and work done. 4.4 Force of jet on moving and flat plate fixed on the rim of a wheel, jet 4.5 striking on series of moving surfaces. 4.6 Jet striking on fixed curved vane. 4.7 Force of jet impinging on moving curved vane.

6 Hydraulic Pumps 5 hrs 6.1 Introduction to Hydraulic pumps, principle of operation. 6.2 Constructional details of a centrifugal pump, types of casing. 6.3 Reciprocating pump. 6.4 Air vessel & its functions 6.4 Introduction- Principle of operation, types of Reciprocating pumps, comparison between centrifugal and reciprocating pumps. Section-II OIL POWER HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS 32 Hrs 1 introduction to oil power hydraulics and pneumatics. 1.1 introduction to oil power hydraulics and pneumatic systems. 1.2 Statement of Pascal's Law and its applications. 2 hrs 1.3 Identifying the importance of oil power hydraulic and pneumatics system in contrast to mechanical electrical system. 1.4 Industrial application of oil power hydraulics and pneumatic systems. 2 Components of hydraulic systems. 2.1 Basic components of hydraulic system understanding the function of each component in a hydraulic circuit. 7 hrs 2.2 Standard symbols for hydraulic components IS. 7513-1974 2.3 Oil reservoirs coupling motors and pumps - definition and functions of parts, capacity of oil reservoirs-Hydraulic oil (Mineral base) & hydraulic fire resistance fluids. 2.4 Filters - definition and purpose - classifications - location of filters and strainers, filter efficiency. of seals-classification of seals -sealing materials. 3 Components of pneumatic system 3.1 Basic components of pneumatic system - understanding the functions of each component in a pneumatic circuit 7 hrs 3.2 Review of different types of air compressors - capacity of air tank - 3.3 Air cylinders - types, functions - single acting cylinders, diaphragm cylinders, double acting cylinders, rotary cylinders, cylinder with end position cushioning, other types-cylinder with double and piston rod, Taridem cylinder, Impact cylinder, Multi position cylinder, clamping cylinders, double acting cylinders, rotary cylinders, cylinder with end 3.4 Air filters, Regulators and lubricators {F.R.L.] necessity of these in a pneumatic circuit 3.5 Parts of air cylinders - tube, cover, packing seal - functions of above parts. 3.6 Installation, maintenance and application of air cylinders 4 Control Valves 4.1 Functions, classification and ratings 4.2 Pressure control valves - principles of working of pressures control 6 hrs valves (Relief valve, pressure reducing valve, pressure switches, check valve, sequence valve and counter balance valve) 4.3 Direction control valves - functions - general classification [Seat/lift valve, spool valve, slide valve, two, three, four way connections) Manual, mechanical pilot operated, solenoid control valves. 4.4 Flow control valves - Functions - types - needle, pressure compensated non return valve-one way flow control valve, pressure converting-logic valves-shuttle valve, two pressure valves-quick exhaust valve, time delay valve, pressure control vale. 4.5 Pressure intensifiers - purpose, principle of working, ratings and use. 4.6 Pressure accumulators - purpose, principle of working - types - weight loaded, spring loaded, air as gas type of accumulators

5 Combination system 5.1 Principle & necessity - advantages of combination system application of combination system. Hydro pneumatic feed units. 2 hrs 5.2 Basic Hydro-pneumatic circuit - air controlled hydraulic valves, air controlled multiple hydraulic circuits. 5.3 Use of air cushion in hydraulic circuits. 6 Electro Pneumatic and Hydraulics 6.1 Basic Electrical Devices: * Push Button switches 3 hrs * Limit switches * Pressure Switches * Solenoids * Relays * Timexs *Templ. Switches 7 Basic principles of fluid power control 7.1 PLC Circuits * Introduction 5 hrs * Major units of a PLC * CPU * programmes/monitor * I/o Module 7.2 PLC control of a hydraulic cylinder 7.3 PLC control of a Electro hydraulic servo system 8.0 Test and revision 4hrs 9.0 Industry Innovations 4hrs

Section - II

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

On completion of course the student should able to 1) To know properties of fluids 2) To know the Kinematics of flow of fluids 3) To Know the flow of fluids through pipes 4) To know forces of Impact of jet on vanes 5) To Understand the Knowledge of Hydraulic Pumps 6) To Know the Importance of Oil power Hydraulics & Pneumatics 7) To Know & understand the various Components of Oil power hydraulics & Pneumatics 8) To Know the function of control valves 9) To know the various types of seals & packings 10) To understand the Combination System 11) To know the use of Electro-Pneumatic System 12) To Know the application of the above in the field of Industries

Department of Technical Education

Diploma Course in AERONAUTICAL Engineering Fourth Semester

Subject: AN Fluid Mechanics & Pneumatics Contact Hrs / Week:04 Contact hrs/semester: 64 hrs

Specific Instructional Objectives:

1 Fluid pressure and its measurement 6 hrs 1.1 Classification of fluids 1.2 Ideal fluid and real fluid 1.3 Properties of fluids - Viscosity ( kinematic and absolute viscosity ) specific weight, specific volume, 1.4 Pressure head of fluids 1.5 Absolute pressure and gauge pressure 1.6 Pascal's law 1.7 Measurement of pressures 2 Study of Flow 2 hrs 2.1 Energies possessed by fluids-potential energy,Kinetic energy. 2.2 Types of flow 2.3 Flow through Nozzles & Orificemeter 3 To know the Fluid flow through pipes 3.1 Define loss of head in pipes 3.2 Define the loss of head in pipes due to friction 3.3 Define loss of head in pipes due to minor losses 3.4 State Darcy's formula for loss of head due to friction in pipes(without proof) 3.5 State Chezy's formula for loss of head due to friction in pipes(without proof) 4 Understand the forces of jet striking on vanes 8 hrs 4.1 Calculate the force of jet striking normally on a fixed jet 4.2 Calculate the force of jet on moving blades 4.3 Calculate the force of jet striking on inclined fixed plate 4.4 calculate the flow of jet on flat plates fixed on the rim of wheel 4.5 Calculate the force of jet striking on a series of moving blades 4.6 Calculate the force of jet striking on a fixed curved vane 4.7 Calculate the force of jet impinging on moving curved vanes 4.8 Describe the layout of a hydraulic power plant 5 Hydraulic Pumps 5 hrs 5.1 Describe the constructional details of a centrifugal pump 5.2 Explain the working of a centrifugal pump

5.3 Describe the construction of reciprocating pump 5.4 Explain the working of reciprocating pump 5.5 Distinguish between centrifugal pump and reciprocating pump

6.00 Oil Power hydraulics and pneumatics 32 hrs To understand oil power hydraulics and pneumatics. State Pascal's law 2 hrs 1.1 Compare oil power hydraulic and pneumatic system with mechanical and electrical system. 1.2 To know the field of application of pneumatic and hydraulic systems industries. 2 What are the basic components and its functions in a hydraulic 7 hrs circuit. 2.1 What are the standard symbols for hydraulic components I.S. 7513-1994 2.2 Explain oil reservoir, coupling motors and pumps, hydraulic oils 2.3 (mineral based) and hydraulic fluids (fire resistant type). Explain filters and stainers. 2.4 Explain the seals and packings 2.5 To understand the components of pneumatic systems 3 What are the basic components and its functions in a pneumatic 7 hrs circuit? 3.1 What is the power required to drive a compressor. 3.2 Explain air tank, air filters, regulators and lubricators. 3.3 Different types of oil cylinders and explanation. 3.4 Explain the parts of an air cylinder. 3.5 List the standard symbols used in pneumatic components. 3.6 To know the control valves in all aspects. 4 Functions of control valves. 6 hrs 4.1 Explain the principle of working of pressure control valve. (Relief valve, pressure reducing valve, check valve, sequence 4.2 and counter balance valve) 4.3 Explain the function of Direction control valve. 4.4 Explain the function of flow control valves. 4.5 Explain the principles of working of pressure intensifier. 4.6 Explain the principles of working of pressure accumulator. 4.7 To understand the combination system 5 State the combination systems. 2 hrs 5.1 Explain the principles of combination system and its necessity 5.2 Hydro pneumatic feed units. 5.3 Explain the hydro pneumatic circuits. 5.4 Uses of air cushions in hydraulic systems. 5.5 Electro pneumatics and hydraulics 6 Appreciate the use of electronics in fluid power system 3 hrs 6.1 Appreciate the use of PLC in controlling the fluid power system 6.2 Basic principles of fluid power control 7 Distinguish between open and closed loop control systems 5 hrs

7.1 Recognise various elements, components and signals that constitute a fluid power control system 7.2 Appreciate the functions of these elements, components and signals 7.3 Terminology with respect to pneumatic and hydraulic process control 7.4 Appreciate the use of PLC in controlling the fluid power system 8.0 Test and revision 4hrs 9.0 Industry Innovations 4hrs REFERENCE TEXT BOOKS: 1) Fluid mechanics & Pneumatics - K.C.Vakkalad (EBPB Publication) 2) Fluid Mechanics- By R.S.Khurmi 3) Fluid Mechanics - By R.K.Bansal 4) Aircraft Power plants By Michael Kroes (for reference of Pneumatics)

SECTION - III WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS IN EACH TOPICS

Chapter No

contents No of hours

Weight- age of marks

Section –I Hydraulics 1 Fluid pressure & its measurements 6 15 2 Kinematics of Flow 2 05 3 Flow through pipes 3 10 4 Impact of jet on vanes 8 15 5 Hydraulic pumps 5 15 Section –II Oil Power Hydraulics &

Pneumatics

6 Introduction to Oil Power Hydraulics & Pneumatics

2 05

7 Components of hydraulic Systems 7 15 8 Components of Pneumatic Systems 7 20 9 Control Valves 6 15 10 Combination system 2 05 11 Electro Pneumatic & Hydraulics 3 10 12 Basic Principles of Fluid power Controls 5 15 Total 56 hrs 145 Marks

MODEL QUESTION PAPER Department of Technical Education

Diploma Course in AERONAUTICAL Engineering Fourth Semester

Subject: AN Fluid Mechanics & Pneumatics Instructions : Section-I is compulsory. Answer any TWO FULL questions each from Section-II,Section III & Section- IV Section-I 1.a Fill up the blanks with appropriate words i) Tube gauges are used to measure ________________pressure. ii) A flow in which velocity of fluid particles at all sections of the pipe are equal is called as____________. iii) __________ states that " The intensity of pressure at any point in a fluid at rest, is the same in all directions" iv) __________ Pump is suitable for small discharge and high heads. v) The atmospheric pressure at sea level is equal to ________________KN/m2 (1X5= 5 Marks) 1.b Explain Seals and Packings 5 Marks Section - II 2.a State the different types of fluids 4 Marks 2.b Define Gauge Pressure and absolute pressure 4 Marks 2.c Explain with a neat sketch the principle of working of Simple manometer 7 Marks 3.a Define the following: i) Uniform flow 4 Marks ii) Compressible flow 3.b Explain the losses in pipes 4 Marks 3.c Explain with a neat sketch a convergent- divergent Flow Nozzle 7 Marks 4.a Derive an equation for Force of jet Striking on a fixed curved vane 7 Marks 4.b A jet of air 50mm dia discharging under a constant head of 70mt.

Find the force exerted by the jet on fixed plate. Take co-efficient of velocity as 0.9 8 Marks

Section -III 5.a Describe working of a centrifugal pump 6 Marks 5.b List any 4 major differences between centrifugal and reciprocating pumps 4 Marks

5.c Explain the different types of casings of centrifugal pumps 5 Marks 6.a State the functions of a Hydraulic pump 3 Marks 6.b Describe the working principle of double acting reciprocating pump with neat sketch 8 Marks 6.c Explain the functions of a air vessel in a reciprocating pump 4 Marks 7.a Draw a neat sketch of Hydraulic System and label its parts 6 Marks 7.b State Pascal's law & its applications 4 Marks 7.c What are the industrial application of oil power hydraulics 5 Marks Section - IV 8.a Explain the working of Vane Compressor 5 Marks 8.b Draw a neat sketch of Regulator and explain the working principle 6 Marks 8.c Explain functions of limit switches 4 Marks 9.a What is accumulator? Explain Weight Loaded Accumulator 6 Marks 9.b State the use of Combination System 4 Marks 9.c Distinguish between open loop and closed loop Control System 5 Marks 10.a Give the use of PLC'Sin controlling fluid power 5 Marks 10.b Explain the function of relays in Electro-Pneumatic circuit 5 Marks 10.c Explain with a neat sketch the operation of a tandem air cylinder 5 Marks

Department of Technical Education Diploma Course in AERONAUTICAL Engineering

Fourth Semester Subject: AN Fluid Mechanics & Pneumatics Lab

Contact Hrs/Week :06 Contact Hrs/Sem:96hrs

Graded Exercises FLUID MECHANICS: 1 Determine coefficient of friction in Pipes 2 Performance characteristics of Centrifugal pump 3 Performance characteristics of Reciprocating pump PNEUMATICS LAB: 1 Build a Pneumatic circuit for a SORTING device, in which articles to

Be sorted on while passing through roller conveyor (Sketch enclosed) using (I) Single acting cylinder (II) Spring return push button type 3/2 D.C. valve (III) Throttle check valves for speed regulation 2 Build pneumatic circuit for a STAMPING device, in which components are to be stamped making use of the (i) double acting cylinder (ii) Spring return, Push button type 4/2 or 5/2 D.C. valve 3 Build pneumatic circuit for opening and closing the value of a pipe line with speed regulation (sketch enclosed) using (i) Double acting Cylinder (ii) Throttle valves for speed regulation (iii) 4/2 D.C. value push button type with spring return 4 Build pneumatic circuit for a "Tipping Device" for pouring the liquid from a vat (Sketch enclosed). Vat is filled and liquid in emptied by pressing a push button switch by releasing button switch Valve is returned to the up right position, use (I) Double acting cylinder (ii) 4/2 D.c. valve, Spring return push button type (iii) Throttle valves for forward and return speed regulation 5 Build pneumatic circuit for a "Turning Device" in which hot billets are to be further transported on a conveyor back facing in the right direction (sketch enclosed) using (I) Double acting cylinder (ii) 3/2 D.C. valve, push button type spring return (iii) 4/2 D.C. valve spring return

(iv) Throttle valve as regulating element. 6 Build pneumatic circuit for a "Clamping Device" in which articles are to be clamped using a clamping device (sketch enclosed) (I)Double acting cylinder (ii) 2 nos of 3/2 D.C. valve push button spring return type (iii) 4/2 D.C. Impulse valve double pilot type (iv) Throttle valve 7 Build pneumatic circuit for a "Gravity feed Magazine" (Sketch enclosed) in which wooden blanks are to be pushed along from a gravity feed magazine to a clamping using (I)Double acting cylinder (ii) Push button using return 3/2 D.C. valve (iii)Roller operated 3/2 D.C. valve for position sensing (iv) 4/2 D.C. impulse valve double pilot type (v) Throttle valve 8 Build pneumatic circuit for "diverting Device" in which articles are to be moved from one conveyor track to another conveyor track (sketch enclosed) by using (I)Double acting cylinder (ii) 5/2 D.C. valve double pilot type (iii)Shuttle valve (iv) Push button spring return 3/2 D.C. value (3 nos.) (v) Throttle valve 9 Build a pneumatic circuit for "Multi Track gravity feed Magazine (sketch enclosed) in which articles are to be pushed away from a multi track gravity feed magazine into a clamping device; using (I) Double acting cylinder (ii) Quick exhaust Shuttle valve (iii) 4/3 D.C. valve (iv) Spring return push button 3/2 D.C. Valve (v) roller operated 3/2 D.C. value for position sensing (fixed at the end of the cycle) (vi) Throttle valve 10 Build pneumatic circuit for a "Cutting Device" for cutting sheets of paper are to be cut to size (sketch enclosed) by providing a conditional start (load magazine or safety guard in position) for a pneumatic cylinder to start by using (I) Double acting cylinder (ii) 4/3 D.C. valve (iii) Twin pressure signal valve (iv) Spring return push button 3/2 D.C. valve (2 nos) (v) Spring return roller operated 3/2 D.C. valve

11 Build pneumatic circuit for "Hot Stamping die (sketch enclosed) for packing material to be sealed by application of heat and pressure (Here by pressing push button switch the heating rail is advanced and the packing material is pressed and heated along the adhesive strip after applying the heat for a period and the heating rail is returned to its starting position automatically) use the following (I) Double acting cylinder (ii) 4/2 D.C. valve (iii) Throttle valve (iv) Time Delay throttle valve (v) 3/2 D.C. valve spring return (vi) Push button spring return 3/2 D.C. valve (vii) Roller operated spring return 3/2 D.C. valve 12 Build pneumatic circuit for "Conveyor Belt Control" (sketch enclosed) for articles to be transported in line as timed sequence to work stations which are arranged in time in one after one another (when push button switch is pressed the main wheel is driven in sequence by the oscillating piston rod as a cylinder via pawl. When the push button switch is pressed again the drive is switched off) by using (I) Double, acting cylinder (ii) 4/2 D.C. valve (2 nos) (iii) Roller operated, spring return 3/2 D.C. valve (2 nos) (iv) Push button, spring return 3/2 D.C. valve (2 nos) (v) Throttle valve

Scheme of Valuation : Sl. No Particulars Marks Allotted 1 Record 05 2 Writing of Procedure, Tabular Column,

Necessary Formula for Calculation in Hydraulics & Circuit Diagram & listing the Components used for Pneumatics

20

3 Conducting of Experiment: a) Hydraulics one Experiment in

Group of 5 Students b) Pneumatics one Experiment

Conducted individually

20 15

4 Calculations For Conducting Experiment in Hydraulics

20

5 Viva-Voce 20 Total 100

Department of Technical Education

Diploma Course in AERONAUTICAL Engineering

LIST OF EQUIPMENTS FOR FLUIID MECHANICS AND PNEUMATIC S LAB

IV SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING SL.NO NAME OF EQUIPMENTS QTY

REQUIRED

1 FLOWTHROUGH PIPE FRICTION APPARATUS

01

2 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP TEST RIG 01 3 REACIPROCATING PUPMP TEST RIG 01 4 PNEUMATIC TRAINER KIT WITH

FOLLOWING COMPONENTS COMPONENTS

a) Single acting air cylinder b) Double acting air cylinder c) Spring return push button 3/2 DC

valve d) Spring return push button 4/2 DC

valve

e) Spring return push button 5/2 DC

valve

f) Throttle valves

g) Impulse valve double pilot type 4/2

DC impulse valve

h) Roller operated 3/2 DC valve

i) 5/2 DC valve double pilot type

01 01 01 03 01 01 02 02 02 02

j) Shuttle valve

k) Quick exhaust shuttle valve

l) 4/3 DC valve

m) Twin pressure signal valve

n) Time delay throttle valve

02 01 02 01 01

5 Air compressor for pneumatic trainer kit 01 6 Digital Tachometer 01

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

PISTON ENGINE THEORY SECTION I

CONTACT HRS/WEEK=4HRS CONTACT HRS/SEM=64HRS

CHAPTER NO

TOPIC ANALYSIS HOURS ALLOCATED

WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS

1 General requirements of aircraft power plants

2

5

2 Types of reciprocating engines for aircraft

3 10

3 Engine operating principle 12 35

4 Engine components and construction 10 25

5 Fuel and carburetion system 12 25

6 Induction cooling and exhaust 6 13

7 lubrication system

2 6

8 Starting system 5 10

9 Types of ignition systems used in aircraft Piston engine

6 10

10 Engine fire detection and protection Revision and Tests

2 4

6

Total: 64 hours

SECTION II GENERAL EDUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: 1. Know the general requirements of aircraft power plants 2. Know the various types of reciprocating engines 3. Know the basic engine operating principles 4. Know the important engine components and their basic constructions 5. Know the basic principles of fuel and carburetion systems 6. Know the basics of induction, cooling and exhaust systems 7. Know the basics of lubrication system 8. Know the principles of starting and ignition systems 9. Know the principles of operation of HT and LT magneto ignition system 10 .Know the basic engine fire detection and protection system SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: 1.General requirements of aircraft power plants 2 Hr General :1.1.0 Basic concept of power and weight

1.1.1 Durability of power plants, its importance 1.1.2 Reliability of the power plant and its importance 1.1.3 Fuel economy of the power plant and its significance 1.1.4 Operating flexibility of operation of power plants 1.1.5 Compactness of power plants and its importance

2. Types of reciprocating engines 3 Hr 2.1.0 In line type of reciprocating engines 2.1.1 Opposed type of reciprocating engines 2.1.2 V-type of reciprocating engines 2.1.3 Radial type of reciprocating engines 3. Engine operating principles 12 Hr 3.1.0 Know how the energy conversion takes place 3.1.1 Understand the basic energy conversion laws 3.1.2 Understand the basic Piston engine terminology 3.1.3 Understand the basics of an Otto cycle and its efficiency 3.1.4 Understand the basic operation of two stroke and four stroke operating cycles 3.1.5 Understanding concepts of Valve timing-lead, lag and over lap in timing 3.1.6 Understanding the concept of Engine firing order-opposed, inline ,v-type and radial engines

3.1.7 Understanding basics of Engine power, engine rating, engine efficiency 3.1.8 Explanation of important factors affecting engine performance

3.1.9 Understanding the importance of Critical altitude of operation for piston engine aircrafts

4. Engine components and their construction 10 Hr

4.1.0 Explanation of various sections of an engine 4.2.0 Explanation of important construction details of an engine: 4.2.10 Crank case-function, basic constructional features 4.2.11 Basic constructional features of crankshaft 4.2.12 Purpose and features of connecting rods 4.2.13 Basic constructional features of engine cylinder 4.2.14 Basics of valves and valve operating mechanism 4.3.0 Basics of propeller reduction gear, accessories case 4.3.1 Types of propeller reduction gear 5.Fuel and Carburetion system 12 Hr 5.1.0 Explanation of important characteristics of Aviation fuel 5.1.1 Vapour lock in engine fuel system-reasons for the vapour lock 5.1.2 Explanation of carburetion principles: fuel, air mixture requirements 5.1.3 Explanation of types of carburetors, principle of operation 5.1.4 Explanation of float type of carburetor 5.1.5 Explanation of pressure injection carburetor 5.1.6 Explanation of direct injection carburetor and direct fuel injection system 5.1.7 Explanation of Carburetor icing and reasons for carburetor icing 5.1.8 Explanation of a basic fuel system of an aircraft 6. Induction , cooling and exhaust systems 6 Hr

6.1.0 Explanation of a basic induction system 6.1.1 Principles of supercharging and turbo charging and blower charging

6.1.2 Various types of Engine cooling system:

6.1.31 Air cooling type of engine cooling system 6.1.32 Liquid cooling type of engine cooling system 6.1.3 Explanation of basic Engine exhaust systems 7. Engine Lubricating system 2 Hr 7.1.0 Lubrication system: Introduction 7.1.1 Necessity of engine lubrication-basic explanation 7.1.2 Explanation of Important functions of lubricant, characteristics of lubricant 7.1.3 Explanation of Contamination of lubricants and its control

7.1.4 Lubrication system: dry sump system and wet sump system

7.1.5 Properties of Lubrication oil 7.1.6 Explanation of basic Components of lubrication system 8. Starting system 5 Hr 8.1.0 Description various types of starters 8.1.1 Explanation of principle of operation of starter 9. Types of ignition systems used in aircraft piston engine 6 Hr 9.1.0 Types of ignition system 9.1.1 Explanation of timing devices 9.1.2 Explanation of Auxilary ignition unit 9.1.3 Explanation of Spark plugs and their general construction 9.1.4 Basics of Inspection and maintenance of the magneto ignition system 10.Engine fire detection and protection systems 2 Hr

10.1.1 Engine fire detection and protection- introduction 10.1.2 Description of fire detection and protection system in piston engines

DETAILS OF CONTENTS 1.General requirements of aircraft power plants 2Hrs 1.1.0 Importance of power and weight: Requirement of power for a type of aircraft keeping view of operational needs, at what altitude the aircraft operates, distance normally covered in each flight, conditions of operation, weight considerations of the power plant keeping in view of power to weight ratio, basic pay load of the aircraft that is to be carried-cargo/bombs/rockets/passengers. 1.1.1 Durability: The importance of service life/durability of the power plant considering the economics of operation, mean time between servicing /failures and down time of the aircraft due to service life of aircraft. 1.1.2 Reliability: Explanation of the importance of reliable operation of the aircraft considering the safety of passengers/assured operation under all adverse conditions/ability to deliver the payloads to the destinations or during air operations in defence requirements 1.1.3 Fuel economy :Importance of fuel economy considering economics of operation 1.1.4 Operating flexibility: Explain the flexibility to operate the engine in all conditions of weather, in the assured altitudes 1.1.5 Compactness : Need for compactness of engine considering the wind resistance it will offer when it is fitted /streamlined into the structure of the aircraft 2.Types of reciprocating engines: 3Hrs 2.1.1 In line type of reciprocating engine: Explanation of engine layout with all cylinders arranged linearly or with one cylinder block.

2.1.2 Opposed type of reciprocating engines: Explanation of horizontally opposed cylinder banks located in the same plane on opposite side of the crank shaft. 2.1.3 V-Type of reciprocating engines: Description of engine which has two banks of cylinders inclined at an angle to each other and with one crank shaft. 2.1.4Radial type of reciprocating engines: Explanation of engine which has more than two cylinders in each row ,which are equally spaced around the crank shaft. 3.Engine operating principles: 12Hrs 3.1.1Explanation of working principles of internal combustion engine and the sequence of events that have to take place for chemical energy conversion in the fuel into mechanical work. 3.1.2 Basic laws-gas law, first and second laws of thermodynamics, constant pressure process, constant volume process ,Isothermal process adiabatic process , steady flow energy equation and operating principles of external and internal combustion engines are explained giving examples of a steam engine, internal combustion engine. 3.1.3 Piston engine terminology: A brief description of important components of the internal combustion engine are given. 3.1.4 Otto cycle : The various processes in the spark ignition(SI) internal combustion engine, compression ignition engine are explained with the help of Otto cycle and Diesel cycle. The terms like thermal efficiency, work ratio and mean effective pressures are also explained. 3.1.5 Two stroke and Four stroke operating cycles: 3.1.51 Explanation of working cycles,principles of two stroke, four stroke spark ignition, compression ignition engines are given and diagrams are also shown to make students appreciate in better way. A comparison of two stroke engine and four stroke engine is done for various parameters/properties and explained to students. A comparison of SI and CI engines are made and explained for the various parameters of the engines. 3.1.6 Explanation with simple diagram for the valve opening /closing cycles ,importance of valve timings-lead, lag, and overlap is explained. 3.1.7 Engine firing order for opposed , in-line, V-type and radial type of engines are explained, giving practical reasons for the firing order in an engine. 3.1.8 Engine power, engine rating and engine efficiency :Following engine performance parameters are explained: 3.1.81 Indicated power of an engine, Brake power of an engine, 3.1.82 Thermal efficiency , 3.1.83 Mechanical efficiency, 3.1.84 Volumetric efficiency, 3.1.85 Compression ratio , 3.1.86 Specific fuel consumption. 3.1.9 Factors affecting engine performance /power :Important factors which affect the engine performance and power are discussed: 3.1.91 Density altitude , 3.1.92 Humidity,

3.1.93 Carburetor air temperature, 3.1.94 Exhaust back pressure, 3.1.94 Super charging, 3.1.95 Compression ratio 3.1.96 Fuel-air mixture ratio 3.1.10 Critical altitude of operation for piston engine aircraft: Explanation of requirement air for charging /supercharging the fuel-air mixture Is given to the students bringing out the limits and critical altitude up to which piston Engined aircrafts can operate reliably. 4. Engine Components and Construction : 10Hrs 4.1.0 The various sections of an engine are explained and shown in diagrams: 4.1.1 Crank case, 4.1.2 Crank shaft, 4.1.3 Connecting rods, 4.1.4 Cylinder, cylinder head, pistons 4.1.5 Valves, valve operating mechanisms, cams, camshaft. 4.2. Construction details of various engine sections/components are explained: 4.2.1. Crank case 4.2.2 crank shaft 4.2.3 connecting rods 4.2.4cylinder, cylinder head, piston 4.2.5 Valve , valve operating mechanism, cam, camshaft 4.3.0 Propeller reduction gear, accessories case: Explanation is given for the requirement of propeller reduction gear and Accessories case , functions of propeller reduction gear and accessories case are Explained. 4.3.1 Types of propeller reduction gear brief study in spur gear and Planetry gear system 5.1.0 Fuel and Carburetion system: 12 Hrs 5.1.1 Characteristics of Aviation fuel :Basic explanation of aviation fuel(gasoline) and its properties,Gasoline rating and its significance 5.1.2Vapour lock: The phenomenon of vapour lock in aircraft fuel system is explained 5.1.3 Carburetion –principles, ventury effect ,fuel air mixture requirement ,variation of air in the mixture with increase in altitude, supercharging. 5.1.4 Types of carburetors, principles of operation are explained for : 5.1.4.1 Float type 5.1.4.2 Pressure injection type 5.1.53Direct injection type 5.1.5 Direct fuel injection system is explained 5.1.6 Carburetor de-icing :Explanation is given for: what is de-icing?, why it is needed? What is effect if not done? How it is achieved? 5.1.7 Description of basic fuel system of a piston engine type of aircraft is given and explained with the help of a diagram.

6.Induction, cooling and exhaust: 6Hrs 6.1.0 Basic induction system: The basic theory of induction is explained and discussed 6.1.1 Principle of supercharging and turbo charging: The density of available per given volume will reduce with the increase of altitude. The effect of this reduced air on the fuel air mixture is discussed and methods available for compensation also are explained. Principle of super ---charging and turbo charging and blower charging are explained to the students. 6.1.2 Engine cooling systems: The purpose and requirements of engine cooling system, effect of improper cooling on the engine performance are discussed. Two common methods available for engine cooling are discuused .They are: 6.1.2.1 Air cooling system 6.1.2.2 Liquid cooling system 6.1.3 Explanation of basic Engine exhaust systems 7. Lubrication system: 2Hr 7.1.0 Lubrication system: Introduction, effect of improper lubrication is explained 7.1.1 Necessity of engine lubrication-basic explanation is given 7.1.2 Explanation of Important functions of lubricant, characteristics of lubricant 7.1.3 Explanation of Contamination of lubricants and its control

7.1.4 Lubrication system: dry sump system and wet sump system are explained 7.1.5 Properties of Lubrication oil

7.1.6 Explanation of basic Components of lubrication system . 8.Starting and ignition system: 5 Hrs 8.1.0 Description of in detail various types of starters :- Cartridge starter, Hand inertia starter, Electric intertia starter,Combination intertia starter, Direct- cranking electric starter and its advantages and disadvantages are discussed. 8.1.1 Explanation of principle of operation of starter 9. Types of ignition systems used in aircraft piston engine 6Hrs. 9.1.0 Types of ignition systems : Battery ignition system and Magneto ignition system discussed in detail. 9.1.1 Explanation of timing devices 9.1.2 Explanation of Auxiliary ignition unit 9.1.3 Explanation of Spark plugs and their general construction 9.1.4 Basics of Inspection and maintenance of the magneto ignition system 10.Engine fire detection and protection systems: 2Hr

10.1.2 Engine fire detection and protection- introduction 10.1.2 Description of fire detection and protection system in piston engines

References: Airframe and Power plant mechanics EA-AC65- 12A Aircraft Power plant – Kroes Wild CAP 459- Vol I and II Internet website: WIKIPIDIA

Model Question Paper Aircraft piston engine Theory

Instruction: Section I is compulsoury . Answer any two question each from section II, III and IV.

Section I 1(a) 1 x 5 = 5

(i) _______ process takes place in compession of air-fuel mixture. (ii) Spite fire a/c come under _______ type of engine. (iii) Cessena a/c having ____ type of cooling system. (iv) Pressre feed fuel system used in ______ type of a/c. (v) Supercharging required for______

1(b) Define specific fuel consumption and volumetric efficiency. 5

Section II

2(a) What do you understand requirement of A/c power plant. 7 2(b) Describe the working principle of opposed types a/c piston engine. 8 With neat labeled diagram . 3(a) Define first law of thermodynamics , adiabatic process, isothermal 8

process and Ic engine . 3(b) Explain the factors affecting on a/c piston engine . 7

4(a) Write short notes on : piston , crankcase of in-line engine, 8 combustion chamber and propeller reduction gear. 4(b) Explain the gravity feed engine fuel system. 7 section III 5(a) Mention in detail the working principle of carburection 7 system . 5(b) What is the difference between direct fuel injection sytem 8 and carburection system. 6(a) what is reason behind the icing of carburetor and vapour lock 8 in engine fuel system. 6(b) Explain the supercharger and turbocharger. Mention how will 7 used this in a/c . 7(a) Which types of cooling system required for engine cooled 7 mention in detail. 7(b) Brief in detail about dry sump system and wet sump system. 8 section IV 8(a) Describe working principle of a/c piston engine lubrication 7 system. 8(b) Explain in briefly about Direct cranking starting system 8 and electric starting system . 9(a) Mention the in brief about Battery ignition system and 8 magneto ignition system. 9(b) Writes notes on propertie of Aviation fuel and lubrication oil. 7

10(a) Describe in detail the fir detection and protection system 8 of a/c piston engine. 10(b) Working principle of Radial types a/c piston engine with 7 diagram.

AN--: PISTON ENGINE LAB

Contact Hrs/week:6 Contact Hrs/Sem: 96

1) AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS: General requirement of Aircraft power plants-Power and weight consideration, Durability, reliability, fuel economy, operating flexibility and 16hrs Compactness-Importance of each of these factors PISTON ENGINE AIRCRAFT POWER PLANT : 2) Type of reciprocating engines used in aircraft application: 2.1) In line 2.2) Opposed 2.3) V 16hrs 2.4) Radial Discussion on each of the above type of engines, their Applicability, advantages/disadvantages, critical altitude of Operation for piston engine aircrafts 3) Identification of major components of a simple piston engine

Of HT2 Aircraft: 3.1) Crankcase 3.2) Crankshaft 3.3) Connecting rods 16hrs 3.4) Cylinders, pistons 3.5) Valves, Valve operating mechanism 3.6) Propeller reduction gear, accessories case

4) Demonstration of piston engine ground run on light Aircraft: 4.1) Purpose and occasions for giving ground run For an aircraft 4.2) Checking of all points of ‘CHECK LIST’ for aircraft ground run and safety precautions to be followed before giving ground run and during ground run for an aircraft 4.2) Starting of single engine piston engine HT2 for ground run as per procedure 4.3) Identification of engine performance monitoring instruments and monitoringthe engine parameters during the ground run 4.4) Familiarization of fire protection system during ground run 4.5) Following of correct procedure switching off of

aircraft engine after ground run 16hrs 5) Assimilation of all important points from the ground run 16hrs Revision and tests : 16 hrs

SCHEME OF EVALUATION 1. RECORD - 5 Marks 2. WRITING (THEORY QUESTIONS ON LAB) - 30 Marks 3. Demo/ Identification of parts/ assemblies - 45 Marks 4. Viva voce - 20 Marks --------- TOTAL 100 MARKS

List of Equipments required in A/C piston engine Lab

1. Engine crankcase single cylinder

2. crankshaft 3. Piston 4. Popet type valves 5. Connecting rod 6. Propeller 7. A/c piston engine Propeller reduction gear 8. supercharger 9. carburetor and it manifold 10. Any one of the following engines

a) In-line engine b) V-type engine c) Radial engine d) Opposed cylinder engine

FOURTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Scheme of Study and Examination (with effect from 2010-2011)

Sub. Code Subject Contact Hours

Exam Duration Hours Scheme of Exam

Total Marks

Min. Marks for passing

Theory Theory Practical Total Max.

Marks Min.

Marks I.A.*

Marks

AN--- Aircraft Instrumentation systems-II 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

AN--- Piston Engine Theory 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

*AN--- Fluid Mechanics And Pneumatics 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

AN--- Aircraft Electrical system 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Practicals AN--- Fluid mech &Pneumatics Lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 AN--- Piston Engine lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 16 12 28 600 240 150 750 300

*AN- FM & P is exclusive for aeronautical engg.

GOVT. OF KARNATAKA DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION

Subject Title : Basic Management Skills & Indian constitution Q P Code : Hours Per Week : 04 Hours Per Semester : 64

BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION

TOPIC ANALYSIS

SL.No Major Topics Hours Allotted

Weightage of Marks

SECTION-I 1 Management Skills 09 15 2 Operations Management 12 35 SECTION-II 3 Total Preventive Maintenance 04 10 4 Total Quality Management 06 20 5 Safety and Environmental issues 06 20

SECTTION-III 6 Indian Constitution 08 20 7 Parliamentary System and procedures 05 10 8 Empowerment of Women 08 15 9 Environmental Awareness and Industry

Innovations 03 -

Tests 03 - Total 64 145

CONTENTS

1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS

1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS.

1.11 Know Thyself/ self –Discovery. 1.12 Know others and understand the perspective of others.

1.13 Intergroup communications. 1.14 Art Of Communications

1.2 TEAM BUILDING and TEAMWORK SKILLS.

1.21 Aspects of team building. 1.22 Team v/s Group. 1.23 Inter group collaboration.

2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 2.1 Production & Productivity 2.1.1 Stages involved in Product Design 2.1.2 Factors considered while designing a Product 2.1.3 Types of Production 2.1.4 Factors to improve Productivity 2.2 Production, Planning & Control 2.3 Make or Buy Decision 2.3.1 Criteria considered for make or buy decision 2.3.2 Analysis for make or buy decision 2.4 Purchasing 2.4.1 Methods of Purchasing Material or Component 2.4.2 Steps involved in purchasing of material or component 2.5 Stores Management 2.5.1 Methods of Storing 2.5.2 Tools required for Stores Management

2.5.3 Codification System 2.6 Logistics Management

2.6.1 Different means of Transportation 2.6.2 Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material Handling,

Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance Buying 2.7 Inventory & Inventory Control

2.7.1 Functions of Inventory Control 2.7.2 Inventory Control Techniques 2.7.3 Inventory Management Software

2.8 Introduction to MRP and ERP 3.TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

3.1 Maintenance and concept of TPM 3.2 Economics involved in preventive maintenance 3.3 Techniques of TPM 3.4 Benefits of TPM 3.5 Planned Maintenance and Predictive Maintenance

4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

4.1 Quality and Inspection 4.1.1 Factors affecting Quality 4.1.2 Relation between Quality & Cost 4.1.3 Quality Control

4.2 Concept of TQM 4.2.1 Tools and Techniques of TQM

4.3 Quality Management System 4.3.1 I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards 4.3.2 Procedures and Documentation of ISO 9000 certification

5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 5.1 Accident and Safety 5.2 Accident Prevention, Accident Reporting and Crisis Management 5.3 Safety provisions under Indian Factories Act 5.4 Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001 5.5 Environmental issues addressed by organization

6. INDIAN CONSTITUTION

6.1 Indian Constitution-Formation of Constituent Assembly-Framing of the Constitution-Drafting Committee-Contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar, Chairman of Drafting Committee and the members in drafting a constitution for India.

6.2 Preamble-objectives-Directive principles 6.3 Features of Constitution 6.4 Fundamental Rights 6.5 Fundamental duties 6.6 Amendments for Indian Constitution

6.7 Human Rights 7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES.

7.1 Government-Meaning-organs-functions. 7.2 Parliament-meaning-Two houses-Lok Sabha-Composition-election-

Presiding officer-term-RajyaSabha- Composition-election-Presiding officer-term

7.3 Powers of parliament 7.4 Executive Role - President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of

Ministers 7.5 Indian Judiciary system-Supreme Court-High Court-subordinate courts 7.6 Constitutional bodies-Election Commission-Public Service Commission-

Finance Commission 7.7 Structure of State government- State Legislature-Governor-Chief

Minister-Council of Ministers

7.8 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system-Village panchayath-taluk panchayath-Zilla panchayath

7.9 Local bodies-Municipalities and Corporations

8.0 EMPOWERMENT OF WOMEN.

8.1 Concept, Definition and need for Women's Empowerment 8.2 Strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and indicators for

women’s empowerment. 8.3 Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities 8.4 Women and Development:

8.4.1 Goals and Objectives of National Policy for Women's Empowerment

8.4.2 Advancement of Women through Five-Year Plans 8.4.3 Special Programs for Women's Development. 8.5 Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights and Special

Legislations for Women. 8.6 Case Studies.

SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES 1. MANAGEMENT SKILLS

1.1 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS.

1.11.1 Importance of knowing yourself-Process of knowing yourself. 1.11.2 SWOT analysis-Benefits of SWOT analysis 1.11.3 SWOT analysis grid and questions to complete the grid. 1.12.1 Importance of knowing others-Process of knowing others. 1.13.1 Resolving Win/Lose Situations into win/win through inter group communications.

1.14.1 Defining communication- Special features of communication. 1.14.2 Communication process- Channels of communication. 1.14.3 Formal and informal communication network. 1.14.4 Barriers to communication- Tips of effective communication. 1.14.5 Tips of powerful presentation- Art of public speaking- Importance of public speaking- Benefits of public speaking- Public speaking tips. 1.2 TEAM WORK AND TEAMWORK 1.21.1 Meaning and aspects of team building- Skills needed for teamwork- A model of team building. 1.22.1 Team v/s Group- Characteristics of a effective team- Role of a team leader- Role of a team members- A successful team of nine persons.

1.23.1 Inter group collaboration- Advantages of inter group collaboration.

1.23.2 Difficulties faced in inter-group collaboration. 1.23.3 Factors shaping inter group collaboration.

2. OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

2.1 Define Production & Productivity 2.1.1 Explain various stages involved in product design 2.1.2 List factors considered while designing a product 2.1.3 Explain Job, Batch & Mass production with their advantages and

disadvantages 2.1.4 List factors to improve/increase productivity

2.2 State the functions of PPC- planning, routing, scheduling, dispatching and inspection

2.3 State the importance of make or buy decision 2.3.1 List the criteria considered for make or buy decision 2.3.2 Briefly explain methods of analysis for make or buy decision-

Simple cost analysis, Break even analysis & Economic analysis 2.4 Define purchasing

2.4.1 Explain briefly different methods of purchasing the material or component.

2.4.2 Explain the steps involved in purchasing of Material or Component 2.5 Explain Stores Management

2.5.1 Explain different methods of storing 2.5.2 Explain briefly Bin Card, Material Issue Requisition, Material

Returned Note and Store Ledger 2.5.3 Explain advantages and systems of Codification

2.6 Explain Logistics Management 2.6.1 Explain different means of transportation 2.6.2 Explain Routing & Delays, Tracing, Packaging & Material

Handling, Damage Claims, Demurrage Charges and Insurance Buying

2.7 Define Inventory and Inventory Control 2.7.1 List important functions of Inventory Control 2.7.2 Explain briefly Inventory Control Techniques – ABC, VED, SDE,

MNG Analysis 2.7.3 List few Inventory Management Softwares

2.8 Describe about MRP & ERP. List the software’s used

3. TOTAL PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 3.1 Explain Maintenance and explain the concept of TPM 3.2 Explain the economics involved in preventive maintenance 3.3 Describe the techniques of TPM 3.4 List the benefits of TPM 3.5 Explain planned maintenance and predictive maintenance

4. TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

4.1 Define Quality, Inspection & explain its importance 4.1.1 List factors affecting quality 4.1.2 Explain the relation between cost & quality 4.1.3 Define and Explain quality control 4.2 Explain concept of TQM

4.2.1 Explain briefly tools & techniques of TQM – Flow charts, Control charts, Histograms, Pareto charts, Check sheets, Scatter diagram, Cause and effect diagram, 5-S, Poka-yoke, Kaizen, Re-engineering and Six-sigma

4.3 Define QMS 4.3.1 Explain briefly I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards – ISO 9000, ISO

9001 & ISO 9004 4.3.2 Explain procedures and documentation involved in ISO 9000 series

certification

5. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 5.1 Define accident and safety 5.2 Explain accident prevention, accident reporting and crisis management 5.3 List the safety provisions under Indian Factories Act 5.4 Explain Safety Management System-OSHAS 18001 5.5 Give a brief summary of ISO 14000 series and IS16949 & IS16959

certifications

6. INDIAN COSTITUTION 6.1 Introduction to Indian Constitution 6.2 Discuss the Formation of Constituent Assembly 6.3 Discuss the Contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar as a Chairman of Drafting

Committee and the members in drafting a constitution for India. 6.4 Discuss Preamble and its main objectives 6.5 State the Directive principles 6.6 Discuss the Features of Constitution 6.7 Mention the number of parts, articles, schedules and discuss the article -1 6.8 Discuss Fundamental Rights 6.9 Discuss Fundamental duties

6.10 Explain the Amendment and its procedure 6.11 Discuss Human Rights and its significance

7. PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEM 7.1 Discuss the Parliamentary system of Government. 7.2 Discuss the about:

7.2.1 Loka Sabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term 7.2.2 RajyaSabha: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term

7.3 Powers of parliament 7.3.1How law is made, three readings

7.3.2Diffrence between Bill and act 7.3.3Administrative control- Explain importance of questioning- concept of Question hour- concept of zero hour 7.3.4 Briefly explain about Confidence motion and Censure motion

7.4 Explain the meaning of the budget 7.5 President-Vice President-Prime Minister-Council of Ministers their

appointments and functions 7.6 Discuss the formation and functions of supreme court-High court-

Subordinate court. 7.7 Discuss the importance of Constitutional bodies-Election Commission-

Public Service Commission-Finance Commission 7.8 Discuss the about state legislature:

7.8.1 Legislative assembly: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term 7.8.2 Legislative council: Composition, election, Presiding officer and term

7.9 Governor-Chief Minister-Council of Ministers their appointments and functions

7.10 Local self government-meaning-Three tier system 7.11 Discuss the formation and functions of Village panchayath-taluk

panchayath-Zilla panchayath and urban local bodies such as Municipalities and Corporations

8. Empowerment of Women

8.1 Explain the Concept and Definition of Women's Empowerment. 8.2 Discuss the different strategies, approaches, process, levels, principles and

indicators for women's empowerment. 8.3 Discuss the Gender statistics in India – Glaring inequalities. 8.4 Explain Women and Development

8.4.1 List the Goals and Objectives of National Policy-2001 for Women's Empowerment.

8.4.2 Discuss the emphasis given on the Advancement of Women through Five-Year Plans.

8.4.3 List the Various Special Programs for Women's Development from government.

8.5 State Constitutional Provisions towards Women's Rights -Fundamental Rights Article 14, 15, 15(3), 16-Directive of State Policy Article 39,42-Fundamental Duties 51(A)(e) and Reservation of seats Article 243(D)(3), Article 243(T)(3) - explain the following Special Legislation for Women-Dowry Prohibition Act 1961, Domestic Violence Act 2005,Sexual Harassment at Workplace Bill 2006, Equal Remuneration Act 1976,Hindu succession Act,1956, Prenatal diagnostic techniques (regulation and prevention of misuse) act,1994.

8.6 Case Studies.

Reference Books: 1. Soft Skills- by Dr. K. Alex, S Chand & Company Ltd.

1 Total Quality Management- Prof. Dr. H D Ramachandra 2 Industrial Organization and Engineering Economics- T.R.Banga & S C Sharma 2 Total Quality Management- S Raja Ram, M Shivashankar. 3 Industrial management and organizational behavior- K.K.Ahuja 4 Industrial management and engineering economics- O.P.khanna 5 Production and operations management-Dr .K.Aswathappa and

Dr.Sreedhar Bhatt- Himalaya publishers 6 Introduction to the Constitution of India- Dr. Durga Das Basu 7 The constitution of India - P.M.Bhakshi- Universal law

publishers 8 Our constitution-National Book Trust of India 9 Our Parliament-National Book Trust of India 10 Our Judiciary-National Book Trust of India 11 Empowerment of rural women in India-Hemalatha H.M and

Rameshwari Varma,Hema Prakashana. 12 The right to development-centre for development and human

rights-Sage Publications. 13 Industrial Engg. &Mgmt Science By- T R Banga & SC Sharma. MODEL QUESTION PAPER

FIFTH SEMESTER

BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS & INDIAN CONSTITUTION Time: 3Hrs Max marks: 100

Part-I is compulsory and Answer any two full questions from Part-II, Part-III, and

Part-IV

PART- I

1. A) Fill in the blanks with appropriate words:- 5X1=5

I) The Constitution of India came into effect on ______________.

ii) The term of the chairperson of Rajyasabha is_________ years

iii) ______________ is an unforeseen event

iv) The ISO ______________ is related with Environmental management systems

v) Increased ________ leads to the benefits for both employer and employee

B) State the qualities of a good leader 5

PART-II

2 a) Explain SWOT analysis-Mention benefits of SWOT analysis 5

b) Explain special features of communication. 5

c) Explain Formal and informal communication network. 5

3 a) Explain the motivating factors 5

b) State the qualities of a good leader 5 c) Explain the process of team building 5

4 a) State the characteristics of entrepreneur 5

b) Lists the steps involved for setting up small scale/Medium scale industries

c) Define outsourcing and mention its features 5

PART-III

5 a) State the functions of Production planning and Production control 5

b) Define inventory and inventory control 5 c) State the importance of material management 5 6 a) Explain the total productive maintenance . 5 b) List the various types of preventive measures to avoid an accident 5 c) List the factors affecting quality 5

7 a) Explain the concept of Total quality management 5

b) List the various types SQC tools 5 c) State the importance of material management 5

PART-IV

8 a) What is a constitution? 5 b) Why Dr. B R Ambedkar is known as architect of Indian Constitution? 5 c) What is sovereignty? 5 9 a) Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India? 5 b) Explain three tier panchayath system 5

c) Mention the salient features of Indian constitution. 5

10 a) what are the approaches to empowerment of women? 5

b) List the goals and objectives of national policy for women's empowerment.5

c) Write a note on dowry prohibition act. 5

Question Bank on Indian Constitution 1. What is a government? 2. What is a constitution? 3. Why constitution is called the rule of the State? 4. Write the importance of the constitution. 5. To draft a constitution to India was the most challenging task. Why? 6. What are the contributions of Dr. B R Ambedkar in drafting a constitution for India? 7. What is the importance of republic day? 8. What is the importance of preamble? 9. Why is preamble said to be the soul of the constitution? 10. What is sovereignty? 11. What is the objective of Socialism? 12. The principle of Secularism is suitable to India. How? 13. Why is India called republic? 14. Why is there a need to Economic, social and political justice in India? 15. Mention the aspects which strengthen the bond of fraternity in India? 16. In the present context unity and integrity are most essential in India. Why? 17. Though Directive principles are not enforceable by law they are important in the constitution. How? 18. Mention the salient features of Indian constitution. 19. How is written constitution, advantageous than unwritten constitution? 20. Indian constitution is one of the lengthiest constitution. Mention the factors to substantiate the statement. 21. State the notable features borrowed from the following constitutions: a) U. S. A. b) England c) Ireland d) Canada. 22. Why is Indian constitution termed as flexible constitution? 23. What is universal Adult Franchise? 24. Write the advantages of single citizenship. 25. Why is Indian judiciary said to be an independent judiciary? 25. What is the importance of Fundamental rights? 27. How can it be said that Fundamental rights are not absolute? 28. Mention the Fundamental rights. 29. Give reasons as to why certain sections of the society are provided concessions and privileges in spite of right to equality. 30. How does cultural and educational right protect the interests of the minorities?

31. Mention the right introduced in 2010 under right to equality what is the importance of it? 32. Name the right that bans child labour and provides protection to women against exploitation. 33. The right to Constitutional remedies is said to be the heart and soul of our constitution. Why is it said so? 34. Rights and Duties are like the two sides of the same coin - Substantiate the statement. 35. Mention a few fundamental duties that you have to follow as a citizen of this country. 36. When and in which the fundamental duties part of the constitution was incorporated? 37. Name the body that has powers to amend the provisions of the constitution in India. 38. What is the procedure followed in parliament to amend the provisions of Fundamental rights and Directive principles? 39. Write the procedures to be followed to amend the constitutional provisions.

DIPLOMA IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Fifth Semester

Sub: COMMUNICATION AND ANALYSIS SKILL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

(CASP) HOURS/WEEK: 06 TOTAL HOURS: 96 Competence to be developed in learners:

I. To present orally any topic of the student’s interest to the rest of the class without the assistance of media or any other aid (only talk) for at least 3 minutes creating interest in the listeners and sustaining the interest with a meaningful conclusion.

II. To prepare a study report on any product/service in comparison with another one that is comparable from technical specification, performance, efficiency and customer satisfaction.

III. To present with the aid of slides (6 to 10) about the study conducted above to the rest of the class in about 10 minutes with the use of print for information and slides for graphs, pictures, images, video and animations. Note to teachers:

• A teacher may guide only 6 to a maximum of ten students per year. This is to ensure active participation of each learner.

• All 96 hours need NOT be contact hours by the teacher. Students may be encouraged to do activities on their own with peer group to ensure higher level of participation.

• There are ten different tasks to be completed in the course of 96 hours. On completion of each task, record the result and the marks along with the initials of the learner for future reference, inspection and evaluation.

• A few activities are suggested under each task. Teachers can improvise on the list and add more activities as they progress from one batch to another.

• Students should not be compared with each other; instead they must be compared to the standards given against each task.

• The standard suggested is minimum requirement, learners may excel. The services of those who excel may be utilised to guide other learners to reach the suggested minimum.

• The tasks 8, 9 and 10 may be evaluated in the presence of the total group so that learners get the benefit of knowing the inferences made by others and even their presentation style.

Details of tasks to be completed: (one group consists of maximum 6 nos.) Task 1 – Communication skills: - One to one personal communication. 6 hrs. 5 marks. Practice in pairs through role play Suggested activities: •Telephonic conversation of a customer and supplier. •An Aviation M.R.O (Maintenance, repairs and overhaul) representative and a customer. •Negotiation between Machine tool manufacturers and a technical representative of a customer. •Conversation between quality inspectors and the production supervisor of shop floor regarding producing quality components.

Standards to be met:

• Given a telephone number, a student must be able to call and gather information from the person, sustaining the conversation for about 3 min using proper etiquettes and report on the enquiry made about the product or service. [e.g., call a toll free number to ask details about a product or service]

• Given a situation, a student must be able to talk to a person face to face in simulation, gather information about a product, discuss about it and also negotiate with him in the specified time (here, time can be specified by the teacher as per the need).

Task 2 – Communication exercise between one to many in simulation: 6 hrs. 5 marks. . Suggested Activities: 1. A very short talk highlighting the requirements of an MRO set up 2. A creative advertisement sequence for a consumer product being eco friendly. 3. A debate on factors concerning servicing of an aircraft in the light of MTTF and MTBR.

4. A panel discussion among students on issues related to opportunities of Aviation Industry.(Manufacturing, Marketing and Maintenance) Standards to be met:

• Given a brochure, one must be able to study about the product and understand it in 15 min and talk about it to his group highlighting its features and explain it in about 3 min.

• A student must be able to identify a topic of interest for debate, initiate the debate and carry it on, dividing the group into two based on different perspectives(e.g., For and against the topic)

Task 3 – Listening Skills: 6 hrs. 5 marks. Suggested Activities: 1. View an advertisement of an airline service and write down the message behind. 2. Listen to the audio in a promotional CD for about 15 minutes of any chosen product or

service. Note down points and discuss among friends. 3. View a CD of an innovative and safety practices observed in air traffic controlling for 15

minutes and write down the summary in a paragraph of 20 lines. 4. Listen to a lecture on aerodynamics from www.academicearth.org from MIT faculty and

write a summary in 200 words.

Standards to be met: • Given an audio clip or a visual of an advertisement, one must be able to listen

carefully and understand it enabling him to write the message behind it in the specified time (say in about 5 min.).

• A student must be able to listen to a lecture or watch a CD for 15 min, noting down the key points and write a summary in 200 words in the next 15 min. Note: Hints taken and the summary must be hand written by the student and documented for evaluation.

Task 4 – Reading skills: 6 hrs. 5 marks. Suggested activities:

1. Read an article from a magazine about the concept of Just in time and supply chain

management techniques in production industry in order to control the inventory and talk to the rest of the group in about 5 minutes.

2. Read an advertisement of a new released four wheeler by company and elaborate its qualities after collecting information from a different source like the company web site and a few customers.

3. Read an article on designing using CAD from the internet and discuss the merits. 4. Read an article on ERP packages from the internet and discuss the merits relevant to

industry 5. Read a note on usage of automated material handling system and storage retrieval system

from any technical journal and narrate in the class. Standards to be met:

• Given an article from a journal or an advertisement from a magazine, one must be able to comprehend it in 15 to 20 min. Later on read it out to an audience, with proper intonation and elaborate it in the next 10 min.

• Given an article from the internet, a student must be able to gather more information from the net about it, understand it and read it out for an audience and narrate it.

Task 5- Writing Skills: 12 hrs. 10 marks. Suggested activities:

1) Write a resume and a covering letter for three different jobs (i) Wanted skilled technician for an aircraft maintenence hangar. (ii) Wanted technician who is proficient in 3D Modelling for a MNC. (iii)Wanted Service Supervisor for Automobile show room

2) Write a synopsis for given topics such as optimising the machining parameters for alloy steel in 100 words.

3) Write a summary on latest style & features in domestic washing machine and refrigerator a house hold products. 4) Write an essay on any topic related to Mechanical/Automobile/Aeronautical area for 150 words.

Standards to be met:

Given a job advertisement, a student must be able to write a suitable resume and a covering letter in 30 min [Advertisements can be tailor-made by the teacher deliberately to train their students- e.g., two different jobs like a marketing person and an assistant in a Research & Development section and train students to prepare two resume for these jobs highlighting different achievements of the student in co-curricular activities to suit each job]

Given a topic, a student must be able to write a synopsis or summary or an essay in about 150 words in the stipulated time.

Note: All these have to be hand written by the learner and documented for evaluation.

Task 6- Knowledge of using Internet: 6 hrs. 5 marks.

Suggested activities:

Suggested activities: 1. Create an e-mail id and mail to 6 others

• Sending simple messages • Forwarding messages with their comments.

2. Sending message with attachments 1) Adding files as attachments 2) Adding scanned attachments.

3. Collecting data from net 1) Advanced welding practices available for underwater applications 2) Computer aided process planning 4. Forwarding resumes to different jobs. Standards to be met:

Given an access to internet, one must be able to create an email ID, send mails, forward simple mails and also mails with attachments including scanned attachments and URL (web addresses for direct link). Also, they must be able to collect data from different websites using internet search engines and forward resumes to different job offering companies. Note: Printouts of the mails, replies received and also the attachments with date and time have to be documented.

Task 7- Oral communication: 12 hrs. 5 marks.

Suggested activities: 1. Debate on current topics like Total quality management 2. Group discussion on latest developments in advanced materials and manufacturing techniques 3. Discussion on qualities required for good entrepreneur. 4. Debate on role of women in managing the industry.

Standards to be met: Given a topic of relevance, they must be able to form groups and discuss/debate

on it. Also one must take cue and participate actively in a group discussion . Encourage students to note down the points of discussion and file the points in the portfolio for evaluation.

Task 8 - Collecting market data and analysing for meaningful inferences: 18 hrs. 10 marks.

1. Collect data for any two products/chemicals/machines of two different producers used in construction industry which includes technical details, specifications, cost and customer satisfaction.

2. Use appropriate tools and collect data from authentic sources. Depending on the source decide the number of units for collecting the data.

3. Analyse the data with a view to compare these two products/chemicals/machines. 4. Interpret the analysis for meaningful conclusions.

5. Record the whole process for any other person to verify. Standards to be met: Given two products/equipments/service, one must collect adequate information

from an authentic source for each, like the company website or the printed brochure and record the specifications.

The maintenance of quality of the product/service needs to be studied from personnel working at different levels in the company (3 -5 in number) for each product/service. A set of questions needs to be prepared for collecting data. The same questionnaire has to be used for collecting data from the personnel mentioned above.

One must compare the two products for all the parameters based on the specifications. Also, a market survey has to be done preparing a printed questionnaire of around 5 questions and collecting responses from 20 customers. Then, analyse the data, compare them and interpret the analysis for meaningful conclusions. Note: This being a comprehensive task may require few weeks to finish. The data collected and the analysis carried out need to be documented.

Task 9-Presentation Skills: 12 hrs. 10 marks.

Student should present the result of activities conducted in Task 8 for about 10 minutes supported by few slides (6 to 10) of pictures, graphs, images etc. The text material if any may be printed and given to the audience. Discourage students from using text material in slides. Standards to be met: One must present the analysis done in task 8 using slides with pictures, graphs,

images etc in 10 min. The first slide may contain text only as per need but other slides should preferably have pictures and images. Usage of graphs for comparison and analysis is preferred. Text materials have to be given as handouts to the audience.

Task 10- Pick & Speak 12 hrs. 5 marks. Pick a topic from a lot and student should be allowed to speak for the duration of

2 to 3 minutes without the aid of any other media . Standards to be met: One must be able to talk extempore for 2 min on any topic picked randomly

from the lot, given a time of two minutes for organising his/her thoughts. The topics can be kept simple and general (current events of interest like sports or headlines of the day). It must be totally an oral activity without the aid of any media.

Suggested topics for presentation, discussion, and written & other related tasks • Aeromodelling, testing in a wind tunnel and field trial. • Composite materials used in aircraft design, interiors and even in models • Hydrogen as alternative fuel • Lean manufacturing • Safety practices in hangars • Alternative materials for manufacturing • Laser beam welding. • Metal fatigue testing and quality certification standards • Latest test equipment

• Comfort air conditioning systems • Time and Method study • Hangar waste disposal (like used fluids) • Preventive maintenance • Air safety standards • Micro machining • Aluminum composites for aircrafts • Advantages of design work stations • Ultrasonic machining • Laser beam machining • Plasma arc welding • CNC cutting tools • Total productivity maintenance • Flight Safety and Maintenance Safety

FORMAT OF LOG SHEETS * Sl.No. Date Task Progress of

Task Initials of staff in charge and the student

Evaluation (as suggested in each task)

Signature of Guide Signature of HOD

All documented work as described in each task need to be filed in a portfolio with task no.1 at the bottom and task 10 on top.

The log sheet may be filed on top. Learners need to have only one portfolio which contains all original documents.

Duplicate copies need not be maintained. This is to ensure the authenticity of data collected and the analysis conducted on the data.

SCHEME OF EVALUATION (Total no. of students in one batch for end examination should not exceed 20)

1. Maintenance of portfolio & log book. 10 2. Evaluation of prepared report on all ten tasks 65 3. End examination:

A portfolio evaluation is recommended for the end examination evaluating the record of all ten activities of each individual learner for consistency and in case of any discrepancy the learner may be assessed on the criteria given against each task. Marks awarded for evaluating the portfolio - 50

Total= 125.

Note to End examination evaluators: • Check the genuineness and authenticity of all recorded activities in the portfolio. • The learner may be asked to do one activity of the choice of the examiner which

involves listening to instructions, writing a small paragraph of 50 words, reading it and talking for a few minutes.

• The learner may be asked about his satisfaction of the marks awarded and in case of any mismatch the examiner may assess his performance and alter the portfolio assessment (here the benefit of doubt may be in favour of the learner i.e., an improvement may be recorded but in case the examiner feels that the marks awarded is more the same may be retained).

• Do not compare the performance of one student with that of another. • Compare the performance of a learner to the given standard. • Total time taken for the evaluation of a portfolio need not exceed 15 minutes.

Recommended text book for the prescribed syllabus:

Ashan Academy (2011), Communication and Analysis skills, Orient Blackswan, Hyderabad.

References: 1. Chakravarthi K. T. & Chakravarthi L. T. (2011), Soft Skills for Managers,

biztantra, New Delhi. 2. Alex K., (2009), Soft Skills: S. Chand & company Ltd, New Delhi. 3. Pink M. A. & S. E. Thomas. : Communication Skills, S. Chand & company

Ltd, New Delhi. 4. Siddons S. (2008), Presentation Skills, Universities Press, Hyderabad. 5. Adler.: Communication : Goals and Approaches, Cengage Learning. 6. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_Language_Skills_Assessment 7. http://www.how-to-write-a-resume.org/resume_writing_examples.html 8. http://www.mindtools.com/page8.html 9. http://lorien.ncl.ac.uk/ming/Dept/Tips/present/present.html

In case during the implementation of CASP any teacher has a suggestion to improve the learners competence concerning any one of the ten tasks please feel free to mail to the following addresses: 1) jointdirector.cdc@gmail.com or 2) ecb@vsnl.net

HELICOPTER AND ROCKET FUNDAMENTALS

SCHEME OF STUDIES

CHAPTER TOPIC CONTACT HOURS

MARKS WEIGHTAGE

1 Introduction to Helicopter 2 5 2 Aerodynamics of Helicopter Flight 6 15 3 Main Rotor and Tail Rotor 4 10 4 Helicopter Construction 4 10 5 Helicopter Systems 6 15 6 Helicopter Engine Systems 3 6 7 Electrical Systems 3 6 8 Instruments and Avionics 4 10 9 Flight Manual and Helicopter Performance 3 7 10 Helicopter Maintenance and and General

Precautions 3 7

11 Fundamentals of Rocket Theory 12 30 12 Performance of rocket engine 4 14 13 Modern Developments and Environmental Issues 6 10 14 Revision and tests 4

Total 64 145

HELICOPTER AND ROCKET FUNDAMENTALS

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

On completion of the course the student should be able to •Know history of development of helicopters and rocket propulsion , should be familiar with glossary of terms used and definition of main items used in the field. •Know genealogical tree and various configurations ,controls, rotors, engines of Helicopters •Know thoroughly the aerodynamics of helicopter flight and various terms involved in it. •Know the purpose and types of main rotor and tail rotor blades and its effect on flight. Should be able to appreciate centre of gravity and centre of pressure of Helicopter. •Know construction of helicopter, various sections and items involved and their types. •Know various systems like Transmission, Flight controls, and hydraulics, their general construction upto block diagram level. •Know types of Engines in use of helicopter, their general construction(Block diagram) .Basic knowledge of fuel and lubricating system, items involved in it. •Know basic power sources, starting systems and lighting systems of helicopter. •Know classification of instruments and types of instruments in use.Know in general the avionics systems used in helicopter and their purpose. •Understand and appreciate information contained in Flight Manual,their limitations imposed and factors effecting performance of flight. •Have general idea about types of maintenance and inspections carried out on helicopters ,various precautions to be taken during maintenance activities and general handling of helicopters. • Understand the fundamental of rocket propulsion theory, types of rocket, and propellants. • know about performance parameters like Thrust, specific impulse exhaust velocity etc. of rocket engines.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 The Helicopter John Fay 2 Rotor Craft Flying Handbook FAA H 8083-21 (US Department of Tpt.) 3Training Notes on Chetak Helicopter 4 Helicopter Engineering Lalit Gupta 5Basic Helicopter Maintenance Joseph Scchafer 6Helicopterr Aerodynamics RW Prouty 7 Principles of Helicopter Flight WJ Wagttendonk 8 Fundamental of compressible flow SMYAHYA aircraft and rocket propulsion 9 Aircraft propulsion Lalit gupta& Dr OP Sharma

SECTION -2

CONTENTS OF THE SUBJECT 1 INTRODUCTION TO HELICOPTETRS 2Hrs 1.1 History of development of Helicopter 1.2 Glossary of terms used in helicopter technology and their definition 1.3 Various configurations of helicopter. 1.4 Various controls, rotors and engines with their type currently in use of helicopter 2 AERODYNAMICS OF HELICOPTER FLIGHT 6Hrs 2.1 What is airfoil and its construction for various types 2.2 Understanding the concept of 2.2.1 Relative Wind 2.2.2 Blade Pitch Angle 2.2.3 Angle of Attack 2.2.4 Lift 2.2.5 Weight 2.2.6 Thrust 2.2.7 Drag 2.2.8 Bernauli’s Principle 2.3 Powered Flight and its aerodynamics 2.4 Hovering flight and its aerodynamics 2.5 Coning of Main rotors 2.6 Principle of Gyroscopic Precession 2.7 Concept of Ground effect during Hovering(OGE and IGE) 2.8 Vertical Flight and its relation with Collective Pitch 2.9 Translational Flights and aerodynamic forces 2.9.1 Forward Flight 2.9.2 Sideward Flight 2.9.3 Rearward Flight 2.9.4 Turning Flight 2.9.5 methods of tilting Rotor Disc 2.10 Concept of Auto Rotation 2.10.1 During Vertical Flight 2.10.2 During Forward Flight 3 MAIN ROTOR AND TAIL ROTOR 4 hrs 3.1 Main rotor construction and its parts 3.2 Concept of Flapping, Feathering and Lead lag 3.3 Overpitching 3.4 Effects of Gusts on RPM

3.5 Definition and concept of 3.5.1 Disc loading 3.5.2 Blade Loading 3.5.3 Solidity 3.5.4Power Loading 3.5.5 Tracking 3.5.6 Centre of Gravity 3.5.7 Centre of Pressure

3.6 Vibration in Helicopters 3.6.1 Groups of Vibrations and definition 3.6.2 Sources of Vibrations 3.6.3 Ways and methods to Overcome vibrations 3.7 Concept of Torque Reaction and Directional control 3.7.1 Balancing torque reaction 3.7.2 Tail rotor and its pitch change mechanism 3.7.3 Hovering Turns 3.7.4 Sideways drift of Helicopter and its prevention 3.7.5 Influence on Hovering attitude

4 HELICOPTER CONSTRUCTION 4hrs 4.1 Main Structural components of helicopter their types, material, purpose and location 4.1.1 Fuselage(cabin, centre section, ,tail boom) 4.1.2 Stabilizer 4.1.3 Landing gears 5 HELICOPTER SYSTEMS 6hrs 5.1 Main mechanical systems their construction ,purpose and location 5.1.1 Transmission system

5.1.1.1 Main gear box 5.1.1.2 Tail gear box 5.1.1.3 Clutch 5.1.1.4 Free wheeling unit 5.1.1.5 Main rotor head 5.1.1.6 Tail drive shaft 5.1.1.7 Main drive shaft

5.2 Main Flight Control Systems their purpose, construction and location 5.2.1 Collective Pitch Control 5.2.2 Throttle Contol 5.2.3 Governor 5.2.4 Cyclic Pitch Contols 5.2.5 Anti torque pedals 5.2.6 Swash plates 5.3 Hydraulic System 5.3.1 Purpose components and their function 6. HELICOPTER ENGINE SYSTEMS 3hrs 6.1 Engines 6.1.1 Purpose of engines 6.1.2 Types,construction,uses

6.2 Fuel Systems 6.2.1 Fuel supply System 6.2.2 Engine fuel control system(For reciprocating and turbine engines) 6.3 Lubricating system,its purpose and functioning 7 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3hrs 7.1 Introduction to sources of power and its major components 7.2 Introduction to Starting systems and its major items 7.3 Introduction to Lighting systems 8 INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS 8.1 Introduction, purpose, working principle, and location of Instruments 8.1.1 Flight instruments 8.1.2 Engine instruments 8.1.3 Gyro Instruments 8.1.4 Navigation Instruments 8.1.5 General Instruments 8.2 Introduction ,purpose, and location of Avionic systems 8.2.1 Intercom systems 8.2.2 V/UHF Communication System 8.2.3 Radio Compass 8.2.4 ADF, CVR, GPS 9 FLIGHT MANUAL AND PERFORMANCE 3hrs 9.1 Introduction to Flight Manual and information /limitations contained in it 9.2 Factors effecting Helicopter performance their analogy 9.2.1 Density Altitude 9.2.2 Weight 9.2.3 Winds 10 HELICOPTER MAINTENANCE AND GENERAL PRECAUTIONS 3hrs 10.1 Types of Inspections, Maintenance done on Helicopters 10.2 Introduction to Rigging and Control setting •Precautions to be observed during •Jacking • Towing •Braking •Supply of ground power •Refuelling and Defuelling 11 FUNDAMENTAL OF ROCKET PROPULSION 12 hrs 11.1 Principle of rocket propulsion and their application 11.2 Types of rocket engines 11.2.1 Chemical rocket engines 11.2.2 Solid propellant rocket motor 11.2.3 Liquid propellant rocket engine 11.2.4 Hybrid propellant rocket 11.2.5 Nuclear propellant rocket 11.2.6 Electric rocket 11.3 Types of Liquid propellant

11.3.1 monopropellant bipropellant 11.3.2 Liquid oxidizer and fuel 11.3.3 properties of liquid propellant 11.4 Types of solid propellant 11.4.1 Heterogeneous and Homogeneous 11.4.2 solid propellant fuel and oxidiser 12 PERFORMANCE OF ROCKET ENGINE 4 hrs 12.1 Total impulse, specific impulse, effective exhaust velocity 12.2 Specific propellant consumption, mass ratio,propellant mass fraction impulse to weight ratio. 12.3 Thrust, nozzle exit velocity, 12.4 burning rate & types of solid propellant grain configuration. 13 MODERN DEVELOPMENTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 6hrs 14.1 Introduction to modern developments in the field 14.1.1 Remotely piloted helicopters 14.1.2 Multi engined Helicopters 14.1.3 No Tail Rotor(NOTAR) 14.1.4 Fly by Wire 14.1.5 Fly by Light 14.1.6 Voice Interactive system 14.1.7 Battle Survivability Techniques 14.1.7.1 Avoid Detection 14.1.7.2 Avoid Enemy Fire 14.1.7.3 Tolerance to Hostile Fire 14.1.7.4 Crashworthiness 14.1.8 Thermal Imaging Helmet and Helmet Mounted Display 14.1.9 Head up Display 14.2 Noise Pollution caused by Helicopters and Rockets 14.2.1 Effects of Noise Pollution 14.2.2 Measures to reduce noise pollution 14.3 Industrial waste from Helicopter and Rocket industry 14.3.1 Effect of waste on environment 14.3.2 Measures to reduce waste generation 14.4 Rocket propellant pollution 14.5 fundamental of cryogenic engine and space shuttle.

QUESTION PAPER V-SEMESTER DIPLOMA EXAMINATION

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING BOARD

HELICOPTER AND ROCKET FUNDAMENTALS

Time -3Hrs Marks-100 Instructions- 1. Section 1 is compulsory 2. Attempt any 2 questions from section 2,3,and 4. 3 Neatness and diagram carries due weight age Section 1 Q1(a) Fill in the blanks 5 (i) An airfoil is any surface which provides aerodynamic force when it interacts with moving stream of air. (ii) For a helicopter to hover the lift and thrust produced by rotor must act straight up and equal to weight and drag. (iii) In a fully articulated rotor system vertical hinge allows blade to move back and forth. (iv) Emergency shut off cock is part of fuel system. (v) The angle between the airfoil’s chord line and relative wind is called angle of attack Q1(b) write short notes on (1) Helicopter vibrations (2) Helicopter starting systems 5 Section 2 Q2 (a) Define Bernauli’s principle and explain how it provides lift to helicopter. 5 (b) What are the 4 forces acting upon a helicopter Explain how does it help a forward flight 5 © What is auto rotation ,explain how it works in vertical flight. 5 Q3 (a) What is Torque reaction, explain how it is balanced with the help of a tail rotor. 5 (b) Define disc loading,blade loading,and tracking. 5 © Explain genealogical tree of aircraft with a diagram showing position of helicopter. 5 Q4 (a) Name main parts of helicopter fuselage ,briefly describe their location ,purpose and construction. 5 (b)What is the purpose of helicopter landing gears briefly describe type of landing gears 5. ©What is the purpose of having an engine in helicopter, name types of engines and explain one with block diagram. 5 Section 3 Q5 (a)What is the purpose of helicopter transmission system, briefly explain purpose of various elements of transmission system. 5 (b) Briefly explain basic controls used during flight with their purpose, functioning and location. 5 © What is the purpose of hydraulic system in helicopter ,briefly explain its components. 5 Q6 (a) What are the power sources for helicopter electrical systems, how is the generator supply controlled. 5 (b) Briefly explain the factors effecting the helicopter performance. 5 ©Write down precautions to be observed during jacking, supply of ground power source, refueling and de fuelling. 5 Q7 (a) Briefly explain purpose and principle of operation of altimeter,ASI,ROCI. 5 (b) Explain functioning of GPS and give its advantages of use. 5

© Name inspections and checks carried out on helicopter and the limitations listed in flight manual. 5 Section 4 Q8 a)Explain the working principle of liquid propellant rocket engine. 5 b) write down the equation of thrust and effective jet velocity. 5 c)Define briefly nuclear and electrical rocket. 5 Q9 a)Explain the principle of solid propellant rocket with neat labeled diagram. 8 b) explain the different types liquid and solid propellant fuel and oxidiser. 7 Q10 (a) Define burning rate. Explain the different types of grain configuration 5 (b) Write short notes on Notailrotor(NOTAR),fly by wire and crashworthiness in respect of helicopters. 5 © Give a brief account of noise pollution created by helicopter and rockets, their effects and measures to reduce the same. 5

HELICOPTER AND ROCKET FUNDAMENTALS

SCHEME OF STUDIES

CHAPTER TOPIC CONTACT HOURS

MARKS WEIGHTAGE

1 Introduction to Helicopter 2 5 2 Aerodynamics of Helicopter Flight 6 15 3 Main Rotor and Tail Rotor 4 10 4 Helicopter Construction 4 10 5 Helicopter Systems 6 15 6 Helicopter Engine Systems 3 6 7 Electrical Systems 3 6 8 Instruments and Avionics 4 10 9 Flight Manual and Helicopter Performance 3 7 10 Helicopter Maintenance and and General

Precautions 3 7

11 Fundamentals of Rocket Theory 12 30 12 Performance of rocket engine 4 14 13 Modern Developments and Environmental Issues 6 10 14 Revision and tests 4

Total 64 145

HELICOPTER AND ROCKET FUNDAMENTALS

GENERAL OBJECTIVES On completion of the course the student should be able to •Know history of development of helicopters and rocket propulsion , should be familiar with glossary of terms used and definition of main items used in the field. •Know genealogical tree and various configurations ,controls, rotors, engines of Helicopters •Know thoroughly the aerodynamics of helicopter flight and various terms involved in it. •Know the purpose and types of main rotor and tail rotor blades and its effect on flight. Should be able to appreciate centre of gravity and centre of pressure of Helicopter. •Know construction of helicopter, various sections and items involved and their types. •Know various systems like Transmission, Flight controls, and hydraulics, their general construction upto block diagram level. •Know types of Engines in use of helicopter, their general construction(Block diagram) .Basic knowledge of fuel and lubricating system, items involved in it. •Know basic power sources, starting systems and lighting systems of helicopter. •Know classification of instruments and types of instruments in use. Know in general the avionics systems used in helicopter and their purpose. •Understand and appreciate information contained in Flight Manual, their limitations imposed and factors effecting performance of flight. •Have general idea about types of maintenance and inspections carried out on helicopters ,various precautions to be taken during maintenance activities and general handling of helicopters. •Understand the fundamental of rocket propulsion theory, types of rocket, and propellants. •know about performance parameters like Thrust, specific impulse exhaust velocity etc. of rocket engines.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1 The Helicopter John Fay 2 Rotor Craft Flying Handbook FAA H 8083-21 (US Department of Tpt.) 3Training Notes on Chetak Helicopter 4 Helicopter Engineering Lalit Gupta 5Basic Helicopter Maintenance Joseph Scchafer 6Helicopterr Aerodynamics RW Prouty 7 Principles of Helicopter Flight WJ Wagttendonk 8 Fundamental of compressible flow SMYAHYA aircraft and rocket propulsion 9 Aircraft propulsion Lalit gupta& Dr OP Sharma

SECTION -2

CONTENTS OF THE SUBJECT 1 INTRODUCTION TO HELICOPTETRS 2Hrs 1.1 History of development of Helicopter 1.2 Glossary of terms used in helicopter technology and their definition 1.3 Various configurations of helicopter. 1.4 Various controls, rotors and engines with their type currently in use of helicopter 2 AERODYNAMICS OF HELICOPTER FLIGHT 6Hrs 2.1 What is airfoil and its construction for various types 2.2 Understanding the concept of 2.2.1 Relative Wind 2.2.2 Blade Pitch Angle 2.2.3 Angle of Attack 2.2.4 Lift 2.2.5 Weight 2.2.6 Thrust 2.2.7 Drag 2.2.8 Bernoulli’s Principle 2.3 Powered Flight and its aerodynamics 2.4 Hovering flight and its aerodynamics 2.5 Coning of Main rotors 2.6 Principle of Gyroscopic Precession 2.7 Concept of Ground effect during Hovering(OGE and IGE) 2.8 Vertical Flight and its relation with Collective Pitch 2.9 Translational Flights and aerodynamic forces 2.9.1 Forward Flight 2.9.2 Sideward Flight 2.9.3 Rearward Flight 2.9.4 Turning Flight 2.9.5 methods of tilting Rotor Disc 2.10 Concept of Auto Rotation 2.10.1 During Vertical Flight 2.10.2 During Forward Flight 3 MAIN ROTOR AND TAIL ROTOR 4

hrs 3.1 Main rotor construction and its parts 3.2 Concept of Flapping, Feathering and Lead lag 3.3 Over pitching 3.4 Effects of Gusts on RPM 3.5 Definition and concept of 3.5.1 Disc loading 3.5.2 Blade Loading 3.5.3 Solidity 3.5.4Power Loading 3.5.5 Tracking 3.5.6 Centre of Gravity 3.5.7 Centre of Pressure

3.6 Vibration in Helicopters 3.6.1 Groups of Vibrations and definition 3.6.2 Sources of Vibrations 3.6.3 Ways and methods to Overcome vibrations 3.7 Concept of Torque Reaction and Directional control 3.7.1 Balancing torque reaction 3.7.2 Tail rotor and its pitch change mechanism 3.7.3 Hovering Turns 3.7.4 Sideways drift of Helicopter and its prevention 3.7.5 Influence on Hovering attitude

4 HELICOPTER CONSTRUCTION 4hrs 4.1 Main Structural components of helicopter their types, material, purpose and location 4.1.1 Fuselage(cabin, centre section, ,tail boom) 4.1.2 Stabilizer 4.1.3 Landing gears 5 HELICOPTER SYSTEMS 6hrs 5.1 Main mechanical systems their construction ,purpose and location 5.1.1 Transmission system

5.1.1.1 Main gear box 5.1.1.2 Tail gear box 5.1.1.3 Clutch 5.1.1.4 Free wheeling unit 5.1.1.5 Main rotor head 5.1.1.6 Tail drive shaft 5.1.1.7 Main drive shaft

5.2 Main Flight Control Systems their purpose, construction and location 5.2.1 Collective Pitch Control 5.2.2 Throttle Control 5.2.3 Governor 5.2.4 Cyclic Pitch Controls

5.2.5 Anti torque pedals 5.2.6 Swash plates 5.3 Hydraulic System 5.3.1 Purpose components and their function 6. HELICOPTER ENGINE SYSTEMS 3hrs 6.1 Engines 6.1.1 Purpose of engines 6.1.2 Types, construction,uses 6.2 Fuel Systems 6.2.1 Fuel supply System 6.2.2 Engine fuel control system(For reciprocating and turbine engines) 6.3 Lubricating system, its purpose and functioning 7 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3hrs 7.1 Introduction to sources of power and its major components 7.2 Introduction to Starting systems and its major items 7.3 Introduction to Lighting systems 8 INSTRUMENTS AND AVIONICS 8.1 Introduction, purpose, working principle, and location of Instruments 8.1.1 Flight instruments 8.1.2 Engine instruments 8.1.3 Gyro Instruments 8.1.4 Navigation Instruments 8.1.5 General Instruments 8.2 Introduction ,purpose, and location of Avionic systems 8.2.1 Intercom systems 8.2.2 V/UHF Communication System 8.2.3 Radio Compass 8.2.4 ADF, CVR, GPS 9 FLIGHT MANUAL AND PERFORMANCE 3hrs 9.1 Introduction to Flight Manual and information /limitations contained in it 9.2 Factors effecting Helicopter performance their analogy 9.2.1 Density Altitude 9.2.2 Weight 9.2.3 Winds 10 HELICOPTER MAINTENANCE AND GENERAL PRECAUTIONS 3hrs 10.1 Types of Inspections, Maintenance done on Helicopters 10.2 Introduction to Rigging and Control setting •Precautions to be observed during •Jacking •Towing •Braking •Supply of ground power •Refueling and Defuelling 11 FUNDAMENTAL OF ROCKET PROPULSION 12 hrs

11.1 Principle of rocket propulsion and their application 11.2 Types of rocket engines 11.2.1 Chemical rocket engines 11.2.2 Solid propellant rocket motor 11.2.3 Liquid propellant rocket engine 11.2.4 Hybrid propellant rocket 11.2.5 Nuclear propellant rocket 11.2.6 Electric rocket 11.3 Types of Liquid propellant 11.3.1 monopropellant bipropellant 11.3.2 Liquid oxidizer and fuel 11.3.3 properties of liquid propellant 11.4 Types of solid propellant 11.4.1 Heterogeneous and Homogeneous 11.4.2 solid propellant fuel and oxidizer 12 PERFORMANCE OF ROCKET ENGINE 4 hrs 12.1 Total impulse, specific impulse, effective exhaust velocity 12.2 Specific propellant consumption, mass ratio, propellant mass fraction impulse to weight ratio. 12.3 Thrust, nozzle exit velocity, 12.4 burning rate & types of solid propellant grain configuration. 13 MODERN DEVELOPMENTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 6hrs 14.1 Introduction to modern developments in the field 14.1.1 Remotely piloted helicopters 14.1.2 Multi engined Helicopters 14.1.3 No Tail Rotor(NOTAR) 14.1.4 Fly by Wire 14.1.5 Fly by Light 14.1.6 Voice Interactive system 14.1.7 Battle Survivability Techniques 14.1.7.1 Avoid Detection 14.1.7.2 Avoid Enemy Fire 14.1.7.3 Tolerance to Hostile Fire 14.1.7.4 Crashworthiness 14.1.8 Thermal Imaging Helmet and Helmet Mounted Display 14.1.9 Head up Display 14.2 Noise Pollution caused by Helicopters and Rockets 14.2.1 Effects of Noise Pollution 14.2.2 Measures to reduce noise pollution 14.3 Industrial waste from Helicopter and Rocket industry 14.3.1 Effect of waste on environment

14.3.2 Measures to reduce waste generation 14.4 Rocket propellant pollution 14.5 fundamental of cryogenic engine and space shuttle.

QUESTION PAPER V-SEMESTER DIPLOMA EXAMINATION

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING BOARD

HELICOPTER AND ROCKET FUNDAMENTALS

Time -3Hrs Marks-100 Instructions- 1. Section 1 is compulsory 2. Attempt any 2 questions from section 2,3,and 4. 3 Neatness and diagram carries due weight age Section 1 Q1(a) Fill in the blanks 5 (i) An airfoil is any surface which provides aerodynamic force when it interacts with moving stream of air. (ii) For a helicopter to hover the lift and thrust produced by rotor must act straight up and equal to weight and drag. (iii) In a fully articulated rotor system vertical hinge allows blade to move back and forth. (iv) Emergency shut off cock is part of fuel system. (v) The angle between the airfoil’s chord line and relative wind is called angle of attack Q1(b) write short notes on (1) Helicopter vibrations (2) Helicopter starting systems 5 Section 2 Q2 (a) Define Bernauli’s principle and explain how it provides lift to helicopter. 5 (b) What are the 4 forces acting upon a helicopter Explain how does it help a forward flight 5 © What is auto rotation ,explain how it works in vertical flight. 5 Q3 (a) What is Torque reaction, explain how it is balanced with the help of a tail rotor. 5 (b) Define disc loading ,blade loading, and tracking. 5

© Explain genealogical tree of aircraft with a diagram showing position of helicopter. 5 Q4 (a) Name main parts of helicopter fuselage ,briefly describe their location ,purpose and construction. 5 (b)What is the purpose of helicopter landing gears briefly describe type of landing gears 5. ©What is the purpose of having an engine in helicopter, name types of engines and explain one with block diagram. 5 Section 3 Q5 (a)What is the purpose of helicopter transmission system, briefly explain purpose of various elements of transmission system. 5 (b) Briefly explain basic controls used during flight with their purpose, functioning and location. 5 © What is the purpose of hydraulic system in helicopter ,briefly explain its components. 5 Q6 (a) What are the power sources for helicopter electrical systems, how is the generator supply controlled. 5 (b) Briefly explain the factors effecting the helicopter performance. 5 ©Write down precautions to be observed during jacking, supply of ground power source, refueling and de fuelling. 5 Q7 (a) Briefly explain purpose and principle of operation of altimeter, ASI, ROCI. 5 (b) Explain functioning of GPS and give its advantages of use. 5 © Name inspections and checks carried out on helicopter and the limitations listed in flight manual. 5 Section 4 Q8 a)Explain the working principle of liquid propellant rocket engine. 5 b) write down the equation of thrust and effective jet velocity. 5 c)Define briefly nuclear and electrical rocket. 5 Q9 a)Explain the principle of solid propellant rocket with neat labeled diagram. 8 b) explain the different types liquid and solid propellant fuel and oxidiser. 7 Q10 (a) Define burning rate. Explain the different types of grain configuration 5 (b) Write short notes on Notailrotor (NOTAR),fly by wire and crashworthiness in respect of helicopters.

5 © Give a brief account of noise pollution created by helicopter and rockets, their effects and measures to reduce the same. 5

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING DIPLOMA COURSE VTH SEMESTER

INDUSTRIAL VISIT 1. Industrial visit are divided into two groups-as general a. Two visit for general awareness/ exposers in any respective organisation b. Minimum three Visit should be related to aviation/Aerospace industries. 2.Each industrial visit is to be conducted under the guidance of instructional staff 3.With in one weak each student has to summit a industrial visit report as per guidance given below:- a. Report regarding organization details . b. Report regarding organization activities. c. Learning values/ educational values. 4. SCHEME OF VALUATION a. For each report 20 marks are allotted and 25 marks allotted for viva at the end of semester. Total marks allotted for industrial visit is 125. S. NO DATE OF VISIT NAME OF THE

INDUSTRY / ORGANISATION VISITED

MARKS OBTAINED ON VISIT REPAORT (MAX MARKS 20 PER VISIT)

MARKS OBTAINED ON VIVA (MAX MARKS 25)

TOTAL MARKS (VISIT + VIVA)

TOTAL MARKS OBTAINED ON VISITS

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

V semester

Contact hrs/sem=64

JET ENGINE THEORY

CHAPTERS

TOPIC ANALYSIS HOURS ALLOCATED

MARKS WHIETAGE

1 BASIC THEORY OF JET ENGINE 6 15

2 CLASSIFICATION AND TYPES OF JET ENGINES 7 20

3 INLET DUCT 4 10

4 COMPRESSORS 8 20

5 COMBUSTION CHAMBER 7 15

6 TURBINE 5 15

7 JET NOZZLE 4 15

8 STARTING AND IGNITION SYSTEM 5 7

9 BLEED CONTROL 5 10

10 LUBRICATION SYSTEM 4 8

11 MODERN DEVELOPMENT &ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECT

6 10

12 Revision and Tests : 4

Total Hrs :

64 145

GENERAL EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES:

On completion of the course, the student should be able to : 1.Know the basics of theory of jet propulsion 2. Know the basics of classification and types of jet engines 3. Know the fundamentals of inlet duct of an aircraft 4. Know the basic principles of combustion chamber 5. Know the basic principles of compressors 6. Know the fundamentals of turbines and their functions 7. Know the basics of jet exhaust and their purpose 8. Know the basics of starting and ignition systems 9. Know the basics of bleed control systems 10. Know the basics of modern development and environmental effects DETAILS OF CONTENT: 1. Basic theory of jet engine: 6hrs •Basic theory of jet propulsion: introduction •Principle of operation of jet engine •Equation of thrust •Comparison between gas turbine engine and reciprocating engine •Relation between pressure, velocity and thrust in a jet engine 2. Classification and Types of jet engines: 7hrs •Classification of jet engines based on:

•Types of jet engines 2.2.1 Turbo prop,turbo fan, turbo shaft 3. Inlet Ducts: 4hrs •Inlet duct-purpose •Function of inlet-duct •Types of inlet -duct • Ram effect and efficiency •Effects on pressure, velocity and temperature of airflow 4. Compressors: 8hrs 4.1.0 Compressor-purpose 4.1.1 Constructional features

4.1.2 principles of axial flow and centrifugal flow 4.1.3 Functions of impellers, diffuser, rotor blades. Stator blade, inlet guide vane 4.1.4 Advantages and disadvantages of centrifugal and axial flow compressor 4.1.5 Compressor stalling and surging 5 Combustion Chamber: 7hrs 5.1.0Combustion chamber-purpose 5.1.1 Combustion process

• Constructional features of combustion chamber. • Types of combustion chamber- Can, annular and can-annular type and

thierAdvantages and dis advantage • Factor affecting combustion chamber performance

6. Turbines: 5hrs •Turbine-purpose • Type of turbines and their functions • Construction and materials-turbine blades. Turbine disc, nozzle, guide vane • Principle and operation of- impulse, reaction turbines • Brief description of turbine blade to disc attachment • Blade creep

7. Jet Nozzle: 4hrs

• Jet exhaust- purpose 7.1.2 Thrust reversal system

7.1.3 Effect of thrust reverse operation 7.1.4 Noise suppression 7.1.5 Thrust augmentation methods 8. STARTING AND IGNITION SYSTEM 5hrs 8.1.1 methods of starting 8.1.2 requirements of starting systems • types of starting systems •

9. Bleed Control : 5hrs

• Bleed control system: purpose • Internal cooling and sealing systems • External uses of bleed air

10. Lubrication System:

4hrs 10.1.0 Lubrication systems-purpose 10.1.1 Requirements of gas turbine lubricants 10.1.2 Bearing and seals-purpose 10.1.3 Identification, constructional features operations of bearings and seals used in gas turbine engine

•Modern development and environmental effect 6hrs 11.1 Variable turbine blades 11.2 High bypass ratio turbo fan engine •composite materials for engine •pollution and emission testing References book Theory of Gas turbines By V GANESHAN SM YAHYA AIRCRAFT PROPULSION VOLUME III By LALIT GUPTA and Dr. OP SHARMA The Jet Engine by Rolls Royce, England

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING BOARD

JET ENGINE THEORY MAX MARKS: 100

Time: 3Hours Instructions: (1) Section -1 is compulsory. (2) Answer any two questions from the section – II, III, &IV each (3) Neatness in diagram and writing carry weightage. SECTION –I

•(a) Fill in the blanks : 5 * 1 = 5 (i) In gas turbine ----------------------- process occurs in combustion chamber. (ii) Nozzle guide vanes is situated after -------------------- (iii) Turbo propeller is working on --------------- cycle

•In the nozzle velocity of air is--------------- •In axial flow compressor ------------ is moving part. •What is diffuser? And mention the types. 05

SECTION II

2. (a) What do you mean by Nozzle? And discuss its application. 05 (b) What is gas turbine ? Explain its working principle with neat labeled diagram. 10 3. (a) Explain the pulse jet engine with a neat labeled diagram. 10 (b) What are the difference between ramjet and turbojet engine? 10 4. (a) Explain can type combustion chamber with neat labeled diagram. 10 (b) What are the advantages of can- type combustion chamber over can – annular type combustion chamber 05 SECTION III 5. (a) Define thrust and discuss the factors effecting the performance of the jet engine

with suitable graphs 10 (b) What are the difference between turbojet and turbo propeller engine 10 6. (a) Explain convergent and divergent nozzle with a neat labeled diagram. 10 (b) What are the difference between subsonic and supersonic inlet. 10 7. (a) Define after burner and state its application. 05 (b) Difference between axial flow compressor and centrifugal compressor 05

(c) Discuss impulse type turbine and reaction type turbine. 05

SECTION – IV

8. (a) Explain types of fuel pump and their application 08 (b) Explain after burner and thrust reversal phenomena 07 9. (a) What is the purpose of lubrication system ? 05 (b) What is the basic requirement of engine fuel system? 05 (c) Describe bleeds control system. 05 10. (a) What do you understand by air pollution ? write down the souces of air pollution and types of air pollutants 08 (b) Explain what are the steps to be followed to controlled pollution caused by the exhaust gases of gas turbine engine. 07

AN---: JET ENGINE LAB Contact Hrs/Week: 6 Contact Hrs/Sem: 96 1) Explanation of Jet propulsion theory and Jet engines 2) Identification of important components of a gas turbine engine 3) Demonstration of principle of operation of gas turbine engine 5) Identification of compressor, various stages of compressor. 6) Identification of combustion chamber, exhaust section of the Jet pipe 7) Identification and location of engine starter. 8) Identification and location of filters, fuel filters 9) Identification of rotor blades, stator blades, vanes, study of Shapes of blades and vanes 10) Identification and location of exhaust cone, nozzle and Familiarization of turbine assembly

TASKS RESOURCE NEEDED

I FORTNIGH

T

II FORTNIGH

T

III FORTNIGH

T

IV FORTNIGH

T

V FORTNIGH

T

VI FORTNIGH

T

VII FORTNIGH

T

VIII FORTNIGH

TVACATION

IX FORTNIGH

T

X FORTNIGH

T

XI FORTNIGH

T

XII FORTNIGH

T

XIII FORTNIGH

T

XIV FORTNIGH

T

XV FORTNIGH

T

XVI FORTNIGH

T

Literature survey for project

Internet / library / industry / Research Centres

Finalisation of the Area in which the project has to be done ( Example : Design / Manufacturing / Thermal Engineering )

Internet / library / industry

Finding out Facility to do the project

Laboratory / Industry/ Project Sites

Collecting Data / Doing experiments / writing of code

Laboratory / Industry/ Project Sites

Analysis of Data Using relevent software

Results and Fine tuning the experiment using the Data Analysis

Laboratory / Industry/ Project Sites

Report writing

Submission of Project Report and Viva voce

PROJECT WORK - SCHEDULING

Department of Technical Education, Karnataka DIPLOMA IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

FIFTH & SIXTH SEMESTER (Final end examination will be in Sixth Semester)

SUBJECT: PROJECT WORK AND INDUSTRIAL VISIT

Contact Hrs/Week: 3 Hrs. Contact Hrs: 48 Hrs + 48 Hrs As far as possible students should be given application oriented project problems with a view to:

1. Develop an understanding regarding the size and scale of operations and nature of field work in which students are going to play their role after completing the course of study in Mechanical Engineering.

2. Develop an understanding of subject based knowledge given in the classroom in the context of its application at work places.

3. Provide first hand experience to develop confidence amongst the students to enable them to use and apply acquired technical knowledge and skills to solve practical problems of the world of work.

4. Develop special skills and abilities like interpersonal skills, communication skills, attitudes and values.

5. Practical exposure to an industrial activity For the fulfillment of above competencies, polytechnics may establish close linkage with 8-10 relevant organizations for providing such an experience. It is necessary that each organization is visited well in advance by respective teachers and activities to be performed by students are well defined. The chosen activities should be such which are of curricular interest to students and of professional value to industrial/field organizations. Each Project batch must have Minimum of 5 students. Effort should be made to identify actual field problems to be given as project work to the students. Project selected should not be too complex which is beyond the comprehension level of the students. The placement of the students for such a practical cum project work should match with the competency profile and interest of students. Students may be assessed both by industry and polytechnic faculty. The suggested performance criteria are given below: a) Punctuality and regularity (Log book - mandatory and to be produced during IA verification) b) Initiative in learning/Demonstration and fabrication of model c) Level/proficiency of practical skills acquired d) Originality e) Scope for patentability f) Sense of responsibility g) Self expression/Communication skills

h) Interpersonal skills. g) Report writing skills h) Viva voce Some of suggested projects are given below: These are only guidelines, teacher may take any project related to Mechanical and allied area depending upon the availability of projects. Preference should be given to practical oriented projects.

1) Industrial Visit Students are required to undergo an industrial visit for period of at least 3(Three) working days, either in V/VI semester. After completion of their visit the reports should be prepared. Each Student should write the report independently in view of his own observation in industry. All days for the visit should be accounted for clearly giving attendance particulars. The concern accompanying staff is to check student presence and access progress periodically 1.1 Industrial report Students are required to submit a comprehensive report on factory visit with details of the organization where the training was undergone. The comprehensive report should focus on study of plant/ product /process/ along with intensive in-depth study on anyone of the topics such as processes, methods, tooling, plant layout and equipment, highlighting aspects of quality, productivity of the system. Any data, drawings etc should be incorporated with the consent of the Organization. The comprehensive report should be submitted for the end exam for evaluation. The Project Report should consist of following items.

1. Introduction 2. Review of Literature 3. Study Area 4. Methodology/Design/fabrication/Tests 5. Result and Discussion 6. Conclusion and scope for future study 7. References.

____________________________________________________________ GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF PROJECT REPORTS

1. Project reports should be typed neatly in Times New Roman letters with font size 14 for titles and 12 for text on both sides of the paper with 1.5 line spacing on a A4 size paper (210 x 297 mm). The margins should be: Left - 1.5", Right - 1", Top and Bottom - 0.75". 2. The total number of reports (Soft bound) to be prepared are

One copy to the department /library One copy to the concerned guide(s) One copy to the candidate.

3. Before taking the final printout, the approval of the concerned guide(s) is mandatory and suggested corrections, if any, must be incorporated.

4. Every copy of the report must contain

Inner title page (White) Outer title page with a plastic cover Candidate declaration and Certificate in the format enclosed both from the institution and

the organization where the project is carried out. An abstract (synopsis) not exceeding 100 words, indicating salient features of the work.

5. The organization of the report should be as follows

1. Inner title page 2. Abstract or Synopsis 3. Acknowledgments 4. Table of Contents 5. List of table & figures (optional)

Usually numbered in roman

Chapters (to be numbered in Arabic) containing Introduction-, which usually specifies the scope of work and its importance and relation to previous work and the present developments, Main body of the report divided appropriately into chapters, sections and subsections.

The chapters, sections and subsections may be numbered in the decimal form for e.g. Chapter 2, sections as 2.1, 2.2 etc., and subsections as 2.2.3, 2.5.1 etc.

The chapter must be left or right justified (font size 16). Followed by the title of chapter centered (font size 18), section/subsection numbers along with their headings must be left justified with section number and its heading in font size 16 and subsection and its heading in font size 14. The body or the text of the report should have font size 12.

The figures and tables must be numbered chapter wise The last chapter should contain the summary of the work carried, contributions if any, their

utility along with the scope for further work. Reference or Bibliography: The references should be numbered serially in the order of

their occurrence in the text and their numbers should be indicated within square brackets for e.g. [3]. The section on references should list them in serial order in the following format.

1. For textbooks – Dr.Paramar S, Welding process and technology, Khanna publishers, New Delhi, 2 Edition, 2003.

2. For papers – Y.Javadi and I.sattari, Welding distortion in pipes, Journal of pressure vessels and piping, Vol 85, Aug 2008, pp 337-343

Only SI units are to be used in the report. Important equations must be numbered in decimal form for e.g.

V = IZ .......... (3.2) All equation numbers should be right justified. Separator sheets, used if any, between chapters, should be of thin paper

1. selection of project and feasibility of study 5 Marks

2. Preparation of synopsis/PPT presentation. 10 Marks

3. Market survey, cost and estimation of project 10Marks TOTAL MARKS 25 Marks

SESIONAL MARKS EVALUATION:

1. First review (During the end of V th semester) 25 mark

2. Second review (During the end of VI th semester) 25 mark

TOTAL:50 mark

NOTE: 1.Sesional marks to be awarded at the end of EACH SEMESTER ONLY

2.The candidate declaration and certificate sample copy are enclosed here for incorporation in final project

report

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION I, ------------------------------------------ a student of Diploma in ------------------------------ Department

bearing Reg No---------------------------------------of ---------------------------------------------- hereby

declare that I own full responsibility for the information, results and conclusions provided in this

project work titled “-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“submitted to State Board of Technical Examinations, Government of Karnataka for the award

of Diploma in -----------------------------------.

To the best of my knowledge, this project work has not been submitted in part or full elsewhere in

any other institution/organization for the award of any certificate/diploma/degree. I have

completely taken care in acknowledging the contribution of others in this academic work. I further

declare that in case of any violation of intellectual property rights and particulars declared, found at

any stage, I, as the candidate will be solely responsible for the same.

Date: Place: Signature of candidate Name: -------------------- Reg No-------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION NAME OF THE INSTITUTION

Address with pin code Department of ……………………………………………………..

CERTIFICATE Certified that this project report entitled --------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------”which is being submitted

by Mr./Ms. ………………………….……………….., Reg. No…..……………, a bonafide student of

…………………………………….in partial fulfillment for the award of Diploma in -----------------

Engineering during the year ……………………... is record of students own work carried out under

my/our guidance. It is certified that all corrections/suggestions indicated for internal Assessment have been

incorporated in the Report and one copy of it being deposited in the polytechnic library.

The project report has been approved as it satisfies the academic requirements in respect of Project work

prescribed for the said diploma.

It is further understood that by this certificate the undersigned do not endorse or approve any

statement made, opinion expressed or conclusion drawn there in but approve the project only for

the purpose for which it is submitted.

Guide(s) Name and signature

Examiners 1 2

Head of Department

Dept. of --------------------

ROADMAP FOR PROJECT GUIDES

1. The project work is proposed to be carried out during the V and VI semesters so that learners prepare during the V semester, do some field work based on the preparation during the mid semester vacation and report the analysis and inferences during the VI semester.

2. The learners would reach a level of maturity by the time they reach V semester and so a meaningful project lasting for a year can be executed by them.

3. To execute the project with involvement needs constant guidance and monitoring of the progress of the learners by the guide.

4. This does not mean teacher has to advice learners. 5. Be confident about the ability of the learner and “intellectually provoke” them with

challenging questions. These questions should prompt the learners to search information and update themselves (to be carried out during the first two weeks).

6. Do not feed information to learners. Instead crate a ‘cognitive dissonance’ (a challenging question or situation that the learner is not able to find an immediate answer but feels the need to search for information to find a solution).

7. Defer judgement on learners and give them identified sources if required like a journal article, book or a web site.

8. Even if the learners report their inability to solve do NOT give or prescribe a solution. 9. Be patient and give time for the learner to construct his knowledge.

10. Give corrective feedback to the learner by challenging his solutions so that his logic is questioned and it develops further.

11. This leads to the first activity viz., literature survey and conceiving a project. 12. During this phase meet the project team in a group and create a healthy competition among

the learners to search different sources and synthesise their findings in the group. 13. Aim for bringing out a workable innovative project conceived within the first eight weeks as

given in the schedule attached. 14. During these two phases and the third phase the teacher should assess the strengths and

weakness of the members of the group and allocate differential work to team members on the remaining tasks to be carried out during the next thirty weeks.

15. This is to ensure active participation of all the members of the team. 16. By the end of the twelfth week finalise the project and a schedule of further activities for

each member indicating the time frame in which his activities are to be executed may be made ready. A soft copy of this schedule may be collected from each learner by the guide to follow up.

17. This schedule prepared by each learner need to be documented for checking further progress of the project.

18. The next few phases of the project may require active guidance of the guide especially regarding the sources of collecting data, if a sample data is to be collected the number of units has to be decided, collating the data/fabricating, tryout/analysis and finally coming out with meaningful conclusions or models or application.

19. Data like models, designs, technical specifications, source code, protocols and original records need be collected from one authentic source as there will not be any variation. The teacher may guide the learners to authentic source.

20. Data having limited variability like product/service quality, processes and standards, procedures need to be collected from a sample as there is a variation. The number of units from whom (source) the data is to be collected is called sample. The sample needs to be representative of the expected variation. The decision on the size of the sample and the number of units need guidance from the teacher. For example, data regarding the quality of a product/service need be collected from 3 to 5 personnel at different levels of a service provider or dealers of a product. The numbers given are suggestive but a guide based on his experience has to make valid suggestions.

21. Data having a wide range of variation like customer satisfaction where the customers are members of the public need a larger number of units to accommodate the diversity. A tool like questionnaire with predetermined questions need to be prepared, tried out on a small sample and finalise the questions. Data may be collected from at least 30 units. This number is suggested to apply statistical analysis for meaningful conclusions. Guides may decide on the sample size depending on the accessibility of data.

22. The intention of the above three points viz., 19, 20 and 21 is to ensure objectivity in data collection i.e., to reduce the subjectivity of the human mind.

23. All the above activities need to be completed before three to four weeks before the end of V semester (refer the spread sheet related to scheduling).

24. The learners may be instructed to collect data objectively with identified sample during the next 4 to six weeks which includes the mid semester holidays. This would enable the learners to visit the field and collect data without the constraint of reporting to institution and attending classes on a regular basis.

25. The collected data need to be organised and entered to spread sheets or similar formats for analysis. Qualitative data may be converted to quantitative using a rating scale or similar data organisation procedures.

26. The result of most analysis on spreadsheet could be obtained in tables or graphs as per the requirement.

27. Activities mentioned in points 24, 25 and 26 may be carried out by learners during 4 to 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester.

28. Interpretation of the analysed tables and graphs to arrive at meaningful inference. The guide at this stage may defer his ideas on interpretation allowing the learners to do this. In case the learners err in the process they may be given corrective feedback.

29. A report of the whole process of doing the project may be written, word processed and submitted in triplicate.

30. Guides may contact industries and try to solve their problems so that the learners get a field experience and they get ready for the industry.

31. Innovations and innovative practices may be encouraged among the learners to be pursued as a project. Developing prototypes, (in simulation or real) trying out feasibility of new ideas, changing existing systems by adding modules, combining, assembling new modules and developing new systems may be given higher priority over routine bookish projects.

32. The schedule of events proposed is for an investigative project as a model. Guides may alter the prescribed schedule to suit the kind of innovative projects sited in point No.31 above.

33. Industry personnel may be involved in conceiving, executing and evaluating projects. This gives credibility to the institute and acceptance of learners for absorption into the company.

GUIDELINES TO LEARNERS TO CARRY OUT A TWO SEMESTER PROJECT

1. Carry out the project work through the V and VI semesters. Preparation must be done during the V semester and based on this, field work should be done during the mid semester vacation and reporting of analysis and inferences should be done in the VI semester.

2. You have the ability and the level of maturity needed to conceive an innovative and meaningful project accomplishing which gives you recognition by the industry and empowers you with the power of knowledge.

3. Understand your strength and weakness and make an effort to find the strength and weakness of other peers in the team.

4. Complement each other’s strength rather than compete with peers within the team. This will enable you to complete a comprehensive and innovative project relevant to the industrial needs rather than doing a routine copy of what others have done.

5. Seek guidance from the teacher and update him/her about the progress. 6. Be confident about your ability and that of other members of your group. Take extra efforts

to collect information, share with your peers and synthesise your knowledge. 7. Question everything including the ideas of your teacher. Accept the ideas and instructions

which are internally consistent (logical). 8. Involve actively in group activities and contribute towards the tasks. 9. Do not depend too much on the teacher as a source of information, search on your own and

build your knowledge structure. Search for authentic sources like journal articles, books and authentic sites rather than blogs and tweets.

10. Though brief, record your thoughts and activities including searches immediately. 11. Prepare a schedule for your work on a spread sheet and encourage your peers to do the

same. 12. Show your schedule and that of others to the teacher and get his feedback. 13. Keep reviewing the schedule every fortnight and take corrective steps if needed. For doing

this keep the general guideline schedule given in the curriculum as a backdrop. 14. Tools used for data collection like instruments, testing machines, questions to be asked and

software may be tried out and standardised by the twelfth week of the project. Seek the teacher’s help who is experienced in doing this.

15. Collect data dispassionately or objectively (without applying your personal prejudice). Complete this task before the VI semester begins.

16. While entering data into the spread sheet ask your peer member to verify. This will ensure accuracy of data entry.

17. Use appropriate mathematics/statistics for calculations. Seek help from external sources (other than your teacher) if required.

18. The results of your analysis need to be graphically represented and documented. You may also add photographs and video clips to increase the validity.

19. This task needs to be completed within 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester. 20. Interpret the data (after analysis) and arrive at meaningful inferences on your own in

discussion with your peers. Get it ratified by your teacher. Suggestions from the teacher may be discussed among your peers and incorporated if they are internally consistent.

21. The project report may be word processed (videos, photographs attached in soft copy) and submitted in triplicate two weeks before the end of VI semester.

22. Involve passionately in the team work, make constructive contributions and come out with an industry friendly project which will equip you in your professional development.

Directorate of Technical Education SECTION -1

Scheme of study

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE INSPECTION AND DOCUMENTS

CONTACT HRS/WEEK: 4 CONTACT HRS/SEM=64 SL NO

TOPIC ANALYSIS

HOURS ALLOCATED

Marks Weight age

01

02

03

04

05 06 07 08 09 10

Introduction, of types Aircraft Inspection &docume

Air Conditioning and Pressurization

Equipments &Furnishings

Fire detection &Extinguishing system

Inspection of aircraft system

Ice &Rain Protection

Landing gear system

Inspection of Aircraft structures

Inspection of Aircraft power plant

Movement and mooring of aircraft

8 4 2 3 10 4 6 5 4 6

18

12 5

12

30 8

12

12

10

12

11 12 13

Weighing and leveling of aircraft

Environmental issues

Revision and Tests

TOTAL

2 6 4 64

6 8

145

CHAPTER -1

INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE OF Hrs8 INSPECTION AND DOCUMENTATION

1.1) Importance &purpose of aircraft inspection documentation

1.2) Inspection of aircraft for heavy landing- Tyres landing gear equipment

1.3) Bird strikes: Extent of damage, assessment of repairs to be done, •Familiarization with aircraft documents ATA100 Specifications

1.5) Lay out and contents of aircraft maintenance manual, structural repair manual,

illustrated parts catalogue,airworthiness directive,service bulletins, service instructions, maintenance planning documents Inspection schedule.

•Entries to be made in aircraft log book: change of parts, fuel/ oil replenishment, 1.7) Importance of inspection sceduling and its advantages

CHAPTER -2 AIRCONDITIONING &PRESSURISATION Hrs4

2.1) Air conditioning and pressurization:

2.11)Discussion on importance and purpose

2.2) Inspection of structure in Air-conditioning bay 2.3) Installation of air-conditioning components

2.4) Security of air-conditioning components 2.5) Pneumatic leak check 2.6) Oil level check for ACM 2.7) Compressor Freon gas level check 2.8) Functional check of whole air conditioning system CHAPTER -3 EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS HRS 2 3.1) Basic inspection of equipment and furnishing

3.4) Installation of passenger and crew seats, safety harness 3.3)Operational check and inspection of life jacket and life raft 3.4) Inspection of fire bottle and portable oxygen bottle in the cabin 3.5) Presence of emergency equipment CHAPTER 4 FIRE DETECTION &EXTINGVISHING SYSTEM Hrs 3 4.1)Fire detection and extinguishing system importance and purpose 4.2) Inspection of fire and smoke detection components, 4.3) Inspection of fire extinguishing system components for condition and Security 4.4)Types of fire : Explaination on solid liquid & gaseous fire purpose and uses of ground fire extinguishers

and and extinguishing agents . 4.5)Aircraft fire extinguisher with typical markings CHAPTER 5 Inspection of aircraft system Hrs 10 5.1 FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEMS 5.1.1)Flight control system – Importance and purpose 5.1.2) Inspection of : 5.1.3)Control cables for wear 5.1.4) Linkages for correct sense of operation 5.1.5) Play due to wear 5.1.6) condition of control surfaces for de-lamination & damage, travel and neutral portion check of control surfaces. 5.2 AIRCRAFT FUEL SYSTEM 5.2.1) Aircraft fuel system – Introduction & importance

of inspection and types of fuel 5.2.2) Precaution during Aircraft fuelling and defuelling 5.2.3) Inspection of fuel leak 5.2.4) Aircraft fuel tank contamination check 5.2.5) Inspection of filters for contaminations 5.2. 6) External inspection of fuel system . 5.2.7) Fire hazard , static electricity and its effect 5.3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 5.3.1) Importance of Hydraulic system inspection. 5.3.2) Inspection of condition of hydraulic lines 5.3.3) Internal leak check of hydraulic components 5.3.4) Flow rate check 5.3.5Precaution while servicing of hydraulic system

5.4 ) Aircraft oxygen system 5.4.1) Inspection of components and pipe lines for `` conditions security • 5.4.2)leak check of oxygen system 5.4.3)precaution to be observed while working with oxygen system CHAPTER 6 Ice & Rain Protection Hrs 4 6.1) Ice and Rain protection - Importance of inspection 6.2) Inspection of components of pneumatic de- icing system 6.3) Inspection of thermal de-icing system 6.4) Inspection of wind screen de-icings system 6.5) Inspection of anti icing system 6.6) Ice detection system for condition and security CHAPTER 7 LANDING GEAR SYSTEM Hrs 6

7.1) Landing gear system – Importance of inspection 7.2) Inspection of landing gear system components for condition and Security 7.3) Inspection of structures in the wheel well area 7.4) Inspection of: 7.41) Pressure Vs Extension of shock strut 7.4.2) wheel brakes for wear and over heat condition 7.5) Tyres for condition and wear, correct pressure inspections. 7.6) Consequences of over inflation and under inflation of aircraft landing gear type CHAPTER 8 Inspection of aicraft structures Hrs 5

8.1)Inspection of nacelles /pylon attacment fittings , fillets/fairings 8.2)Inspection of stabilizers(Vertical, Horizontal) for condition & Security 8.3)Inspection of windows for crazing chips and cracks 8.4)Inspection of static dischargers 8.5) Inspection of doors for condition, security 8.6) Checks for doors warning system CHAPTER 9 POWER PLANTS Hrs 4 9.1) Inspection of Ignition system components for condition and functional check 9.2) Inspection of thrust reverser system for leak 9.3) Inspection of oil system for leak, component chip detector

and filter check 9.4) Functional check of engine indication instruments 9.5)Power supply equipment -electric ,pneumatic , air starting , airconditioning ,and hitting units 9.6) Precaution while servicing of aircraftoil system CHAPTER 13 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 13.1) Inspection of aircraft for heavy landing- tyres landing gear equipment and fittings 13.2) Bird strikes: Extent of damage, assessment of repairs to be done, assessment of spot repair by /at manufacturer or major overhauling agency 13.3) CHAPTER 14 AIRCRAFT DOCUMENTS 14.1) Familiarization with aircraft documents ATA100 Specifications

14.2)Lay out and contents of aircraft maintenance manual, structural repair manual, illustrated parts catalogue, airworthiness directive, service bulletins, service instructions, maintenance planning documents Inspection schedule 14.3) Entries to be made in aircraft log book: change of parts, fuel/ oil replenishment, performance of inspection schedule, compliance of 14.5) Logging of aircraft/ engine hours/cycles

References:- 1)Industrial Management and Engineering Economics By Banga and Sharma, 2) Wikipidia -Maintenance ,management services sites

MODEL QUESTION PAPEER IV Semester diploma Examination Aeronautical Engineering Board AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE INSPECTION AND DOCUMENT Time: 3 hours Max. Marks: 100 Instructions: (1) Section - I is compulsory (2) Answer any TWO Questions from Sections-II, III & IV each. (3) Neatness and clarity carry weightage. SECTION-I 1.(a) Fill in the blanks with word/words appropriately: 5*1= 5 (i)The method used to control the ice formation on the leading edge of the aircraft wings----------. (ii) Aircraft fuel hoses are usually identified by---------- color. (iii) The type of fire extinguisher used on aircraft power plant is--------. (iv) Life jacket should be inspected at an interval of----------. (v) If an aircraft is affected by lighting strike, inspect--------on control surfaces. (b) What are the icing effects on an aircraft? What are the means to prevent(or) control ice formation on an aircraft. 5 SECTION-II 2.(a) What is lighting strike? What are the inspections carried out after lighting strike on an aircraft. 7 (b) define the following: (any four) 8 (i) Class A fire. (ii) Freon.

(iii) Differential pressure. (iv) Static discharger wicks. (v) Landing gear. 3(a) What are the precautions to be taken while working with aircraft oxygen system? 8 (b) what are the inspections carried out on aircraft fire extinguishing system? 7 4(a) What is the purpose of aircraft flight control system and what are the inspection carried out on aircraft flight control system? 10 (b) what are the inspections carried out on aircraft hydraulic system? 5 SECTION-III 5(a)What are the inspections carried out on aircraft air-conditioning and pressurization system? 10 (b) What are the purpose of aircraft inspection and documentation? 5 6(a)What are the inspections carried out on aircraft power plants? 8 (b) What are the inspection carried out on aircraft landing gear system? 7 7(a)Write down the procedures and precautions to be observed while towing the aircrafts. 8 (b) What do you understand by weight and balance for an aircraft? Briefly explain the location of CG point in an aircraft. 7 SECTION-IV 8(a) What do you understand by environmental pollution? What are the effects of pollution on human health? 8 (b) What are the precautions to be taken against strong winds and heavy storms while aircraft are parked in the open?

7 9(a) what are the inspections carried out on aircraft oxygen system? 7 (b) What you understand by solid waste? How solid wastes are being handled? 8 10(a)What are the inspections carried out on aircraft doors? 7 (b)What are the consequences of under inflation and over inflation of aircraft wheels? 8

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING DIPLOMA

AN- AVIATION AND FLIGHT SAFETY

Contact Hrs/week:4 Contact Hrs /sem:64 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOPIC ANALYSIS Sl No.

Contents No of Hours Marks weightage

1 Introduction to Aviation,Flight and maintenance safety

8 20

2 Role of Air Safety, Flight Safety &Maintenance safety organisatios

8 20

3 Quality control of ATF 6 15 4 Preservation of Aircraft and Engine 6 20 5 Aircraft Tyres and operational safety 8 20 6 Accidents &Incidents ,their causes,

Prevention methods 8 20

7 Accidents-Important Case studies 10 20 8 Environmental Issues 6 10 Tests and revision 4 Total Hrs and

Marks 64 145

CONTENTS OF THE SUBJECT:- •INTRODUCTION TO AVIATION, FLIGHT AND MAINTENANCE SAFETY:- 8Hrs 1.1: Introduction , meaning of aviation safety, flight safety and maintenance safety concepts. 1.2 Purpose of aviation safety, •Purpose of flight safety, •Purpose of maintenance safety 2.ROLE OF AIR SAFETY,FLIGHT SAFETY AND MAINTENANCE SAFETY ORGANISATIONS:- 8Hrs •Various regulatory agencies/organisations set up at national & international levels to monitor various safety aspects. •Regulatory agency in India

•DGCA set up for monitoring varios safety aspects, inspections by DGCA. • Role of flight safety and maintenance safety officer at airport and repair agency level •QUALITY CONTROL OF ATF:- 6Hrs 3.1 Purposes of quality control check on ATF 3.2 Places where checks are to conducted •Common methods for ATF quality checks- brief description •Contamination: types of contamination on ATF, hydraulic oil and greases •Effect of contaminated ATF, hydraulic oil and lubrication/greases on flight safety, maintenance safety. •PRESERVATION OF AIRCRAFT AND ENGINE:- 6Hrs 4.1 Aircraft and engine awaiting repairs or critical components, need for preservation of aircraft and engine , safety precautions to be taken. 4.2 Need for proper care and documentations, log book entries 4.3 Cannabalisation of parts and sub/full assemblies from the aircraft awaiting repairs/components, improper documentations in log books/records, effects at later stages. 4.5 De-preservations of new/ preserved engines, checks to be performed. •AIRCRAFT TYRES AND OPERATIONAL SAFETY:- 8Hrs 5.1 Aircraft tyres- normal types ,special types 5.2 General care to be taken for tyres- on storage, parking out in open/ in sun light 5.3 Effect of under pressure and over pressures in tyres- in small, medium and big aircrafts, in fighter planes-on braking, during take off, during landings 5.4 Effect of condition of landing field/surface on aircraft tyres 5.5 Hydroplaning of aircraft- reasons/methods of preventions , effect on aircraft and flight safety •AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS,INCIDENTS,CAUSES AND METHODS OF PREVENTION/MINIMISING:- 8Hrs 6.1 ACCIDENTS- Reasons, efrfects on aircraft, personnel, environment, loss to company 6.2 Types of accidents- technical and human error accidents. 6.3 technical errors- material failures and wrong maintenance practices, 6.4 Human erros- Pilot errors, maintenance crew errors 6.5. Methods to minimise accidents, incidents, training on these methods. •ACCIDENTS -IMPORTANT CASE STUDIES- 10 hrs 7.1 Basic need for training flying crew/maintenance crew on reasons findings and recommondation by agencies conducting investigatios and cost of repeating same errors. •Some important case study of structral failures, pilot errors, maintenance errors wikipidia -national geographic accident case files/ video clips from the web site, lessons to be learnt by the students •ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES:- 6 Hrs

8.1 Environmental problems of having airport close to city/urban areas 8.2 Noise Pollution, effect on human beings in the viscinity of airport- short term ,long term effects, effect on hearing,sleeping, 8.2 Effect of garbage, waste food , meat cutting shops near airport on aircraft flying and flight safety. 8.3 Methods to reduce bird strikes on aircrafts during take off, landing References:-WEB SITES OF –DGCA,INDIA FAA USA, WEB LINKS- GIVEN IN WIKIPIDIA ARTICLES ON EACH TOPIC

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION

DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

AVIONICS AND AIRCRAFT RADIO SYSTEMS

SIXTH SEM: AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

CONTACT HRS/WEEK:4 CONTACTHRS/SEM=64

CHAPTER TOPIC ANALYSIS HOURS ALLOCATED

1 Introduction to Communication system,Basic communication Theory

7 15

Basics of communication theory

2 Requirements of avionics system and qual- Ity of the system needed.

5 15

3 Types of communication systems used in Aircraft,applicability.

6 15

4 VHF, HF, UHF Systems used ,their merits, demerits

7 15

5 Aircraft PA systems, intercom and Passenger entertainment systems

4 10

6 Navigation system of an aircraft. 10 20

7 Flight data recorder, cockpit voice Recorder systems of an aircraft

6 15

8 Introduction to RADAR systems 4 10

9 Basics of secondary surveillance RADAR, Doppler navigation RADAR, Inertial navi- -gation system, Satellite navigation, GPS

10 15

10 Modern developments in Avionics and Radar field and Environmental issues

4 15

11 Revision and Tests 4 Total 145

Total: 64 hours

GENERAL EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES: 1.Introduction to communication theory and basics of communication principles. 2. Understanding the requirements of aircraft communication system and the qualities required for aircraft communication system. 3.Understanding various types of communication systems used in an aircraft and understanding their applicability 4. Understanding VHF, HF, UHF Systems used in aircrafts, their merits, de-merits, frequency bands in use and limitations.

5. Understanding basics of aircraft public address system, passenger entertainment systems. 6. Understanding of navigation systems of an aircraft. 7. Understanding basics of Flight data recorder system, cockpit voice recorder system of an aircraft. 8. Understanding basic working principles of RADAR 9. Understanding basic working principles of secondary surveillance RADAR, Doppler navigation RADAR, Inertial navigation System, satellite navigation system with basics of GPS.

10. Understanding modern developments in Avionics and radar ; Environmental issues SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: 1. COMMUNICATION THEORY: 1.1. COMMUNICATION THEORY – Introduction 1.2 Radio Communication System Fundamentals – EM waves, medium of propagation , Radio frequency spectrum, uses and limitation of R.F.bands. Radio wave propagation – ground wave, sky wave, radiation angle, skip distance, diffraction, field strength, absorption, Scattering, reflection, fading, ducting, critical frequency,Antenna Fundamentals -_ Dipole, halfwave dipole, resonant & Non-resonant antenna. Antenna gain, directional power, Antenna Loses and efficiency, band width, beam width, band width, polarizat Grounding of antenna, loading of antenna, optimum and effective

Length, Feed point 8Hrs

7Hrs

2.REQUIREMENTS OF AVIONICS SYSTEMS AND QUALITIES REQUIRED: 2.1 Explanation of requirements of the avionic systems for aircraft like various channels in radio communication,(surface /taxying ,air to ground/ATC, air to air, emergency radio communication, distress channel etc, their purpose and usage, the physical qualities required for withstanding the wide variation of temperature. 5Hrs

3. Types of various communication used in aircraft: Very High Frequency(VHF), High Frequency(HF), Ultra High Frequency(UHF), Satellite communication(SATCOM), Intercom for pilots and the crew, Public address System(PA system) for air crew to passengers are explained to the students. 5Hrs

6Hrs

4. VHF, HF, UHF Systems used ,their merits, demerits: Basic block level explanation for working of VHF, HF, UHF communication systems used In air craft, their frequency bands, limitations. 8Hrs

7Hrs

5. Aircraft PA systems, intercom and Passenger entertainment systems: Brief explanations of block level PA system, intercom and passenger entertainment system. 4Hrs 6. NAVIGATION SYTSTEM OF AN AIRCRAFT: 6.1 Basic need for navigation in terms of safe route, economy, shortest possible are explained. 6.2 Block level explanation of working of Automatic Direction Finder(ADF) ,its merits, demerits. 6.3 Block level explanation of working of Very High Frequency Omni Range(VOR) Equipment used for aircraft navigation ,its merits,demerits. 6.4 Block level explanation of working of Instrument Landing System(ILS), lay out diagram for ILS subsystems, advantages ,disadvantages of ILS system, purpose of

ILS Nvigation. 6.5 Brief explanation of working of Micro wave Landing System(MLS), its advantages over ILS and reasons for non implementation of MLS as a replacement of ILS (With the introduction of SATCOM Navigation) 6.6 Brief explanation of satcom navigation using GPS, advantages of sitcom GPS navigation over other navigation systems. 10Hrs

6Hrs

7.FLIGHT DATA RECORDER(FDR) and COCK PIT VOICE RECORDER (CVR) SYSTEM OF an Aircraft: FDR: 7.1 Brief explanation of block diagram level working of FDR and its special construction. 7.2 List of important flight parameters which are recorded in FDR, 7.3 Purpose and use of FDR in training , planning of spares, accident investigation, Validity of warranty etc. 7.4 Location of FDR and reason for it is explained CVR: 7.5 Brief explanation of working of a CVR 7.6 Purpose and use of CVR in accident investigation , air crew coordination training, location of CVR 6 Hrs

8. INTRODUCTION TO RADAR : 8.1 Explanation of basic working principles of RADAR with block diagram. 8.2 Radar range equation- statement of equation and explanation of the terms involved in Radar range equation 8.3 Purpose and use RADAR in various fields 8.4 Basic explanation of meaning of Primary RADAR, Secondary RADAR, advantages , disadvantages 4Hrs

9. Working of various types of RADARS: Secondary surveillance ,Doppler, INS, GPS:

9.1 Brief explanation of block diagram level working of secondary surveillance RADAR, Purpose and areas of use. 9.2 Brief explanation of block diagram level working of Doppler navigational RADAR, Purpose and areas of use. 9.3 Brief explanation of block diagram level working of Inertial Navigation System(INS) Purpose and application areas for INS. 9.4 Brief explanation of working principles of satellite navigation system using GPS, Advantages, disadvantages of GPS. 10Hrs 10. Understanding modern developments in Avionics and radar and Environmental issues 4Hrs DETAILS OF CONTENTS: COMMUNICATION THEORY: 1.1. COMMUNICATION THEORY – Introduction 1.2 Radio Communication System Fundamentals – EM waves, medium of propagation , Radio frequency spectrum, uses and limitation of R.F.bands. Radio wave propagation – ground wave, sky wave, radiation angle, skip distance, diffraction, field strength, absorption, Scattering, reflection, fading, ducting, critical frequency,Antenna Fundamentals -_ Dipole, halfwave dipole, resonant & Non-resonant antenna. Antenna gain, directional power, Antenna Loses and efficiency, band width, beam width, band width, polarizat Grounding of antenna, loading of antenna, optimum and effective

Length, Feed point

2.REQUIREMENTS OF AVIONICS SYSTEMS AND QUALITIES REQUIRED: 2.1 Explanation of requirements of the avionic systems for aircraft like various channels in radio

communication,(surface /taxying ,air to ground/ATC, air to air, emergency radio communication, distress channel etc, their purpose and usage, the physical qualities required for withstanding the wide variation of temperature.

3. Types of various communication used in aircraft: Very High Frequency(VHF), High Frequency(HF), Ultra High Frequency(UHF), Satellite communication(SATCOM), Intercom for pilots and the crew, Public address System(PA system) for air crew to passengers are explained to the students. 4. VHF, HF, UHF Systems used ,their merits, demerits: Basic block level explanation for working of VHF, HF, UHF communication systems used In air craft, their frequency bands, limitations. 5. Aircraft PA systems, intercom and Passenger entertainment systems: Brief explanations of block level PA system, intercom and passenger entertainment system. 6. NAVIGATION SYTSTEM OF AN AIRCRAFT: 6.1 Basic need for navigation in terms of safe route, economy, shortest possible are explained. 6.2 Block level explanation of working of Automatic Direction Finder(ADF) ,its merits, demerits. 6.3 Block level explanation of working of Very High Frequency Omni Range(VOR) Equipment used for aircraft navigation ,its merits,demerits. 6.4 Block level explanation of working of Instrument Landing System(ILS), lay out diagram for ILS subsystems, advantages ,disadvantages of ILS system, purpose of ILS Nvigation. 6.5 Brief explanation of working of Micro wave Landing System(MLS), its advantages over ILS and reasons for non implementation of MLS as a replacement of ILS (With the introduction of SATCOM Navigation) 6.6 Brief explanation of satcom navigation using GPS, advantages of sitcom GPS navigation over other navigation systems. 7.FLIGHT DATA RECORDER(FDR) and COCK PIT VOICE RECORDER (CVR) SYSTEM OF an Aircraft: FDR:

7.1 Brief explanation of block diagram level working of FDR and its special construction. 7.2 List of important flight parameters which are recorded in FDR, 7.3 Purpose and use of FDR in training , planning of spares, accident investigation, Validity of warranty etc. 7.4 Location of FDR and reason for it is explained CVR: 7.5 Brief explanation of working of a CVR 7.6 Purpose and use of CVR in accident investigation , air crew coordination training, location of CVR 8. INTRODUCTION TO RADAR : 8.1 Explanation of basic working principles of RADAR with block diagram. 8.2 Radar range equation- statement of equation and explanation of the terms involved in Radar range equation 8.3 Purpose and use RADAR in various fields 8.4 Basic explanation of meaning of Primary RADAR, Secondary RADAR, advantages , disadvantages

Secondary RADARS , Doppler RADAR, INS, GPS:

9. Brief explanation of block diagram level working of secondary surveillance RADAR, GCA(ground control approach) radar , Purpose and areas of use. 9.1 Brief explanation of block diagram level working of Doppler navigational RADAR, Purpose and areas of use. 9.2 Brief explanation of block diagram level working of Inertial Navigation System(INS) Purpose and application areas for INS. 9.3 Brief explanation of working principles of satellite navigation system using GPS, Advantages, disadvantages of GPS. 10. Understanding modern developments in Avionics and radar and Environmental issues 4Hrs 10.1 Modern developments and effect of radar radiations on environment and human population;prevention methods.

References: Modern radio communication- By Kennedy, Radar principles BY Skollnik, A & P Publications AC 65 Principles of Avionics by-Albert Helfrick, 4th edition Web sites :-Wikipidia AVIONICS and RADAR articles,& external links referred in wikipidia articles

SECTION- I

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING DIPLOMA COURSE

SCHEME OF STUDIES

AN: MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT CONTACT Hrs/WEEK – 4 CONTACT Hrs/SEM-64 Chapter No.

Topic Analysis Hours allotted Marks Weightage

1 Introduction to Maintenance Management. 4 12 2 Maintainability and Availability. 4 12

3 Reliability Analysis 5 12 4 Failure Analysis 8 18 5 Basics of maintenance philosophy and management

Information system(MIS) 10 22

6 Maintenance planning and Computerization of Aircraft Maintenance

5 10

7 Managerial Statistics 6 15 8 Quality Standards 6 15 9 Ergonomics 4 9 10 Environmental Management 8 20 Test and Revision 4

TOTAL 64 145

OBJECTIVES Chapter-1. Understand Maintenance Management and its importance in present day. Chapter-2. Understand the fundamentals of Maintainability and Availability. Chapter-3. Understand basics of Reliability concept and Analysis. Chapter-4. Understand basics of failure concept and Analysis. Chapter-5. Understand basics of Maintenance philosophy and MIS. Chapter-6. Understand basics of Maintenance planning and computerization of Aircraft Maintenance. Chapter-7. Understand the importance of Managerial statistics. Chapter-8. Understand the basics of Quality Management. Chapter-9. Understand the importance of Ergonomics. Chapter-10. Understand the importance of Environmental Management.

CONTENTS OF THE SUBJECT CHAPTER – 1 INTRODUCTION •Introduction to Maintenance and its importance towards maintaining optimum serviceability of the aircraft. •Explanation of important terms like Life Cycle profitability, maintenance cost, Terotechnoligical approach. •Explanation of life Characteristic curve. CHAPTER-2 MAINTAINABILITY AND AVAILABILITY •Definition of Maintainability. •Factors effecting Maintainability. •Maintainability and cost.

2.4Availability definition and brief explanation. CHAPTER-3 RELIABILITY ANALYSIS •Reliability Concept. •Definition of Reliability. •Failure Rate: Explanation of term. •Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF). •Explanation of Mean Time To Failure. •Explanation of the term Failure Rate. •Explanation of the term Hazard Rate. •Explanation of term areas of Reliability. •Explanation of the term Reliability Specification. • Reliability studies: brief explanation. •Explanation of Types of System. • Life testing and Reliability. • Classification of Life Testing.

•Quality control Life Test •Pilot-run life test. •Establishment life test. •Application life test

. •Individual life test.

CHAPTER- 4 FAILURE ANALYSIS 4.1 Concept of Failure 4.2 Explanation of important terms: 4.2.1 EARLY failure 4.2.2 CHANCE Failure 4.2.3 Wear-Out Failure 4.2.4 Explanation of Bath- Tub Curve’ 4.3 Explanation of Modes of failure. 4.3.1 catastrophic failure.

4.3.2 Degradation Failure. 4.3.3 Independent Failure.

4.3.4 Secondary Failure. CHAPTER- 5 BASICS OF MAINTENANCE PHILOSOPHY AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM( MIS) 5.1 Definition of Maintenance. 5.2 Objectives of maintenance. 5.3 Forms of maintenance. 5.3.1 Emergency maintenance. 5.3.2 Break down Maintenance. 5.3.3 Preventive Maintenance. 5.3.4 corrective maintenance. 5.3.5 Automatic Maintenance. 5.4 Maintainability Vs Maintenance. 5.5 maintenance cost Analysis. 5.6 Out sourcing or Contracted Maintenance. 5.7 Built in test Equipment (BITE). 5.8 Importance of BITE in Maintenance. 5.9 Total Productive Maintenance(TPM). 5.10 Prophylactic Maintenance. 5.11 Condition monitoring. 5.12 Predictive Maintenance. 5.13 Wear Detection and Monitoring(WDM). 5.14 Magnetic Chip Detector. 5.15 Electric Chip Detector. 5.16 Spectrometric Oil Analysis Program(SOAP) 5.17 Vibration Monitoring and Control. 5.18 Vibration Check. 5.19 Vibration Analysis

5.20 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM 5.20.1 definition and Aims of MIS. 5.20.2 Characteristics of good MIS 5.20.3 Source of Information. 5.20.4 Application of MIS 5.20.5 Development of MIS. 5.20.6 Implementation of MIS. CHAPTER – 6 MAINTENANCE PLANNING AND COMPUTERISATION OF AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE. 6.1 Introduction. 6.2 Computerization of Aircraft Maintenance. 6.3 Basic data maintained with computerization: •Maintenance Schedule. •Component Service life as applicable to that maintenance. •Parts Catalogue with illustration. •Work Card Reference. •List of authorized modification and their implications. •Existing Technical orders and Service Instructions. •Details of Flying hours for that Aircraft. •Condition of information like - Mechanics, Work areas, Flight destination detail etc.

CHAPTER-7 MANAGERIAL STATISTICS. •Introduction and scope of Statistics. •Importance of statistical data. •Classification of Statistical methods:

•Descriptive(Sampling). •Inductive(Inference)

•Sampling. Merits and demerits of Sampling. •Statistical Investigation.

•Formulation of definition of the problem. •Collection of validation of data. •Classification, tabulation and description of results. •Analysis and interpretation.

•Introduction to statistical Quality Control(SQC). •Use of SQC for inspection and manufacturing. •Control Charts.

•Types of control charts. • Use of control charts. CHAPTER – 8 QUALITY STANDARDS 8.1 Introduction. 8.2 ISO 9000 Series 8.3 Quality Systems- Guide lines for selection and use of standards of quality system. 8.3.1 Scope 8.3.2 Principal concept. 8.3.3 Quality System, Situations. 8.3.4 Use of section B,C and contractual purposes. 8.3.5 Selection of model. 8.3.6 selection factors. 8.3.7 Demonstration of documentation. 8.3.8 Pre- contract assessment. 8.3.9 Contract preparation aspects. 8.4 ISO 9001- Model for Quality assurance in design, development, production, Installation and servicing. 8.4.1 Scope. 8.4.2 Normative reference. 8.4.3 Definitions : •Product •Tender •Contract

8.5 ISO 9002: 1987/ IS14002:1988 Quality systems- Model for Quality Assurance in production and assurance. 8.5.1 Scope. 8.6 ISO 9003: 1987/ IS 14003 :1988 Quality system – model for quality assurance in final inspection and test. 8.6.1 Scope 8.6.2 Quality system requirements

8.6.3 Management responsibility 8.6.4 Quality system 8.6.5 Document control 8.6.6 Product identification. 8.6.7 Inspection and Testing. 8.6.8 Control of non conforming product. 8.6.9 Handling, Storage, Packaging and delivery. 8.6.10 Quality Records 8.6.11 Training. 8.6.12 Statistical techniques. 8.7 ISO 9004/ IS 14004 :1991 Quality management and quality system Elements – Guidelines. 8.7.1 Scope. 8.7.2 Management responsibility. 8.7.3 Quality system principles (a) Quality loop (b) Structure of the quality system 8.7.4 Economics- Quality related cost consideration. 8.7.5 Quality in marketing. 8.7.6 Quality in specification and design. 8.7.7 Quality in procurement. 8.7.8 Quality in production. 8.7.9 Control of production. 8.7.10 Product Verification. 8.7.11 Control of measuring and test equipment. 8.7.12 Non conformity 8.7.13 Corrective action 8.7.14 Handling and post production function. 8.7.15 Quality documentation and records. 8.7.16 Personal (a) Training. (b) Motivation. © Quality awareness 8.7.17 Product safety and liability.

8.7.18 Use of statistical methods. CHAPTER-9 ERGONOMICS. 9.1 Basic meaning and explanation of term ergonomics. 9.2 Human – Machine matching. 9.3 Ergonomical reasons for lay out and display. 9.4 Ergonomical principles which decide the layout. CHAPTER-10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT. 10.1 Global environmental issues. 10.2 Ozone layer depletion 10.2.1 Quantitative understanding. 10.2.2 Observations on Ozone layer depletion. 10.2.3 Consequence of Ozone layer depletion. (a) Biological effects (b) Effects on Humans. © effects on Crops. 10.2.4 Prospects of Ozone depletion. 10.3 Effects of global warming on Society. 10.4 Acid rain. 10.5 Nuclear: 10.5.1 List the sources of nuclear radiation. 10.5.2 Discuss disposal of Radio active waste. 10.5.3 Explain effects of Radiation. 10.5.4 Explain prevention of the above. 10.6 Regulation on pollution prevention and control. 10.6.1 Functions of Pollution Boards. 10.6.2 Environment (protection) Act, 1986 (a) Definition. (b) General power of the Central Government.

© Rules to regulate Environmental Pollution. •Powers of entry and Inspection. •Penalty for contravention of the provisions of the act and the rules, orders and directions. REFRENCE BOOKS SECTION III

SUB Code: MODEL QUESTION PAPEER IV Semester diploma Examination Aeronautical Engineering Board MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT Time: 3 hours Max. Marks: 100 Instructions: (1) Section - I is compulsory (2) Answer any TWO Questions from Sections-II, III & IV each. (3) Neatness and clarity carry weightage. SECTION-I 1.(a) Fill in the blanks with word/words appropriately: 5*1= 5 (i) Optimum serviceability of aircraft can be maintained by carrying out proper----------. (ii) Break down maintenance is carried out---------------- the break down occurs. (iii) BITE stands for-------------. (iv) Computerization of aircraft maintenance will ease out--------- and----------. (v) Environmental pollution is causing Ozone layer -----------. (b) Briefly explain Life Cycle Profitability. 5

2 (a) Define the following: 3 (i) Terotechnology. (ii) Maintainability. 3 (iii) Factors effecting maintainability. 2 (b) Discuss concept of Reliability. 7 3 (a) write short notes on: (i) Mean Time between Failure. 3 (ii) Life Testing and Reliability. 2 (iii) Maintainability and Cost. 3 (b) Explain “Bath Tub Curve” with suitable diagram. What is Catastrophic Failure? 8 4(a) Write on : (i) Life characteristics curve 3 (ii) Availability 4 (b) Discuss concept of failure .What do you understand degradation failure. 8 SECTION III 5(a) What do you understand by total productive maintenance (TPM) ? Explain outsourcing or contracted maintenance. 8 (b) Explain the following: (i) Independent failure 2 (ii) Statistical data 2 (iii) Descriptive sampling 3 6(a) what you understand by maintenance ? Write down the objective of maintenance. 8

(b) What are the information required to be computerized for efficient training and control of aircraft maintenance? 7 7(a) What do you understand by management information system? Explain computerization of aircraft maintenance. 7 (b) Discuss merit and demerit of sampling .What do you understand by statistical quality control? 8 SECTION IV 8(a) Discuss briefly guidelines for selection and use of standard of quality system . 8 (b) Explain ergonomical reasons for layout of display panels & various components /assemblies in an aircraft. 7 9(a) List out the various elements to be considered as a model for quality system assurance in final inspection and test . Explain five such element in not more than three lines 7 (b) Discuss global environmental issues . Write down the consequences of ozone layer depletion . 8 10Write short notes on: (a) Function of pollution control board 4 (b) Environment (protection ) ACT , 19 86 3 (c) Sources of nuclear radiation 3 (d) Types of control chart used in statistics 2 (e) Ergonomic principles which decides the layout 3

MODEL QUESTION PAPER DIPLOMA IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

VI SEMESTER

AVIATION AND FLIGHT SAFETY

Instructions:1) SECTION-I is compulsory 2)Answer any 2 quest from SECTIONS II, III AND SECTION 1V 3)Neatness and diagrams carry weightage \ SECTION- I 1x5 Q1 a) i) Fuel (ATF) contamination can cause -------------- in an aircraft while in flight •Life expired lubricatnts/ grease should not be used in aircraft because_________ •There are mainly two reasons for cause of accidents for an aircraft_____&____ •Out of accidents and incidents files always_________ cant be burnt. •Regulatory body for flying activities & maintenance in india is________ b) Write short notes on i)Role of DGCA towards flight & safety 5 __________________________________________________________________________-- SECTION- II Q2) a) Explain the meaning and purpose of aviation safety, flight safety& maintenance safety. 5 b) What are the various regulatory agencies which monitor the flying activities, flight & maintenance safety in india. Give the role & responsibilities of these agencies . 5 c) In an airport who is responsible for flight safety & maintenance safety, explain thier role & resposibilities. 5 Q3) a) What tis the main purpose of quality check of ATF? If not done what will be the

effect on ground, in air for the aircraft? Explain 7 b) what are the commmon test that are conducted on ATF to check the quality ? Explain any one method 8 Q4) a) What is contamination of ATF, hydraulic oil & grease. What are the various types of contamination for ATF, hydraulic oil & grease. What are the effects of these contaminations on flight safety and on aircrafts ? 8 b) why the aircraft and engine have to be presrved when an aircraft is on long waiting period for spares/ what are the safety precaution to be taken for such an aircraft when it is put back into service. SECTION- III Q5.a) What are the various types of tyres used in aircraft operations?What are the main properties that are required for an aircraft tyre? What are the precautions to be taken for storage of aircraft tyres? 8 b)Explain what is aqua planing?Where and when does it happen for an aircraft? What are preventive measures to be taken to avoid/minimize the effect of aquaplaning? What are the effects on flight safety? 7

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING DIPLOMA SUBJECT CODE No. AN--- VI SEMESTER AVIONICS AND AIRCRAFT RADIO SYSTEMS Instructions:- 1) Section I is compulsory.

2) Answer any two each from Sections II, III and IV 3) Neatness and diagrams carry weightage

SECTION- I Q 1. a) Fill in the blanks:- 1X5=5 i)The medium of propagation of E.M. Waves are--------

ii) Types of communication frequencies used in aircraft are-------- iii) A.D.F. Stands for------------ iv) M.L.S. Stands for------- v) I.N.S. Suffers from --------- with time.

b) Write short notes on:- E.M. Wave propagation and mediums of propagation. 5 SECTION-II Q 2. a) What is radio frequency spectrum? Draw frequency spectrum indicative chart showing various frequency bands.List out the limitations of R.F.bands. 8 b)Describe the various requirements of Aircraft Avionics systems& briefly mention their purposes. 7 Q3. a) What are various types of Radio communication systems used in aircraft? Write the frequency bands for each, explain merits and de-merits of each type. 8 b)W hat are the various navigation systems used inan aircraft? Explain briefly the advantages and disadvantages of each system. 7 Q4. a) Explain the working of an I.L.S.(Instrument Navigation System) with a neat indicative diagram. Explain what is meant by " DECISION HEIGHT" in ILS classification/catogory? 8 b)Explain the working of M.L..S( Microwave Landing System) with a neat indicative diagram. What are the advantages of MLS as compared to an ILS? List out. 7 SECTION- III Q 5. a) Briefly explai the Satcom Navigation system using GPS. Bring out the advantages , dis-advantages of GPS. Draw diagram as applicable. 8 b)Explain the working of an F.D.R( Flight Data Recorder) using an indicative diagram/block diagram, bring out the various uses of data recorded by FDR during take off to landing back. 7 Q 6. a) Briefly expain the working of a C.V.R( Cockpit Voice Recorder) with block diagram and explain the purpose,use and special features of a CVR 8 b) Explain the basic working principle of a RADAR using neat diagram/block diagram.Also explain the purpose, use of Radar in various fields . 7 Q7. a) Briefly explai the working of INS (Inertial Navigation System) .What are the advantages, dis-advantages of INS? 8 b)Explain briefly with a block diagram the working of a Doppler Radar. What are the applications for a Doppler Radar? 7

SECTION-IV Q 8.a) Explain what is a secondary Radar? What are the advantages and dis-advantages of a secondary Radar? What are the main applications of a secondary Radar? 8 b) What is meaning of A.D.F.?( Automatic Direction Finder). Explain briefly the working of a VOR( Very high frequency Omni Range) system and mention its application ares in Aviation field . 7 Q 9.a) What are the functions of aircraft PA System( Public address ) , passenger entertainment system and intercom systems in aircraft? Out of these, which all are not going to be used in the case of failure of main generator system in an aircraft? And why? Give logical reasons. 8 b) List out the parameters that are recorded by an FDR during the one entire cyle- take-off, cruising, landing – up to parking & engine switch off. What are the uses of data recorded by an FDR? 7 Q10. Write short notes on:- 3X5= 15 a)Various types of antenna b) VHF, UHF & HF Systems used in an aircraft,their merits ,de-merits c)Need for navigation systems in aircraft.

MODEL QUESTION PAPER AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING DIPLOMA

SUBJECT CODE No. AN--- VI SEMESTER

AVIONICS AND AIRCRAFT RADIO SYSTEMS Instructions:- 1) Section I is compulsory. •Answer any two each from Sections II, III and IV •Neatness and diagrams carry weightage SECTION- I Q 1. a) Fill in the blanks:- 1X5=5 i)The medium of propagation of E.M. Waves are-------- •Types of communication frequencies used in aircraft are-------- •A.D.F. Stands for------------ •M.L.S. Stands for------- •I.N.S. Suffers from --------- with time. b) Write short notes on:- E.M. Wave propagation and mediums of propagation. 5 SECTION-II Q 2. a) What is radio frequency spectrum? Draw frequency spectrum indicative chart showing various frequency bands.List out the limitations of R.F.bands. 8 b)Describe the various requirements of Aircraft Avionics systems& briefly mention their purposes. 7 Q3. a) What are various types of Radio communication systems used in aircraft? Write the frequency bands for each, explain merits and de-merits of each type. 8 b)W hat are the various navigation systems used inan aircraft? Explain briefly the advantages and disadvantages of each system. 7 Q4. a) Explain the working of an I.L.S.(Instrument Navigation System) with a neat indicative diagram. Explain what is meant by " DECISION HEIGHT" in ILS classification/catogory? 8 b)Explain the working of M.L..S( Microwave Landing System) with a neat indicative diagram. What are the advantages of MLS as compared to an ILS? List out. 7 SECTION- III

Q 5. a) Briefly explai the Satcom Navigation system using GPS. Bring out the advantages , dis-advantages of GPS. Draw diagram as applicable. 8 b)Explain the working of an F.D.R( Flight Data Recorder) using an indicative diagram/block diagram, bring out the various uses of data recorded by FDR during take off to landing back. 7 Q 6. a) Briefly expain the working of a C.V.R( Cockpit Voice Recorder) with block diagram and explain the purpose,use and special features of a CVR 8 b) Explain the basic working principle of a RADAR using neat diagram/block diagram.Also explain the purpose, use of Radar in various fields . 7 Q7. a) Briefly explai the working of INS (Inertial Navigation System) .What are the advantages, dis-advantages of INS? 8 b)Explain briefly with a block diagram the working of a Doppler Radar. What are the applications for a Doppler Radar? 7 SECTION-IV Q 8.a) Explain what is a secondary Radar? What are the advantages and dis-advantages of a secondary Radar? What are the main applications of a secondary Radar? 8 b) What is meaning of A.D.F.?( Automatic Direction Finder). Explain briefly the working of a VOR( Very high frequency Omni Range) system and mention its application ares in Aviation field . 7 Q 9.a) What are the functions of aircraft PA System( Public address ) , passenger entertainment system and intercom systems in aircraft? Out of these, which all are not going to be used in the case of failure of main generator system in an aircraft? And why? Give logical reasons. 8 b) List out the parameters that are recorded by an FDR during the one entire cyle- take-off, cruising, landing – up to parking & engine switch off. What are the uses of data recorded by an FDR? 7 Q10. Write short notes on:- 3X5= 15 a)Various types of antenna b) VHF, UHF & HF Systems used in an aircraft,their merits ,de-merits c)Need for navigation systems in aircraft.

TASKS RESOURCE NEEDED

I FORTNIGH

T

II FORTNIGH

T

III FORTNIGH

T

IV FORTNIGH

T

V FORTNIGH

T

VI FORTNIGH

T

VII FORTNIGH

T

VIII FORTNIGH

TVACATION

IX FORTNIGH

T

X FORTNIGH

T

XI FORTNIGH

T

XII FORTNIGH

T

XIII FORTNIGH

T

XIV FORTNIGH

T

XV FORTNIGH

T

XVI FORTNIGH

T

Literature survey for project

Internet / library / industry / Research Centres

Finalisation of the Area in which the project has to be done ( Example : Design / Manufacturing / Thermal Engineering )

Internet / library / industry

Finding out Facility to do the project

Laboratory / Industry/ Project Sites

Collecting Data / Doing experiments / writing of code

Laboratory / Industry/ Project Sites

Analysis of Data Using relevent software

Results and Fine tuning the experiment using the Data Analysis

Laboratory / Industry/ Project Sites

Report writing

Submission of Project Report and Viva voce

PROJECT WORK - SCHEDULING

Department of Technical Education, Karnataka DIPLOMA IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SIXTH SEMESTER (Final end examination will be in Sixth Semester)

SUBJECT: PROJECT WORK AND INDUSTRIAL VISIT

Contact Hrs/Week: 6 Hrs. Contact Hrs: 96Hrs As far as possible students should be given application oriented project problems with a view to:

1. Develop an understanding regarding the size and scale of operations and nature of field work in which students are going to play their role after completing the course of study in Mechanical Engineering.

2. Develop an understanding of subject based knowledge given in the classroom in the context of its application at work places.

3. Provide first hand experience to develop confidence amongst the students to enable them to use and apply acquired technical knowledge and skills to solve practical problems of the world of work.

4. Develop special skills and abilities like interpersonal skills, communication skills, attitudes and values.

5. Practical exposure to an industrial activity For the fulfillment of above competencies, polytechnics may establish close linkage with 8-10 relevant organizations for providing such an experience. It is necessary that each organization is visited well in advance by respective teachers and activities to be performed by students are well defined. The chosen activities should be such which are of curricular interest to students and of professional value to industrial/field organizations. Each Project batch must have Minimum of 5 students. Effort should be made to identify actual field problems to be given as project work to the students. Project selected should not be too complex which is beyond the comprehension level of the students. The placement of the students for such a practical cum project work should match with the competency profile and interest of students. Students may be assessed both by industry and polytechnic faculty. The suggested performance criteria are given below: a) Punctuality and regularity (Log book - mandatory and to be produced during IA verification) b) Initiative in learning/Demonstration and fabrication of model c) Level/proficiency of practical skills acquired d) Originality e) Scope for patentability f) Sense of responsibility g) Self expression/Communication skills

h) Interpersonal skills. g) Report writing skills h) Viva voce Some of suggested projects are given below: These are only guidelines, teacher may take any project related to Mechanical and allied area depending upon the availability of projects. Preference should be given to practical oriented projects.

1) Industrial Visit Students are required to undergo an industrial visit for period of at least 3(Three) working days, either in V/VI semester. After completion of their visit the reports should be prepared. Each Student should write the report independently in view of his own observation in industry. All days for the visit should be accounted for clearly giving attendance particulars. The concern accompanying staff is to check student presence and access progress periodically 1.1 Industrial report Students are required to submit a comprehensive report on factory visit with details of the organization where the training was undergone. The comprehensive report should focus on study of plant/ product /process/ along with intensive in-depth study on anyone of the topics such as processes, methods, tooling, plant layout and equipment, highlighting aspects of quality, productivity of the system. Any data, drawings etc should be incorporated with the consent of the Organization. The comprehensive report should be submitted for the end exam for evaluation. The Project Report should consist of following items.

1. Introduction 2. Review of Literature 3. Study Area 4. Methodology/Design/fabrication/Tests 5. Result and Discussion 6. Conclusion and scope for future study 7. References.

____________________________________________________________ GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF PROJECT REPORTS

1. Project reports should be typed neatly in Times New Roman letters with font size 14 for titles and 12 for text on both sides of the paper with 1.5 line spacing on a A4 size paper (210 x 297 mm). The margins should be: Left - 1.5", Right - 1", Top and Bottom - 0.75". 2. The total number of reports (Soft bound) to be prepared are

One copy to the department /library One copy to the concerned guide(s) One copy to the candidate.

3. Before taking the final printout, the approval of the concerned guide(s) is mandatory and suggested corrections, if any, must be incorporated.

4. Every copy of the report must contain

Inner title page (White) Outer title page with a plastic cover Candidate declaration and Certificate in the format enclosed both from the institution and

the organization where the project is carried out. An abstract (synopsis) not exceeding 100 words, indicating salient features of the work.

5. The organization of the report should be as follows

1. Inner title page 2. Abstract or Synopsis 3. Acknowledgments 4. Table of Contents 5. List of table & figures (optional)

Usually numbered in roman

Chapters (to be numbered in Arabic) containing Introduction-, which usually specifies the scope of work and its importance and relation to previous work and the present developments, Main body of the report divided appropriately into chapters, sections and subsections.

The chapters, sections and subsections may be numbered in the decimal form for e.g. Chapter 2, sections as 2.1, 2.2 etc., and subsections as 2.2.3, 2.5.1 etc.

The chapter must be left or right justified (font size 16). Followed by the title of chapter centered (font size 18), section/subsection numbers along with their headings must be left justified with section number and its heading in font size 16 and subsection and its heading in font size 14. The body or the text of the report should have font size 12.

The figures and tables must be numbered chapter wise The last chapter should contain the summary of the work carried, contributions if any, their

utility along with the scope for further work. Reference or Bibliography: The references should be numbered serially in the order of

their occurrence in the text and their numbers should be indicated within square brackets for e.g. [3]. The section on references should list them in serial order in the following format.

1. For textbooks – Dr.Paramar S, Welding process and technology, Khanna publishers, New Delhi, 2 Edition, 2003.

2. For papers – Y.Javadi and I.sattari, Welding distortion in pipes, Journal of pressure vessels and piping, Vol 85, Aug 2008, pp 337-343

Only SI units are to be used in the report. Important equations must be numbered in decimal form for e.g.

V = IZ .......... (3.2) All equation numbers should be right justified. Separator sheets, used if any, between chapters, should be of thin paper

1. selection of project and feasibility of study 5 Marks

2. Preparation of synopsis/PPT presentation. 10 Marks

3. Market survey, cost and estimation of project 10Marks TOTAL MARKS 25 Marks

SESIONAL MARKS EVALUATION:

1. First review (During the end of V th semester) 25 mark

2. Second review (During the end of VI th semester) 25 mark

TOTAL:50 mark

PROJECT EVALUATION:

1. Relevance of the subject in the present context 10 mark

2. Literature Review 10 mark

3. Fabrication of the model/Data collection/repair and

Overhauling work 40 mark

4. Results & Discussion 10 mark

5. Industrial visit report 10 mark

6. Presentation 20 mark

TOTAL 100 mark

NOTE: 1.Sesional marks to be awarded at the end of EACH SEMESTER ONLY

2.The candidate declaration and certificate sample copy are enclosed here for incorporation in final project

report

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION

I, ------------------------------------------ a student of Diploma in ------------------------------ Department

bearing Reg No---------------------------------------of ---------------------------------------------- hereby

declare that I own full responsibility for the information, results and conclusions provided in this

project work titled “-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“submitted to State Board of Technical Examinations, Government of Karnataka for the award

of Diploma in -----------------------------------.

To the best of my knowledge, this project work has not been submitted in part or full elsewhere in

any other institution/organization for the award of any certificate/diploma/degree. I have

completely taken care in acknowledging the contribution of others in this academic work. I further

declare that in case of any violation of intellectual property rights and particulars declared, found at

any stage, I, as the candidate will be solely responsible for the same.

Date: Place: Signature of candidate Name: -------------------- Reg No-------------------

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION NAME OF THE INSTITUTION

Address with pin code Department of ……………………………………………………..

CERTIFICATE

Certified that this project report entitled --------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------”which is being submitted

by Mr./Ms. ………………………….……………….., Reg. No…..……………, a bonafide student of

…………………………………….in partial fulfillment for the award of Diploma in -----------------

Engineering during the year ……………………... is record of students own work carried out under

my/our guidance. It is certified that all corrections/suggestions indicated for internal Assessment have been

incorporated in the Report and one copy of it being deposited in the polytechnic library.

The project report has been approved as it satisfies the academic requirements in respect of Project work

prescribed for the said diploma.

It is further understood that by this certificate the undersigned do not endorse or approve any

statement made, opinion expressed or conclusion drawn there in but approve the project only for

the purpose for which it is submitted.

Guide(s) Name and signature

Examiners 1 2

Head of Department

Dept. of --------------------

ROADMAP FOR PROJECT GUIDES

1. The project work is proposed to be carried out during the V and VI semesters so that learners prepare during the V semester, do some field work based on the preparation during the mid semester vacation and report the analysis and inferences during the VI semester.

2. The learners would reach a level of maturity by the time they reach V semester and so a meaningful project lasting for a year can be executed by them.

3. To execute the project with involvement needs constant guidance and monitoring of the progress of the learners by the guide.

4. This does not mean teacher has to advice learners. 5. Be confident about the ability of the learner and “intellectually provoke” them with

challenging questions. These questions should prompt the learners to search information and update themselves (to be carried out during the first two weeks).

6. Do not feed information to learners. Instead crate a ‘cognitive dissonance’ (a challenging question or situation that the learner is not able to find an immediate answer but feels the need to search for information to find a solution).

7. Defer judgement on learners and give them identified sources if required like a journal article, book or a web site.

8. Even if the learners report their inability to solve do NOT give or prescribe a solution. 9. Be patient and give time for the learner to construct his knowledge. 10. Give corrective feedback to the learner by challenging his solutions so that his logic is

questioned and it develops further. 11. This leads to the first activity viz., literature survey and conceiving a project. 12. During this phase meet the project team in a group and create a healthy competition among

the learners to search different sources and synthesise their findings in the group. 13. Aim for bringing out a workable innovative project conceived within the first eight weeks as

given in the schedule attached. 14. During these two phases and the third phase the teacher should assess the strengths and

weakness of the members of the group and allocate differential work to team members on the remaining tasks to be carried out during the next thirty weeks.

15. This is to ensure active participation of all the members of the team. 16. By the end of the twelfth week finalise the project and a schedule of further activities for

each member indicating the time frame in which his activities are to be executed may be made ready. A soft copy of this schedule may be collected from each learner by the guide to follow up.

17. This schedule prepared by each learner need to be documented for checking further progress of the project.

18. The next few phases of the project may require active guidance of the guide especially regarding the sources of collecting data, if a sample data is to be collected the number of units has to be decided, collating the data/fabricating, tryout/analysis and finally coming out with meaningful conclusions or models or application.

19. Data like models, designs, technical specifications, source code, protocols and original records need be collected from one authentic source as there will not be any variation. The teacher may guide the learners to authentic source.

20. Data having limited variability like product/service quality, processes and standards, procedures need to be collected from a sample as there is a variation. The number of units from whom (source) the data is to be collected is called sample. The sample needs to be

representative of the expected variation. The decision on the size of the sample and the number of units need guidance from the teacher. For example, data regarding the quality of a product/service need be collected from 3 to 5 personnel at different levels of a service provider or dealers of a product. The numbers given are suggestive but a guide based on his experience has to make valid suggestions.

21. Data having a wide range of variation like customer satisfaction where the customers are members of the public need a larger number of units to accommodate the diversity. A tool like questionnaire with predetermined questions need to be prepared, tried out on a small sample and finalise the questions. Data may be collected from at least 30 units. This number is suggested to apply statistical analysis for meaningful conclusions. Guides may decide on the sample size depending on the accessibility of data.

22. The intention of the above three points viz., 19, 20 and 21 is to ensure objectivity in data collection i.e., to reduce the subjectivity of the human mind.

23. All the above activities need to be completed before three to four weeks before the end of V semester (refer the spread sheet related to scheduling).

24. The learners may be instructed to collect data objectively with identified sample during the next 4 to six weeks which includes the mid semester holidays. This would enable the learners to visit the field and collect data without the constraint of reporting to institution and attending classes on a regular basis.

25. The collected data need to be organised and entered to spread sheets or similar formats for analysis. Qualitative data may be converted to quantitative using a rating scale or similar data organisation procedures.

26. The result of most analysis on spreadsheet could be obtained in tables or graphs as per the requirement.

27. Activities mentioned in points 24, 25 and 26 may be carried out by learners during 4 to 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester.

28. Interpretation of the analysed tables and graphs to arrive at meaningful inference. The guide at this stage may defer his ideas on interpretation allowing the learners to do this. In case the learners err in the process they may be given corrective feedback.

29. A report of the whole process of doing the project may be written, word processed and submitted in triplicate.

30. Guides may contact industries and try to solve their problems so that the learners get a field experience and they get ready for the industry.

31. Innovations and innovative practices may be encouraged among the learners to be pursued as a project. Developing prototypes, (in simulation or real) trying out feasibility of new ideas, changing existing systems by adding modules, combining, assembling new modules and developing new systems may be given higher priority over routine bookish projects.

32. The schedule of events proposed is for an investigative project as a model. Guides may alter the prescribed schedule to suit the kind of innovative projects sited in point No.31 above.

33. Industry personnel may be involved in conceiving, executing and evaluating projects. This gives credibility to the institute and acceptance of learners for absorption into the company.

GUIDELINES TO LEARNERS TO CARRY OUT A TWO SEMESTER PROJECT

1. Carry out the project work through the V and VI semesters. Preparation must be done during the V semester and based on this, field work should be done during the mid semester vacation and reporting of analysis and inferences should be done in the VI semester.

2. You have the ability and the level of maturity needed to conceive an innovative and meaningful project accomplishing which gives you recognition by the industry and empowers you with the power of knowledge.

3. Understand your strength and weakness and make an effort to find the strength and weakness of other peers in the team.

4. Complement each other’s strength rather than compete with peers within the team. This will enable you to complete a comprehensive and innovative project relevant to the industrial needs rather than doing a routine copy of what others have done.

5. Seek guidance from the teacher and update him/her about the progress. 6. Be confident about your ability and that of other members of your group. Take extra efforts

to collect information, share with your peers and synthesise your knowledge. 7. Question everything including the ideas of your teacher. Accept the ideas and instructions

which are internally consistent (logical). 8. Involve actively in group activities and contribute towards the tasks. 9. Do not depend too much on the teacher as a source of information, search on your own and

build your knowledge structure. Search for authentic sources like journal articles, books and authentic sites rather than blogs and tweets.

10. Though brief, record your thoughts and activities including searches immediately. 11. Prepare a schedule for your work on a spread sheet and encourage your peers to do the

same. 12. Show your schedule and that of others to the teacher and get his feedback. 13. Keep reviewing the schedule every fortnight and take corrective steps if needed. For doing

this keep the general guideline schedule given in the curriculum as a backdrop. 14. Tools used for data collection like instruments, testing machines, questions to be asked and

software may be tried out and standardised by the twelfth week of the project. Seek the teacher’s help who is experienced in doing this.

15. Collect data dispassionately or objectively (without applying your personal prejudice). Complete this task before the VI semester begins.

16. While entering data into the spread sheet ask your peer member to verify. This will ensure accuracy of data entry.

17. Use appropriate mathematics/statistics for calculations. Seek help from external sources (other than your teacher) if required.

18. The results of your analysis need to be graphically represented and documented. You may also add photographs and video clips to increase the validity.

19. This task needs to be completed within 8 weeks after commencement of VI semester. 20. Interpret the data (after analysis) and arrive at meaningful inferences on your own in

discussion with your peers. Get it ratified by your teacher. Suggestions from the teacher may be discussed among your peers and incorporated if they are internally consistent.

21. The project report may be word processed (videos, photographs attached in soft copy) and submitted in triplicate two weeks before the end of VI semester.

22. Involve passionately in the team work, make constructive contributions and come out with an industry friendly project which will equip you in your professional development.

CIVIL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS CONTACT HRS/WEEK:4 CONTACT HRS/SEM=64

TOPIC ANALYSIS SL NO

TOPICS HOURS ALLOCAT

WIEGHTAGE MARKS

CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 CH 4 CH 5 CH 6 CH 7 CH 8 CH 9 CH 10 CH 11 CH12

Introduction

RESPONSIBILITY OF OPERATORS/OWNERS

PROCEDURE FOR ISSUE OF CAR

PREPARATION AND USE OF COCKPIT AND EMERGEN

CHECK LIST

MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (MEL)

DEFECT RECORDING/REPORTING/INVESTIGATION

FLIGHT REPORT

MAINTENANCE CONTROL BY FELIABILITY METHOD

A/C MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME AND THEIAPPROVA

‘ON-CONDITION’ MAINTENANCE OF RECIPROCATING

ENGINES

FIXING OF ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PERIODS-TBO

APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONS/OPERATORS

03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 05

6 6 6 6 7 5 5 6 6 6 4 8 7

SL NO

TOPICS HOURS ALLOCATED

WIEGHTAGE MARKS

CH 13 CH 14 CH 15 CH 16 CH 17 CH 18 CH 19 CH 20 CH 21 CH 22 CH 23

PROCEDURE RELATING TO

REGISTRATION/DEREGISTRATION OF AIRCRAF

PROCEDURE FOR ISSUE/REVALIDATION OF

TYPE CERTI-FICATE OF AIRCRAFT

ISSUE/VALIDATION AND RENEWAL OF

CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS

CONTROL SYSTEM-DUPLICATE INSPECTION

APPROVAL OF FLIGHT MANUALS

AGE OF A/C TO BE IMPORTED

MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS (INSPECTIONS)

EXTENDED TWIN ENGINED OPERATIONS

FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFT

AIRCRAFT LOG BOOKS

TEST AND REVISION

TOTAL

03 02 02 02 02 03 02 02 02 02 04

5 6 7 8 6 6 6 6 5 6 6

64

145

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION Hrs 03 •) Brief history OF ICAO, DGCA, FAA, JAA etc., •) Aircraft Act 1934: Purpose and relevance •) Aircraft Act 1034: Important Rule No.s

CHAPTER 2 Hrs 03 RESPONSIBILITY OF OPERATORS/OWNERS 2.1) Background 2.2) Scope of responsibility 2.3) Scope of supervision by Airworthiness Directorate (Ref: CAR Sec 2: Series A Part I)

CHAPTER 3 Hrs 03 PROCEDURE FOR ISSUE OF CAR 3.1) Scope 3.2) Promulgation of CAR 3.3) Numbering of CAR 3.4) Procedure for issue and subsequent revisions

CHAPTER 4 Hrs 03 PREPARATION AND USE OF COCKPIT AND EMERGENCY CHECK LIST 4.1) Purpose and definition 4.2) Scope (Ref CAR Sec 2 series B-II)

CHAPTER 5 Hrs 03 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (MEL) 5.1) Applicability

5.2) Operators MEL 5.3) Framing of MEL 5.4) Use of MEL (Ref CAR Section 2: Series B-I)

CHAPTER 6 Hrs 03 DEFECT RECORDING/REPORTING/INVESTIGATION 6.1) Definitions 6.2) Procedure for defect recording, reporting rectification and analysis 6.3) Initial Information 6.4) Review of defects 6.5) Report monitoring 6.6) Classification of defects (Ref CAR Sec: 2 series C-I)

CHAPTER 7 Hrs 03 FLIGHT REPORT 7.1) Purpose 7.2) Procedure (Ref CAR Sec2: Series C-II)

CHAPTER 8 Hrs 03

MAINTENANCE CONTROL BY RELIABILITY METHOD

8.1) Purpose and applicability 8.2) Details of programme and functioning 8.3) Sources of Information 8.4) Information analysis and remedial measures 8.5) Establishing alert values 8.6) Reliability displays 8.7) Changes in MCR method (Ref CAR Sec 2:Series C part V)

CHAPTER 9 Hrs 03

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME AND THEIR APPROVAL 9.1) Definitions 9.2) Purpose 9.3) Primary maintenance process 9.4) Approval of the system 9.5) Monitoring 9.6) Statistical reliability method 9.7) Explanation of hidden functions (Ref: CAR Sec 2 Series D-II) CHAPTER 10 Hrs 03 ‘ON CONDITION MAINTENANCE OF RECIPROCATING ENGINES’ 10.1) Background and scope 10.2) Procedure (Ref CAR Sec 2, Series D-III)

CHAPTER 11 Hrs 03

FIXING OF ROUTINE MAINTENANCE PERIODS-TBO 11.1) Applicability 11.2) Fixation of initial period 11.3) Revision of initial periods

(Ref CAR Sec 2:Series D-VI)

CHAPTER 12 Hrs 05

APPROVAL OF ORGANIZATIONS/OPERATORS 12.1) Introduction 12.2) Applicability 12.3) Procedure 12.4) Facility requirements 12.5) Manual requirements 12.6) Aircraft maintenance procedure 12.7) Approval in different categories (Ref CAR Sec 2: Series E) 12.8) CAR-145-Introduction and applicability

CHAPTER 13 Hrs 03 13.1) Procedure relating to registration/derecognizing of aircraft of 13.2) Introduction 13.3) Definitions 13.4) Change of ownership 13.5) Aircraft imported by Air 13.6) Registration certificate and validity 13.7) Location of nationality or common mark and registration 13.8) Measurement of Nationality and registration marks (Ref: CAR Sec F Part I) CHAPTER 14 Hrs 02 procedure for issue/re validation of type certificate of aircraft: •Applicability •requirement for issue of type certificate •requirement for re validation of type certificate (Ref : CAR section II F pt 2)

CHAPTER 15 Hrs 02 Issue /validation and renewal of certificate of airworthiness: •Introduction

•Issuance of C of A •Validity of C of A •renewal of C of A •Short term of C of A •suspension of C of A ( Ref : CAR section II F pt 3)

CHAPTER 16 Hrs 02 Control system -duplicate inspection •Applicability •Definition •Procedure ( Ref : CAR section II F pt xi) CHAPTER 17 Hrs 02 Approval of flight manual •Definition •Applicability •Format of flight manual ( Ref : CAR section II F pt xvi) CHAPTER 18 Hrs 03 Age of aircraft to be imported •Introduction •Background •Applicability ( Ref : CAR section II F pt xx)

CHAPTER 19 Hrs 02 MANDATORY MODIFICATION (INSPECTION) 19.1)Applicability •Purpose • Definition

•Procedure ( Ref : CAR section II F pt I) CHAPTER20 Hrs 02 EXTENDED TWIN ENGINE OPERATIONS 20.1) Introduction 20.2)Applicability 20.3) Definition 20.4)Procedure 20.5)ETOPS categories 20.6)Propulsion system monitoring

( Ref : CAR section II o pt 8) CHAPTER21 Hrs 02 FLIGHT Testing of aircraft •Applicability

21.2)Definition 21.3)Circumstances necessitating flight testing 21.4) Procedure during flight testing 21.5) Flight test report ( Ref : CAR section II T pt 2)

CHAPTER 22 Hrs 02 AIRCRAFT LOG BOOKS •Introduction

22.2)Applicability 22.3) Format of journey log book 22.4) General requirements

( Ref : CAR section II X pt VI)

MAIN REFERENCE VOLUME I and II

MODEL QUESTION PAPER

DIRECTORATE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION

DIPLOMA IN AERONAUTICAL

Scheme of Study and Examination 2009- 2010

Sl.No Q P.Code Subject Contact Hours

Exam Duration Hours Scheme of Exam

Total Marks

Min. Marks for passing

Theory Theory Practical Total Max.

Marks Min.

Marks I.A.*

Marks 1 9SC01M Applied Mathematics-I 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 2 9SC03S Applied Science 5 5 3 100 35 25 125 45 3 9CP01E English Communication 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Drawing/Practicals

3 9ME01D Engineering Graphics 6 6 4 100 35 25 125 45

4 9ME26P Basic work shop practice(Fitting,carp & Forging) 9 9 3 100 50 25 125 60

5 9AN16P Basic Computer Skills 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 6 9SC10P Applied Science Lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

13 27 40 700 150 875 360

SECOND SEMESTER DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL

ENGINEERING

Schemes of study and Examination

Q P Theory Subjects Contact Hours Exam. Scheme of Examination Total Min. CODE Durati

on Max. Marks

for End Exam. I.A. Mark

s Passing

Theory Pract. Total Max. Min. Marks (with IA) Marks Passin

g

Marks 9SC02M APPLIED MATHEMATICS-II 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 9EE01E BASIC ELECTRICAL AND

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9AN23 AIRCRAFT MATERIALS 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 9AN24 BASIC AERODYNAMICS 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

DRAWING/PARCTICALS 9ME24P COMPUTER AIDED ENGG

GRAPHICS - 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9EE10P BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS LAB

- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9AN25P MATERIAL TESTING,NDT(NO-N DESTRUCTIVE TESTING) PROCESS LAB

- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

TOTAL 16 18 34 700 875 360

THIRD SEMESTER DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING (W.E.F 2010--2011)

Schemes of study and Examination

Q P Code

Theory Subjects Contact Hours Exam. Duration

Scheme of Examination Total Max. Marks

Min. Marks

for Passing

(with IA)

End Exam. I.A. Marks*

Theory Pract. Total Max. Marks

Min. Passing Marks

9AN32 AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS- I

4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9AN33 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9AN34 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

DRAWING / PRACTICALS

9AN35P AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES SERVICING LAB

6

6

3

100

50

25

125

60

9ME36P WORKSHOP PRACTICE (FOUNDRY,WELDING, SHEET METAL)

- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9AN37P AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS SERVICING LAB

- 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

TOTAL

12 18 30 18 600 255 150 750 315

FOURTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Scheme of Study and Examination (with effect from 2010-2011)

Q P Code Subject Contact Hours

Exam Duration Hours Scheme of Exam

Total Marks

Min. Marks for passing

Theory Theory Practical Total Max.

Marks Min.

Marks I.A.*

Marks

9AN41 Aircraft Instrumentation systems-II 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9AN42 Piston Engine Theory 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9MEA43 Fluid Mechanics And Pneumatics 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9AN44 Aircraft Electrical system 4 4 3 100 35 25 125 45 Practicals

9AN45P Fluid mech &Pneumatics Lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9AN46P Piston Engine lab 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60 Total 16 12 28 600 240 150 750 300

FIFTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA COURSE IN AERONAUTICAL

ENGINEERING (W.E.F 2011--2012)

Schemes of study and Examination Q P Code

Theory Subjects Contact Hours per week

Exam. Duratio

n

Scheme of Examination Total Max.

Marks

Min. Marks

for Passing

(with IA)

End Exam. I.A. Marks Theory Pract. Total Max.

Marks Min.

Passing Marks

9AN51 Aircraft Jet Engine Theory 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9ME51 Basic Management Skills and Indian Constitution

4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9AN52 Helicopter Basics and Rocket Propulsion

4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

Practical Subjects

9AN53P

CASP - 6 6 3 50 25 75 125 60

9AN54P Jet Engine Lab - 6 6 3 100 50 25 125 60

9AN55P Industrial Visit - 6 6 - - - 125 125 -

9AN56P Project Work-I & Industrial Visits - 3 3 - - - 25 25 -

TOTAL 12 21 33 450 180 325 775 255

SIXTH SEMESTER DIPLOMA COURSE IN

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING (W.E.F 2011--2012)

Schemes of study and Examination

Q P Code

Theory Subjects Contact Hours per

week

Exam. Duratio

n

Scheme of Examination

Total Max.

Marks

Min. Marks

for Passing (with IA)

End Exam. I.A. Marks Theory Pract Tota Max.

Marks Min.

Passing

Marks 9AN61 Aircraft Inspection, Maintenance

Practices &Servicing 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9AN62 Avionics and Aircraft Radio Systems 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9AN63 Civil Aviation Regulations(C.A.R) 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9AN64 Maintenance Management 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9AN65 Flight and Maintenance Safety 4 - 4 3 100 35 25 125 45

9AN66P Project Work-II - 6

6

3

100

50

25

125

60

TOTAL 20 6 26 18 600 225 150 750 285